Free YouTube Transcribe

Video transcript

Claude Code for Non-Coders (6 Hour Course)

Nate Herk | AI Automation · 85,902 words · 391 min read

Want to search this transcript, jump the video from any line, or download it as TXT, SRT, or VTT?

Open in the transcript tool

Full transcript

Intro: From Beginner to AI Native

0:00In this course, I'm going to take you

0:01from a complete beginner to someone who

0:02is AI native and can build automations,

0:05AI agents, literally anything that you

0:07can describe, you're going to be able to

0:08build by the end of this course. These

0:10are the topics that I'm going to cover

0:11with you guys. So, feel free to skip

0:12around to whatever pies your interest,

0:14but I'm going to go through all of this

0:15in order, and I'm going to do real

0:17examples and step-by-step builds

0:18throughout. So, don't want to waste any

0:20time. Let's just jump straight in. So,

0:22this whole course is basically assuming

0:23that you know nothing and that you don't

0:24have a technical background, which if

0:26you guys don't know who I am, my name is

0:28Nate and I do not have a technical

0:29background. But, I've been able to do

0:31some pretty incredible things with AI in

0:32the past couple years. I've got multiple

0:34different businesses that are based on

0:35content, education, certifications,

0:37events, consulting, and all of that is

0:40powered by a small team who is really,

0:42really good at using AI. The whole idea

0:44is that one person can do the work that

0:46it used to take teams. And I felt that

0:49ROI myself. And if you guys haven't, by

0:50the end of this video, you will have a

0:52very clear path to feeling that ROI and

0:54having AI systems that help you do more

0:56and that will eventually become the

0:58baseline. So, it's great to be getting

0:59ahead of this stuff. Okay, so first

What Is Claude Code (Chat, Cowork, Code)

1:01things first, what is Claude Code?

1:03Because I know the word code probably

1:04intimidates a lot of people. If you've

1:06never coded before, you don't have to

1:08code. So, Anthropic, that's the company

1:10that is behind this ecosystem, right?

1:12Um, the cloud models, Claude Chat, that

1:15is probably what a lot of you guys are

1:16used to. So, there's basically these

1:18three products. The first one is Claude

1:20chat and that is where you can talk to

1:22Claude in the web or wherever you want

1:23to do it on your phone and you just talk

1:25to that large language model the AI

1:27model and you get an answer. So kind of

1:29like a a chatbot. Then we've got Cloud

1:31Co-work which is kind of like the next

1:33step up. Fun fact, Cloud Co-work the

1:35entire product was built using cloud

1:37code by a few engineers. It would have

1:39taken the team weeks and weeks and much

1:41larger team but they were able to ship

1:43this in like a week with a few

1:44engineers. So very very cool. And cloud

1:46co-work is much more for kind of like

1:48your knowledge workers, your managers.

1:50It's much more of a simple interface to

1:52do simple automations and stuff, but

1:54cloud code is just the most powerful.

1:57And the cool thing about cloud code is

1:58like I said, you don't need to know how

2:00to code at all. And so I really don't

2:02ever use cloud co-work even though you

2:04could argue a lot of the stuff that I do

2:06in cloud code could be used in co-work.

2:08code is just way more powerful and it's

2:09where I see the future as far as

2:11thinking about building your own agents

2:13and just having things that are a lot

2:14more agentic for you. So those are kind

2:17of the three products, but what's cool

2:18about it is they're not that different

2:20to actually use. So if you learn one

2:22really well, you're going to be able to

2:23transfer those skills wherever you go.

2:24So don't feel like you're locking in by

2:26choosing one of these products. That's

2:28why I choose the most powerful product.

2:30So if I open the Claude desktop app,

2:32what do we see right here? This is

2:33Claude chat. You know, I can come in

2:34here and I can say, "Hi, Claude." and it

2:37can kind of understand a little bit

2:38about me. It can see my preferences.

2:40Obviously, it knows my name, but this

2:42isn't where you're going to get real

2:44work done. This is where people are kind

2:46of treating this as like a Google search

2:47engine or they're connecting their Gmail

2:49and helping it, you know, having it help

2:51them write email drafts and stuff like

2:52that, but it's not true agentic power.

2:55And this is Claude Code. What do you

2:57see? It's a very similar interface. You

2:59just talk to it in chat, but now what

3:00happens is it's able to access your

3:02local files. As you can see here, I can

3:04choose a folder to actually work within,

3:06whether that's my desktop or my

3:07downloads or my Herk 2, which is kind of

3:09my AI operating system, which is a term

3:11I might throw out a little bit today.

3:13Don't worry about it too much. At the

3:14end of this video, I'm going to show you

3:16a full course around how to actually

3:17build your own AI operating system, but

3:19this comes first. The whole point here

3:21is that Claude Code is able to work

3:24inside of local files as well as touch

3:26anything out there online. It can touch

3:28your Gmail, your Slack, your CRM. It can

3:30touch anything online, but it can also

3:32touch your local files, which is really,

3:33really important. And the other cool

3:35thing to note is that when you're in

3:36cloud chat, you know how you guys

3:38probably are aware of models like Opus

3:40or Sonnet regardless of the model or

3:42even Fable. Now, Claude Code is powered

3:44by all of those same models. So inside

3:46of cloud code, you still use sonnet or

3:48haiku or opus or fable, but the code

3:51aspect is basically just enthropic

3:53saying, "Hey, because you're working

3:55with local files, here are some other

3:57things you can do like web searches and

3:58web fetches and searching through local

4:00files that make you a little bit more

4:01powerful than cloud chat." So

4:03fundamentally, it's not that different

4:05from cloud chat. I don't ever use cloud

4:07chat anymore. Everything that I would

4:08typically do in Cloud Chat, I'm doing in

4:10Cloud Code because Claude Code knows

4:13everything about me, my business. It can

4:15see all my YouTube videos. It can see

4:17all of my Slack threads. It can see

4:18everything that I'm doing, which makes

4:20this feel way more like an employee

4:22rather than just like Claude chat, which

4:24kind of feels like a virtual assistant,

4:25right? I'm not reexplaining myself to

4:27Claude Code because it knows everything

4:29about me. So, you're probably going to

4:31hear the term harness, magenta harness,

4:33AI harness. That's what Claude code is.

4:36And this is kind of the way that I think

4:37about how you build with AI. This three

4:40sort of layer circle. At the core, we

4:42have the AI model. So, Opus 4.8 or Fable

4:45or GPT, whatever model you're using,

4:46that's at the core. Then around that, we

4:48have the AI harness. So, cloud code is a

4:51harness that uses AI opus or other cloud

4:55models to power it. And then on top of

4:57that harness, you have you. So, your

5:00brain, your prompts, your context, your

5:02data, your business. That's how it

Models vs Context (The Core Analogy)

5:04works. So if we make this a little bit

5:06more practical with analogy here, we've

5:08got the model here. We've got a car and

5:10then we've got you. So opus is a model,

5:13right? But without this is basically the

5:15engine. So we put this inside. If I can

5:18make the layering right, we put this

5:20basically inside of the car. Wherever

5:22you think the engine in this car might

5:24be, let's just say it's here. Then this

5:27is still not going to really be that

5:28useful. It's not going to be able to

5:29drive or go anywhere without the human.

5:31So the human has to come in here and

5:33drive the car. So the human is steering

5:35the harness and the harness is powered

5:36by the AM model. That might make no

5:38sense to you at this point. That's okay.

5:40I just wanted to sort of lay out these

5:42terms because you will hear these terms

5:44the more you get into AI. So just a

5:46simple way to think about it because as

5:48you continue to evolve and as the tools

5:50continue to evolve, you might switch out

5:52the model. So maybe you'll be using

5:53cloud code, but eventually you might

5:54switch this out for a different model or

5:56maybe you'll be using the model, but

5:58you'll switch out a different harness.

5:59Maybe you want to get in a different car

6:00and just drive it in a bit of a

6:02different way. So they're

6:03interchangeable but at the core this is

6:05what we're looking at AI harness and you

6:08and really the most important thing in

6:09this whole picture is you. If you are

6:13not giving it the right context then

6:14it's not going to be able to do the

6:16right stuff for you. So that's what it

6:17looks like. Okay. So that is what cloud

6:19code is. Now before we start getting

6:20into some of the technical stuff of

6:22getting set up and you know building

6:23stuff I wanted to talk about the mindset

6:25because the mindset around this stuff is

6:27so important for many reasons. I think

6:29the first one is that you know the space

6:30changes so fast. new models, new tools,

6:33new headlines. The space changes fast.

6:35So, how do you learn things in a way

6:37where it's not outdated next week? And

6:39that's what I want to teach you guys

6:40today. That's so important, in fact,

6:42that I actually wrote a book about this.

6:44It's called Becoming AI Native. And in

6:46this book, I go over kind of like

The 12 Mindset Shifts

6:48throughout the chapters, these 12 big

6:49mindset shifts. And so, throughout this

6:52course, I'll probably relate back to

6:53some of these mindset shifts a little

6:54bit. But, I wanted to talk a little bit

6:56about mindset before we jump into the

6:57weeds of everything today. But before we

6:59hop into those mindset shifts, I want to

7:01talk about real quick with you guys. Six

7:03AI skills that I think every single

7:04person needs to master just to basically

7:06future proof their careers. AI is real

7:08and it's not going away. Just like

7:10social media replace newspapers and

7:12billboards and Netflix replace cable, AI

7:14will change and replace millions of

7:15jobs, including yours, unless you learn

7:17six important skills. These six AI

7:19skills will futureproof your career so

7:21that you don't have to try and start a

7:22business if you don't want to or switch

7:23careers if you don't want to. So, these

7:25six skills are going to apply no matter

7:26what job title you hold or whatever

7:28career you're pursuing. And I can

7:29guarantee you the last skill in this

7:31video will surprise you because it's the

7:32most unique skill, but it does work. So,

7:34let's just get started with skill number

7:36one, the AI person. So, becoming the AI

7:38person. I know that that sounds like

7:39super obvious because this is an AI

7:41video, but I think that a lot of people

7:43misunderstand what that actually means.

7:45If you're watching this, you probably

7:46feel like you're on the beginning side

7:47of AI. And honestly, you probably are

7:49because there's so much happening right

7:51now. There's always new models. There's

7:52always new tools. There's always new

7:53agents and workflows, new benchmarks,

7:55all of this kind of stuff coming out

7:56every single week. But I bet if you went

7:58and you talked to your friends or your

8:00family or just a lot of the people that

8:01you work with, they probably already

8:03think of you as an AI person. Or if they

8:05don't, you want them to. And that's the

8:07point. Being the AI person is relative.

8:09It doesn't mean that you're the best AI

8:11engineer in the world or that you

8:12understand every single AI model and the

8:14architecture behind it. You guys

8:15probably think of me as an AI person,

8:17but in reality, I feel overwhelmed every

8:18single day by how much I still don't

8:20know. But just remind yourself it's all

8:22relative. It just means that inside of

8:24your circle you know more than the other

8:26people and that matters way more than

8:27you might think. I've seen this happen

8:28over and over in my communities. People

8:30start picking up AI almost like a hobby.

8:32So they're playing with Claude, maybe

8:33they're testing out codecs, maybe

8:34they're messing around with Google V3,

8:36building little tools or little AI side

8:38projects, automating parts of their job,

8:39just running a bunch of experiments. And

8:41then what happens is they start showing

8:42people and that's usually all it takes.

8:44They show someone at work, hey, look at

8:46this thing I built this weekend. Or hey,

8:47I used Claw to clean up this process. or

8:49hey, I figured out a way to make this

8:50task, which normally takes me three

8:52hours, only take me 20 minutes because

8:53of AI. And all of a sudden, that person

8:55becomes known as the AI person. And the

8:57reason this is so powerful is because

8:59companies are about to have a ton of

9:01like AI moments. They're going to get

9:02access to a new model or they're going

9:04to spin up a new internal product or

9:05maybe they're going to want to build a

9:07little AI task force internally. And

9:08when that happens, someone's going to

9:10say, "We need someone to lead this." You

9:11want someone in the meeting to say,

9:13"Actually, I know someone who's really

9:14into this stuff." Or something like, "We

9:16should ask Nate. you know, he's told me

9:17that he's been playing around with all

9:18these AI tools. That's how these

9:19opportunities open up before there's a

9:21formal job title. And that's how people

9:22get pulled into better projects. That's

9:24how people become more valuable without

9:25quitting their job and starting from

9:27zero. And the data backs this up. So

9:29IBM's 2026 CEO study found that 85% of

9:32CEOs said that all functional leaders

9:34have to become technology experts in

9:36their own domain. Not just the CTO, not

9:38just the engineers, not just the IT

9:40team, everybody. So whether you're in

9:41marketing, sales, finance, ops, legal,

9:43customer success, whatever you're in,

9:45this applies to you. And the thing to

9:46remember here is that it's not just in

9:48one department. It's not like cyber

9:50security where you kind of have like a

9:51new team and then you're done. It's

9:52going to seep into every single role and

9:54every vertical whether you like it or

9:56not. And I know some of you are probably

9:57thinking, "Okay, but my role doesn't

9:58really need AI and that's your mistake.

10:00Your role will need AI because every

10:02single role will." So instead of trying

10:04to switch careers or learn a completely

10:06new job, just take a look at your role.

10:08Take a look at what you already do and

10:09ask yourself, how do I become faster and

10:12better and more useful at this specific

10:14task and this specific role with AI? So,

10:16I mean, think about it. If you were an

10:17accountant when Excel came out and you

10:18basically just said, you know what? I'm

10:20good. I like the way I do this. I'm

10:21going to keep doing all of this on paper

10:23and with a calculator, you were done.

10:24Like, that was probably your last day at

10:26that company, if you said something like

10:27that, if you made kind of like that

10:29stubborn statement. The people who

10:30learned Excel first were just faster.

10:32They got through spreadsheets in a

10:33fraction of the time that it used to

10:34take them. Let's just say from two

10:36spreadsheets a week to 10. That's just

10:37random numbers, right? But that new

10:39level of output became the baseline. And

10:41AI is like that, but it's a lot bigger.

10:42Cuz right now, being the AI person feels

10:44like an edge, but in a few years, it's

10:46just going to be the new normal. So, the

10:47advantage isn't waiting until someone's

10:49forced to learn it. The advantage is

10:50becoming the new normal. While most

10:52people still think it's optional. So,

10:53practically, how do you actually do

10:54this? Well, I would say you pick one

10:56main AI tool and actually get pretty

10:58good with it. So, as of May 2026,

11:00recording this video, for me, that's

11:01Claude. And I use Claude for my general

11:03knowledge work and to build automations.

11:05But the exact tool isn't the point. The

11:06point is, you need one tool that you're

11:08not just messing around with. You're

11:09using a tool to actually deliver some

11:11sort of ROI. And then you can pick one

11:13workflow in your current job. You can

11:14take something that you already do every

11:16week. And then figure out how you can

11:17use AI to make it better or faster.

11:18Document what changed, how long did it

11:20take before, how long after, what got

11:22better, what still needed human

11:23judgment. Now, obviously, be smart.

11:25Like, don't expose company data or break

11:26any regulations. Don't try to automate

11:28something at work without getting like

11:30permission about it. And if your company

11:31has guidelines and you can't use Claude,

11:32then that's actually another opportunity

11:34for you to look at because you can go

11:36dig into what those regulations are and

11:37you can figure out which tools you

11:39actually could use. And that alone shows

11:40that you care. But I just want you guys

11:42to remember that you don't need to

11:43change careers. You can just find the AI

11:45native version of the career that you

11:46already have. So that's skill number

11:48one, become the AI person. But skill

11:50number two is where a lot of people are

11:51going to mess this whole thing up

11:53because the more you use AI, the more

11:54tempting it gets to just trust the

11:56output and say like that's good enough.

11:57And that's where skill number two comes

11:58in, which is taste and judgment. As AI

12:01gets better, it gets easier and easier

12:02to just trust the first thing that it

12:04gives you. And I saw this joke the other

12:05day that was on one side, we had a

12:07person with a bullet point and they were

12:09using AI to turn that bullet point into

12:11like a super professional structured

12:12email to send to the team. And then on

12:14the other side, we had that team and

12:15they were using AI to turn that

12:17structured email into just one bullet

12:19point. Now, it's funny, but it does also

12:20kind of create the perfect image of

12:22where work is going if we're not

12:24careful. You know, everyone's

12:24transforming things, but is everyone

12:26reading it? And that's dangerous because

12:28when you first start using AI, you

12:29review everything, right? Like you read

12:31every word, you double check the claims,

12:32you make sure it sounds like you, but

12:34the outputs start getting pretty good

12:35and then you get more comfortable with

12:36it and you just kind of let your guard

12:38down and that's the trap. And sometimes

12:39the giveaway is really small like m

12:41dashes. You know, AI is notorious for

12:43putting m dashes in everything because

12:44it's been, you know, trained on so many

12:46white papers and formal documents. And

12:48so like for me, I've basically never

12:50manually written or typed an M dash in

12:52my entire life. So if something goes out

12:54for me with five m dashes in it, people

12:55who know me are going to look at that

12:57and be like, "Okay, Nate obviously

12:58didn't write this. This is AI." And the

12:59problem is the second they think that it

13:01changes the way that they interpret that

13:03entire message. They start wondering,

13:04"Did this person actually read this? Is

13:06any of this true? How much of this is

13:07actually them?" And that's where taste

13:08comes in. And just to be clear, I'm not

13:10saying that I don't use AI to write or

13:11that you shouldn't. I think everyone

13:12should. It's just about taste. But

13:14anyways, this issue comes up for me all

13:15the time with video. So AI helps me make

13:17motion graphics that are honestly way

13:19better than what I could do by hand.

13:21They're way faster. They're cleaner,

13:22they're more polished, but it doesn't

13:23always get right where the motion

13:25graphics should come in or how long they

13:27should stay on screen or the visuals and

13:29like what's explaining and if it's

13:30distracting or if it's helpful. And that

13:32is still my job to watch the whole video

13:33back and give feedback. And that's going

13:35to be true in every field. AI can write

13:36the sales email. You still need to know

13:38if it'll annoy the prospect. AI can

13:39draft you the HR memo, but you still

13:41need to know if it'll make the employees

13:42feel weird. So, how do you actually

13:43build this skill? First, you should

13:45study the best work in your field. If

13:46you're in sales, study great sales

13:48emails. If you're in marketing, study

13:49great landing pages. Next, start saving

13:51examples. So, build a library of stuff

13:53that you actually like and stuff that

13:54sounds like you. And when something's

13:55good, don't just say, "Cool, that's

13:56good." And just copy and paste it

13:58somewhere else. Ask it why. Ask what

13:59made it good and ask what makes it clear

14:01and ask what makes it trustworthy and

14:03tell it why you think it's good and tell

14:04it what you like about it. Third, every

14:06time you correct AI, you feed that

14:08correction back into the system. So, the

14:09feedback loop is for good things, but

14:11also for bad things. If AI writes

14:12something and you change five things,

14:14say, "Hey, here are five things that I

14:16changed. Here's why. Update your

14:17instructions so that next time it's

14:18closer." And that's how you actually

14:20train the system to better understand

14:21your taste. Because at the end of the

14:23day, AI can generate the work. Taste is

14:24deciding what deserves your name.

14:26Because remember, if you produce

14:27something with AI, your name is signed

14:28to it. Whether that is something that's

14:30really, really good and the whole team

14:31loves it, you will get credit for it. Or

14:33if it's something that's bad, you will

14:35take the blame. It doesn't matter if AI

14:36wrote it, doesn't matter if you wrote it

14:37for that piece of work because your name

14:39is assigned to it. So now the question

14:40is, how do you actually get AI to

14:42produce better work in the first place?

14:43Because if you're just typing prompts

14:44and just crossing your fingers, then

14:46you're leaving a lot on the table. So

14:47that's skill number three and it's

14:48something that you can apply the second

14:49you close out of this video. And that

14:50skill is becoming a context engineer. So

Prompt Engineering vs Context Engineering

14:52you might have heard the term prompt

14:54engineering. This was a huge thing a

14:55couple of years ago. The whole idea of

14:56prompt engineering was that if you

14:58wanted a better output from an AI model,

14:59you had to give it a good prompt. You

15:01had to give it a role, clear

15:02instructions. You had to tell it the end

15:03state. You had to give it examples. You

15:05had to tell it what to do and what

15:06explicitly not to do. But prompt

15:08engineering is getting less important

15:09over time because the models are just

15:11getting so much better on their own.

15:13Even Andre Karpathy, who's one of the

15:14goats of AI and actually just joined

15:16Enthropic, called context engineering

15:18the delicate art and science of filling

15:20the context window with just the right

15:22information. So translation in layman's

15:24terms, prompts are how you ask. Context

15:26is what your AI actually knows. In

15:28context engineering is way more durable

15:29than prompting because no matter how

15:31good the models get, they still need to

15:32know what's actually in your brain. So

15:34what's going on in your business, what's

15:35on your calendar, what your priorities

15:36are, stuff like that. So here's my

15:38personal example. I've built what I call

15:39my AI operating system or my AI OS. And

15:42basically, it has pretty much all the

15:43context that's in my head. It can see my

15:45meeting transcripts. It can see all my

15:46YouTube videos. It can read through my

15:48DMs and channels in ClickUp and Slack.

15:50It can pull my emails. It honestly knows

15:51what's going on in my world better than

15:53I do because it can recall everything

15:55instantly and perfectly. And I can't do

15:57that. So, it's kind of like this running

15:58joke that if someone couldn't get a hold

15:59of me, they should just message my AIOS

16:01and it would actually give them an

16:02answer that's better and faster than

16:04waiting for me to respond. And that's

16:05the point you want to get to where an AI

16:07has so much context about you that you

16:08can say something like that. So, how do

16:10you actually start that? Well, the

16:11simplest move, stop opening Claude or

16:13ChatGBT in a blank chat. Instead, spin

16:15up a custom GBT or spin up a Claude

16:17project and feed it real context from

16:18whatever you're working on. So, say

16:19you're running a marketing campaign for

16:21a new product launch. Don't just open up

16:22a fresh chat every time you need help

16:24with ideas. Spin up a project, drop in

16:26documents with your product details,

16:27your marketing calendar, add copy that's

16:29worked well in the past, add copy that's

16:30flopped in the past. Now, the AI is

16:32actually working with that context, not

16:34generic best practices. And the analogy

16:36I keep coming back to here is a summer

16:37intern. When a new intern shows up at

16:39the company, you have to sit them down

16:40and kind of onboard them, right? Like

16:42you have to explain what the business

16:43does, walk them through who's on the

16:45team and who does what. You have to tell

16:46them what current projects matter. And

16:47only after they have all that context

16:49can they actually contribute in a

16:50meaningful way. And AI is the exact

16:52same. And without the context, it's just

16:53a smart intern who's guessing. And

16:55remember, the context you're giving for

16:56the most part is data that's not

16:58publicly accessible. The context about

17:00your subject matter expertise, your

17:01brain, your IP, that's what makes the

17:03outputs unique. If everyone's using that

17:05same model and asking for the same

17:06things, then everyone's outputs will

17:07look the exact same. So your context is

17:09really, really important. So just

17:10remember, garbage in, garbage out. If

17:12you give your AI bad data and no

17:14context, then you're going to get a very

17:15generic output. So that's skill number

17:16three, become a context engineer. Now,

17:18skill number four is one of the most

17:19underrated skills on the entire list.

17:21And in the AI era, it might be the

17:23biggest separator between the people who

17:24win and the people who get left behind,

17:26and it's iteration speed. Now, if skill

17:28number two was about knowing what good

17:29looks like, this skill is about getting

17:31there as fast as possible. So, the two

Taste, Iteration & Building Your Jarvis

17:33skills kind of work hand in hand, but

17:35this one stands on its own because in

17:36the era of AI, the people who iterate

17:38fastest are the ones who win. If you can

17:39move fast without sacrificing quality,

17:41you're just going to outperform

17:42everybody because every iteration is

17:43more data. Every iteration is a chance

17:45to learn what's working and what's not

17:46and a chance to make your skills and

17:48your agents and your prompts and your

17:49context, all of it better. The analogy I

17:51always go back to here is like you're

17:53teaching a kid to ride a bike. You can't

17:54just chuck a kid on a bike and say,

17:56"Have fun." And expect them to go ride a

17:58mile. That's not how it works. You would

17:59put them on the bike. You'd maybe put

18:00one hand on their back. You'd hold the

18:01handle and you'd start walking with

18:02them. You would feel if they were

18:04leaning left and correct them. You'd

18:05say, "Hey, you know, shift your weight

18:06over to the right a little bit. You're

18:07helping them calibrate. And after each

18:09run up and down the driveway, you

18:10continue to calibrate. You continue to

18:11iterate and adjust. And the more time

18:13that that kid spends on the bike with

18:14your guidance, the more that you can

18:16start to slowly let go and eventually

18:17you take off the training wheels and one

18:19day you give them a little push and they

18:21just ride and they're pedaling and they

18:22are doing great." And that's exactly how

18:24building with AI works. You very rarely

18:26can just oneshot something. You use the

18:28data and you feed it back in and you

18:29make it better. And the thing is once

18:31you've taught one kid to ride a bike,

18:32teaching the next kid is easier and

18:33teaching the third kid's easier. And by

18:34the time you're teaching your 15th kid

18:36how to ride a bike, you've pretty much

18:37got the process down to a science. And

18:39now obviously every use case is

18:40different, right? Like some agents are

18:41more complex than others and and they

18:43don't always get built the same. But the

18:44idea of your process in building agents

18:47gets better every time. So hopefully you

18:48guys get the point that I'm trying to

18:49make here. Remember earlier that little

18:51example I said of like let's say people

18:52are typically producing two spreadsheets

18:54a week and then after Excel they move

18:56that baseline up to 10. The faster you

18:58can iterate, the faster you're going to

18:59be able to produce things, which means

19:00your new baseline is going to be higher

19:02than everyone else's baseline as far as

19:04like units of output. So how do you

19:05actually train yourself to be able to

19:07iterate and move faster? This part may

19:08sound silly, but the first thing I think

19:10is to master keyboard shortcuts. Stop

19:12using your mouse for every little thing

19:13and honestly stop typing everything,

19:15right? Like use voice input. It's way

19:16faster than typing. And we actually have

19:17a voiceto text tool called Glido that I

19:19use literally every day. So if you want

19:20to check it out, links in the

19:21description. But the bigger move is

19:23rapid prototyping. Don't sit there

19:24trying to plan the perfect version. Just

19:26build the ugly version fast. See what

19:28breaks, fix it, and iterate. That's the

19:29whole idea of getting out a P or a proof

19:31of concept. Now, there's another half to

19:33this skill that's just as important,

19:34which is knowing when to stop iterating.

19:36Because when you're building AI tools,

19:38it can feel like there's no such thing

19:39as a finished product. I've been there.

19:41There's always a nice to have. There's

19:42always one more feature you could add.

19:43So what you have to do is give yourself

19:45a north star. You have to tie one

19:46automation to one very specific business

19:49metric and you have to define what done

19:51is. You have to define what done looks

19:52like before you even start building. So

19:54if it's a customer support automation,

19:55tickets resolved per day. If it's a

19:57sales automation, maybe it's qualified

19:58appointments set per week. If it's an

20:00ops automation, maybe it's refund

20:01percentage going down by X%. So pick the

20:03metric, build until you hit it, and once

20:05you hit it, move into maintenance mode.

20:07Obviously, over time, you can probably

20:08find ways to improve it and maybe

20:10improve the metrics even more, but the

20:11heavy lifting is done. So whether you're

20:12building automations for yourself or for

20:14a client, a clear definition of done is

20:16what keeps you from scope creeping on

20:17yourself. And that's skill number four,

20:18iteration speed. Now skill number five

20:20is going to feel a little bit different

20:21and it's inspired by Iron Man. So this

20:23skill is building your own Jarvis. So

20:25you guys have seen Iron Man, right? Tony

20:27Stark doesn't sit at his computer typing

20:28prompts into Jarvis all day. Jarvis is

20:30already always there. He runs in the

20:31background and he notices things and he

20:33pings Tony when something needs

20:34attention. He'll even kick off tasks

20:36before Tony even asks. Now, this is

20:38different from skill 3. Context

20:39engineering was about teaching your AI

20:41what you know. Skill number five is

20:42about teaching your AI to act on what it

20:44knows without you having to be the

20:46trigger. So here's the way I think about

20:47this. Imagine you build an automation

20:48that only runs when you explicitly fire

20:51it off. That's great. It's going to make

20:52you a lot more productive. But if you're

20:54not around to trigger it, nothing

20:55happens. Now imagine you build a system

20:57that fires on its own. While you're in a

20:59meeting, while you're on a walk, while

21:00you're taking a nap on the beach, that's

21:02real leverage. So the move here is to do

21:04an audit of your day. What things do you

21:06do every week that get triggered by

21:07something predictable, meaning maybe a

21:09specific type of email coming in or

21:11every Monday morning or every Wednesday

21:12evening or every time a new lead lands

21:14in your CRM? Every one of those triggers

21:16is something that you can actually hand

21:18to a system and tell it to do X, Y, and

21:19Z when A or B happens. But here's the

21:22catch. The second you take yourself out

21:23of the loop, the risk obviously goes up

21:25because you're not sitting there

21:26watching it and making sure nothing goes

21:27wrong. There's no catching the mistake

21:29before it reaches a customer or pulls

21:31the wrong data or sends the wrong

21:32message to the wrong list. So the moment

21:34you remove yourself from the process,

21:35the system has to be pretty airtight and

21:37pretty battle tested. Which is exactly

21:39why a lot of people screw this up. The

21:40second they hear Jarvis or an always

21:42personal AI assistant, their brain jumps

21:44straight to building an AI agent for

21:46basically every function. Whether that's

21:47a new email or an end of week report. A

21:49lot of people just jump straight to an

21:51AI agent. So the real skill here is

21:52knowing when something needs an AI agent

21:54versus when it just needs a simple

21:56workflow that doesn't even use AI at

21:57all. So I think about this like a

21:58vending machine versus a slot machine. A

22:00vending machine is deterministic. You

22:02put in a quarter, you hit E4, you get a

22:03Coke. Same input, same output every

22:05single time. A slot machine is

22:06nondeterministic. You pull the lever.

22:08Sometimes you win, sometimes you lose,

22:09sometimes nothing. So AI agents are slot

22:11machines. And essentially, like every

22:13time you talk to an AI, it's almost like

22:14you're gambling. Like not really when

22:16you put the right harness and context in

22:17place, but you never know what's going

22:18to come out the other side. Agents are

22:20really powerful when you need deep

22:21reasoning and you need, you know,

22:23variability, but they cost more. They

22:24fail more often in unexpected ways. So

22:27they introduce more risk. But if you

22:28have a simple, you know, if this, then

22:29that, that's a workflow. And that's just

22:31a vending machine. Predictable, it's

22:32really cheap, and it doesn't break. So

22:34if your task is something like every

22:35morning at 9:00 a.m., pull last week's

22:37revenue from Stripe and post that in

22:38Slack, that does not need an agent. A

22:40simple workflow could do that in 5

22:41minutes and basically never fail. But if

22:43your task was something like read these

22:44incoming customer emails and understand

22:45what they actually want and draft a

22:47tailored response, now you need some AI

22:49in there because the input is messy and

22:51there's reasoning and you have to

22:52generate some sort of content. And

22:53honestly, this is the elite version of

22:55being the AI person that we talked about

22:57at the start. Because in a world where

22:58everyone is shouting AI, AI, AI, the

23:00person who can actually step back and

23:02say, "Hey, we don't actually need AI

23:03here. We can solve this cheaper, faster,

23:05and with way less risk." That person

23:07stands out way more than the one who's

23:09cramming AI into every single task. So

23:11being the person that has that take

23:12signals that you actually understand the

23:14business problem, not just the AI hype.

23:16When you're building your Jarvis, ask

23:17yourself two questions for every task

23:18that you want to automate. First one, do

23:20I actually need to be the one triggering

23:22this? Or can the system fire this off on

23:24its own? And second, does the step

23:26actually need AI or could a simple

23:27Python script or no code workflow do it

23:30at a fraction of the cost with less

23:31risk? And what you want to do is default

23:33to the simplest thing that gets the job

23:35done. Because the people who win in the

23:36AI era aren't the ones who are building

23:37the fanciest agents with hundreds of

23:39tools and hundreds of sub aents. They're

23:41the ones building systems that run

23:42quietly in the background, costing them

23:43almost nothing and doing real work

23:45whether they're there or not. So that's

23:47skill number five. But the final skill,

23:48I can guarantee is something that you've

23:50never heard of. At least not in this

23:51context. I'm talking about unemployment

23:53insurance. And no, I don't literally

23:54mean taking out insurance. Rather, I

23:56mean creating your own insurance. This

23:58might be a bit of a hot take. Not

23:59everyone's going to agree with me on

24:01this, but I'm bringing it up because I'm

24:02really confident this is going to become

24:04way more normal over the next few years.

24:06And the skill is building multiple

24:07income streams using AI so that no

24:09single employer or client can take you

24:11out. The old career model was basically

24:13like one job, one income, a 401k, maybe

24:15a few investments. But basically, all

24:17your eggs were in one basket. And if you

24:18got fired, you were kind of back on the

One Passion, Many Branches

24:20hunt. You were polishing your resume,

24:21applying to 100 jobs, hoping somebody

24:23bit. And this new model that I'm talking

24:24about that I see emerging is job

24:26stacking. Your day job plus a couple of

24:28AI powered side income streams. I've

24:30already seen a ton of people running

24:31multiple remote jobs, you know,

24:32part-time gigs, side projects, and

24:34stacking that all to equal way more

24:36income than they'd ever make at just one

24:38full-time job. I'm not saying that every

24:39one of you guys should just go quit your

24:40full-time job and do this. I'm saying

24:42that it's already happening and it's

24:43about to become way more common because

24:45AI lets one person do work that used to

24:47take a team of five. Now, the thing I

24:48want to hammer home here, you don't have

24:50to stack five income streams in

24:52completely different domains. That's how

24:53people end up burnt out and broke. The

24:55better version is one passion with

24:57multiple branches. I'm a really, really

24:58strong believer that to be successful at

25:00anything in life, you have to enjoy it.

25:02You have to have at least some kind of

25:03passion for it. If you're chasing AI for

25:05the wrong reasons or you're going after

25:07something because someone said there's a

25:09lot of money in it, then people are

25:10going to be able to see right through

25:10that and it's going to be really hard to

25:12be successful. So, what I want you to

25:13take out of this is to figure out what

25:15motivates you. Figure out what you're

25:16actually passionate about. And that's

25:18where your north star comes from. I've

25:19got a few different income streams

25:20myself. And what's cool about it is that

25:22they all stem off of my same north star.

25:24Same theme, same expertise just packaged

25:26in a few different ways. For example,

25:27you've got your career, that's your

25:29foundation. your expertise about that

25:30career packaged into maybe a course or a

25:32niche newsletter or blog or microsass or

25:35maybe even some consulting on the side.

25:36It's the same domain, but it just takes

25:37different shapes and that's how you

25:39avoid the biggest trap with this whole

25:40idea which is distraction. When you're

25:42starting, just pick one and go hard

25:43until you have momentum under you and

25:45then you can sort of branch out. Now, a

25:46couple quick caveats to mention here is

25:48once again be smart, check your

25:49employment contract, watch out for

25:50non-competes, disclose whatever you're

25:52doing on the side if your company

25:53requires it, like don't do anything

25:54sketchy and don't burn your day job

25:56chasing the side thing and be safe. But

25:57how do you practically do this? Well,

25:59honestly, this really depends on who you

26:01are as a person, but if I had to give a

26:02default move, I would say building in

26:04public. Experiment with AI tools, build

26:06small things, and share what you're

26:06learning. Document the wins and losses.

26:08Build a tiny brand around the work

26:10you're already doing. Because the second

26:11you start posting, you become

26:12discoverable. That's how opportunities

26:14show up, clients show up, job offers

26:16show up, people want to work with the

26:17people actually doing the work. And this

26:19is also something interesting to think

26:20about. The world is shifting in a way

26:22where humans are using AI for almost

26:23everything, right? Which means when

26:25humans go to search the internet for

26:26something, they're probably going to do

26:28that through some sort of AI interface.

26:30Which means if you don't exist basically

26:32at all, somewhere where an AI can find

26:34you and find information about you, then

26:36it's going to be a lot tougher to be

26:37discovered. Now, if building in public

26:38isn't your thing, that's fine. You just

26:40have to find your own version. Maybe

26:41it's a quiet consulting practice, niche

26:43newsletter that doesn't require your

26:44face. Maybe it's a product that you

26:45build and sell without ever showing up

26:47on camera. Medium is completely up to

26:49you, but the point is you start building

26:50something that's actually yours. So,

26:52those are the six skills that I'd

26:53recommend learning and developing to

26:54futureproof yourself in the AI era. I'm

26:57a strong believer in adaptation and

26:58survival of the fittest. So, as long as

27:00you keep up with the changes and

27:01developments in the space that matter

27:03for your northstar, your ability to earn

27:05and live will always be protected. And

27:06now that we have discussed those six

27:07skills, keep those in mind as you work

27:09your way through the rest of the course

27:10and the rest of these mindset shifts.

27:12Everything loops back to those. So, now

27:14let's get back to those mindset shifts.

27:15The first thing is that AI native isn't

27:17what you know. It's not how much

27:19expertise you have or how many models

27:21you can name. It's about what your hand

27:23reaches for. So throughout this course,

27:25what I want you to think about is how

27:27would you do this manually? When you

27:29know that you need to respond to an

27:30email or that you need to analyze a

27:31report, what do you do? You probably

27:33open up the tab on your browser or maybe

27:35you even have it bookmarked and you're

27:37constantly switching between tabs and

27:39context switching. But being AI native

27:42means, okay, rather than doing this

27:44manually myself, let me default first to

27:47doing this with AI, doing this through

27:48cloud code, doing this through my other

27:50tools, using AI to do something like

27:52research and analysis before I give it

27:54my first pass. That's how someone

27:56becomes truly AI native and way more

27:58productive. I hardly ever leave cloud

28:01code. Most the day when I'm working, I'm

28:03working inside of this interface right

28:04here because it just makes me way more

28:06productive. And then the next one that I

28:07wanted to call out, and like I said,

28:08we'll probably revisit all these, is

28:10number four. Don't quit in the dip. The

28:12payoff is the climb. And here's what I

28:14mean by that. Let me just make a quick

28:16chart here. Whenever you decide to learn

28:19something new, there is typically a

28:21short-term cost that you have to bear.

28:22Whether that is because you're a bit

28:24overwhelmed or whether it's because you

28:25have to learn a new skill or set up a

28:27new system, whatever it is, there's

28:29usually a short-term cost you have to

28:30bear. And that discourages a lot of

28:32people. So let's say you start learning,

28:34you know, you start taking this course,

28:35you start getting a little overwhelmed.

28:37Do not quit. Do not click off the video.

28:39At least save it for later and come back

28:40to it because like I said, what happens

28:42is you start learning, right? And a lot

28:45of people expect that the learning is

28:47going to be linear like this. They

28:49expect this is how their progress is

28:50going to look. But typically what

28:52happens is their progress looks more

28:54like this and it becomes exponential.

28:57And so this gap right here, this is

29:00where people end up dropping out. they

29:02get overwhelmed and they quit here

29:03before they start to get all of the

29:05actual exponential benefits of learning

29:08the thing and implementing the new

29:10technology. And look at all this green

29:12that you're actually going to get when

29:13you keep learning and you keep building.

29:15Another way that I like to think about

29:16it is let's say on this range, right?

29:19The old way of doing something is maybe

29:22getting you results that are about here.

29:24And what happens is the dip that I'm

29:26talking about when you start to learn a

29:27new method. You may feel slower in that

29:29week and you may feel like you're doing

29:31it worse in that week because you're so

29:33used to the old manual way. But what

29:35happens is is that short-term dip, maybe

29:37you're dipping in 20% productivity. Is

29:40that dip worth, you know, maybe the 60%

29:44productivity that you ultimately will

29:46have? In most of the cases, the answer

29:48is yes. But this is where people drop

29:50off. And that's what I'm trying to

29:51prepare you guys for. Do not drop off in

29:53the dip. Do not drop off in this gap

29:55right here. And because I'm designing

29:57this course for knowledge workers,

29:58managers, regular people that don't have

30:00coding backgrounds. Think about it like

30:02this one overarching rule. You are just

30:05a manager. You're managing AI agents.

30:08What does that mean to me? Think about

30:09it like if you've ever managed an

30:11employee, which a lot of you guys

30:12probably have, but if you haven't, this

30:14is typically what it would look like.

30:15First of all, you get them onboarded.

30:17You let them get to know you. You get to

30:19know them. You let them get to know your

30:20business a little bit.

30:22You don't want to overwhelm them. You

30:23don't throw them 10 products on day one.

30:25You slowly phase them in until you start

30:27to feel a little bit more trust. But

30:29that doesn't mean you just let them run.

30:31Your job is to very, very clearly tell

30:33them, "Hey, this is what you need to do

30:35today. This is what good looks like.

30:36This is what bad looks like." And then

30:38when they finish their job and they give

30:40you something, you don't just pass it

30:41along or accept it as is. You review it.

30:44You look at it. You use your judgment.

30:46You use your taste. And then you say,

30:47"Hey, here's what you did good and

30:49here's what you did bad." Now take my

30:51feedback and iterate again and update

30:54your instructions. You know, remember

30:55that I told you this so that next time

30:57it's not bad and next time it's even

30:59better. And that doesn't mean it's going

31:01to be 100% on the first pass, but it

31:03means every single time that you get a

31:05deliverable from your AI agent, that's

31:06an opportunity to improve the system.

31:09And the cool thing is all of this

31:10improvement, all of this instructions,

31:12everything I'm explaining right now and

31:13everything for the rest of this course,

31:15it's just natural language. So if you

31:17can think clearly about what you want,

31:18which humans are pretty good at, and you

31:20can describe what you want pretty

31:21clearly, which once again, humans are

31:22pretty good at, then you will be good at

31:24managing AI agents. All right, so let's

31:26move on to number three, which is

31:27installing and signing in to cloud code.

31:31So you can just go ahead and Google

31:32cloud code install, right? You can click

31:34on the quick start docs, and then you

31:36can pretty much figure out right here

31:37how to get a cloud subscription because

31:39you do need a cloud subscription to use

31:40cloud code. And then how do you actually

31:42install it? And there's a few ways to do

Installing Claude Code & Your First Prompts

31:44this. If you want to use one of these

31:45commands in your terminal to install

31:47cloud code on your device, that works

31:49fine. And by that I mean you would open

31:51up your command prompt or your

31:52PowerShell or, you know, whatever it is

31:54on your operating system and just run

31:56these commands. You could even have

31:58Cloud Chat help you out with this if

32:00you're having trouble for some reason.

32:01But it's super easy. And what I would

32:02recommend is getting the Claude Code

32:04desktop app or just cloud desktop app.

32:05So Google that, click on this right

32:07here, and then download for your

32:09operating system. So for me, I'm on

32:11Windows and I would download this, run

32:13the wizard and then when you open up

32:15Claude, it will look something like

32:16this. And you're just going to go ahead

32:17and get started. Now, this is where you

32:19are going to, like I said, have a paid

32:21plan for Claude Code. You can start on

32:23this pro plan. As you can see, you get

32:24Claude Code and then you can upgrade

32:26that later if you want to max the $100 a

32:29month plan or the $200 a month plan. I

32:31know that sounds expensive, but think

32:32about this. For 200 bucks a month, you

32:35can get basically a full AI employee,

32:36which is the cheapest employee you might

32:38ever get for the amount of work you can

32:40do. For reference, um, you know, a good

32:42project manager or a good software

32:43engineer could cost you way upwards of

32:45$100,000 a year, whereas this is only

32:47going to be 200 bucks a month, which is

32:49very cheap. So, start with Pro and

32:52upgrade later as you need. And once you

32:54have that account, then all you have to

32:56do is actually sign in on the Claude

32:58desktop app. All right. So, now that we

33:00are set up, let's talk about where to

33:01run Cloud Code. So, I just showed you

33:03guys how to use the cloud desktop app,

33:05right? You can come in here and we can

33:07talk to Claude chat right here. I can

33:09say something like hello or sorry, it's

33:11not cloud chat. This is cloud code and

33:12this is the cloud desktop app. So, I'm

33:15going to be using this throughout the

33:16course because I think the interface is

33:17super nice and we can manage all of our

33:19different projects and our chats on the

33:20lefth hand side. So, this is what I will

33:22be using today. However, I will say a

33:25lot of the times I do like to use this

33:26in VS Code. So, VS Code is just a simple

33:28IDE. It's completely free to download

33:30and it lets me use cloud code in the

33:31terminal like this or I can even use the

33:34uh cloud code extension which looks once

33:37again a little bit more userfriendly. So

33:39the point I'm trying to make here is

33:40there's a lot of different ways you can

33:41run it. Other YouTubers run it different

33:43ways, your friends might run it

33:44different ways, but under the hood it's

33:46basically all doing the exact same

33:47thing. So don't stress too much about

33:49where you use it. If later on in 2 weeks

33:51you want to switch to VS Code, you can

33:53do so and nothing will change. All of

33:55your files and projects will still be

33:56there. all of your sessions, all of your

33:58apps, whatever you built, it's still

33:59there. It's just the way that you

34:01actually interact with it. So, don't

34:02stress about it too much. Like I said in

34:04today's video, I am going to be using it

34:06right here with the Clawed Desktop app.

Working With Local Files (Excel, HTML)

34:09Okay, so earlier I said that this can

34:11work with your local files, right? But

34:13what does that actually mean? So, if I

34:15open up my file explorer right here, you

34:17can see that I've got, you know, my

34:18downloads, my desktop, a bunch of other

34:20folders, pictures, whatever. And Claude

34:23Code is able to navigate through all of

34:25this, edit these things, move them

34:27around, find things for you. So, just as

34:29a super simple example, right here, I

34:30have AIS Live Black, which is just a

34:33logo, right, for our upcoming event, and

34:35this is in my downloads folder from a

34:37few weeks ago. Let's say I knew that

34:39that was there, but I forgot exactly

34:41what it was called or how to find it. I

34:43could real quick just say, "Hey, so I

34:46know that I have the AIS Live logo, the

34:49black version, somewhere in my downloads

34:50folder. could you real quick just find

34:52that for me and then you know just help

34:53me pull that up. And so what happens

34:55when you actually send off a message to

34:56claude code is it will tell you what

34:59it's doing. So right here it says

35:00searching AIS live. That means it's

35:02searching through my um local files and

35:06it's searching for these terms AIS live

35:08logo ais

35:10you know BB black AIS live. It found

35:13this right here. It found the AIS live

35:15PNG. Then it says, "Okay, there's it

35:17with the blue live and the red dot,

35:19which means it used its vision to look

35:21at it to verify that this actually is

35:23the real logo that I'm talking about."

35:25And now it's using something called

35:26PowerShell. So, it's basically just

35:28running commands. And it said, "Pulled

35:29it up. Here's the file. It's in your

35:31downloads." There's also an AIS Live

35:32White sitting right next to it. Do you

35:34want me to copy these into the brand

35:36assets so that it's in our project here?

35:38Or, you know, like what do you want to

35:39do with it? And basically, if I wanted

35:41to just find it again, I could just copy

35:42this file path right here. I could then

35:44go into my file explorer and I could

35:46just come in here, paste that, hit

35:47enter, and it will open up the picture.

35:49So now I was able to locate exactly

35:51where that was. But yeah, if I wanted it

35:53to organize my downloads folder or

35:54organize all of my documents, it could

35:56do so. Now, another quick example, it

35:59can also create things for you like

36:00Excel sheets, Google Sheets, Google

36:02Docs, HTML, um, documents, websites,

36:05apps, anything. So here's a quick

36:08example. I gave it a SLG goal prompt

36:10which I'll talk about later in this

36:11course, but that basically just means

36:12that I'm able to set a condition and

36:15Claude will keep working until that

36:17condition has been met. I mean, that's

36:19so that's just an employee, right? So, I

36:22basically said, I want a quarter 2

36:23assessment of my YouTube channel

36:24performance. This means that you have to

36:26go to YouTube, pull the data, and then

36:28put everything into an Excel sheet. And

36:30I don't only want you to display the

36:32stats. I want you to do deep analysis as

36:34if you are my master content strategist.

36:38an analyst. So then what happens is it

36:40reasons through and you can see here it

36:42even took screenshots to verify that

36:43everything looked good and to verify

36:45that everything was accurate and then it

36:47comes through and it gives me this Excel

36:48sheet and as you can see it put it here

36:50inside of my Herk 2 project in a folder

36:52called projects in a folder called

36:54YouTube Q2 2026 assessment and then it

36:56gave me this Excel sheet which if I pull

36:58this up this thing is pretty legit. We

37:01have a start here page with a bunch of

37:02you know just basically onboarding us to

37:04this doc. I can see the executive

37:06dashboard with my real-time stats,

37:07subscribers, my performance from the

37:09quarter, things that mattered. I can

37:11look at per video scorecard with length,

37:13views, views per day, watch hours, all

37:15these other stats, monthly trends,

37:17content pillars, format and length,

37:19audience, and traffic. So, this is

37:22insane. How long would this have taken

37:24you to manually go pull out, you know,

37:2775 videos, put all the analytics in

37:29here, color code it, design it, do all

37:32of this, and this literally took my AI

37:34agent about 10 minutes right here inside

37:38of Cloud Code. And once again, all I did

37:40was I used my completely natural

37:41language. All of you guys could have

37:42instructed Claude to do this. Okay, so

37:44we're flying through here, just getting

37:46through a lot of the beginning stuff,

37:47and hopefully you guys' mindsets are

37:48getting in the right spot and you're

37:49getting excited. Let's talk a little bit

37:51about prompting. What exactly is

37:53prompting? Prompting is the way that you

37:55talk to your AI in a way that actually

37:58helps it achieve the goal that you want.

38:01Now, there's a few levers to pull here

38:02when it comes to prompting. And it's

38:04really not that complicated. You know,

38:06we used to have this term, which it

38:07still exists, but there's this term

38:09called prompt engineering, which is

38:12basically the art of designing prompts

38:14to get your AI agents to actually do

38:16what you want them to do. Now, prompt

Prompt Engineering & Verifying the Output

38:19engineering is becoming a little bit

38:20less important over the years. It's

38:22still very important, don't get me

38:22wrong, but the the models are getting so

38:24much better where the prompt is less

38:26important. It still is important, but

38:29over time, I think it will become less

38:30important because the models are getting

38:31smarter. But generally, the things that

38:33I like to tell my agent are the role. I

38:36like to define, hey, here's who you are.

38:39Here's what you're supposed to do. And,

38:41you know, context. So, you are a master

38:46content strategist like you just saw in

38:47that example. you are helping Nate who

38:50runs a business doing X Y andZ and here

38:52is what's important to Nate's business

38:53these X Y andZ metrics and here is the

38:55avatar for Nate's business so giving

38:57context on you know the background so

39:00context and background I should say

39:02because not only is the background

39:04important but specific context so I need

39:06you to help me run you know a Q2 an

39:08analysis on my YouTube channel so that I

39:11can look at all the stuff and I can make

39:13Q3 even better example instead of saying

39:16hey help me write this email to my boss

39:18say, "Hey, help me write this email to

39:20my boss. I need you to, you know, sort

39:22of tread lightly here because I've

39:23gotten in trouble twice in the past

39:24month, and I'm asking for more time off,

39:26and you know, he's a really great and

39:28understanding person, but I just feel

39:30like a little bit guilty for asking for

39:31this time off, so that's why I need help

39:33writing this email." Giving your agent

39:35that context is going to make it

39:37understand your actual desires much

39:39better. So, you're not sitting in this

39:41place where you're like, "Okay, AI

39:42sucks. It didn't give me what I wanted."

39:44it's probably because you didn't give it

39:46clear enough instructions of what you

39:48actually want. Now, the next thing I

39:49like to do is I like to negative prompt.

39:51Basically meaning what not to do. So, if

39:54you think about it like you're

39:55instructing a student or, you know, a

39:57kid who's trying to learn a new process,

40:00you have to tell them what not to do

40:02because they're curious and they're

40:04going to try different things unless you

40:05explicitly tell them not to. Now, if you

40:07were telling someone like, I don't know,

40:08a 45-year-old how to make scrambled

40:11eggs, you probably wouldn't tell them

40:12not to put their palm on the stove top

40:14because, you know, they've been around,

40:16they have experience, they know not to

40:17do that. But an innocent mind probably

40:20doesn't know that. So, you would say,

40:21"Hey, don't ever touch the pan. It's

40:23going to be very hot." So, negative

40:25prompting, I found, has really helped

40:27make sure I keep the agents on the guard

40:29rail that I'm actually, you know, trying

40:30to keep them on. And then another thing

40:32that I really, really like to do is add

40:34verification. Basically, the idea of,

40:37you know, and I'm actually going to type

40:38this out because it's so important in

40:39all caps. Make the AI prove its work. Is

40:45that the right its? That might not be. I

40:47think in this case, that's the correct

40:49it. But either way, you guys know the

40:50point I'm trying to make. Make the AI

40:52prove its work. Think about it like

40:54this. Let me make another one of my

40:57little axis charts here. Okay. So when

41:00you ask AI to do something, what are you

41:03ultimately looking for is you are

41:04looking for it to get you an output that

41:07is 100% perfect. Now realistically that

41:10doesn't happen very often. So what

41:12happens is on the first pass you're

41:14maybe getting somewhere around 60% of

41:16the way there and then what happens is

41:17you give feedback like we talked about

41:18earlier and then it tries again and now

41:20you get a little bit higher and you just

41:22keep doing these manual iterations of

41:23feedback until you eventually get to

41:25this point where you're satisfied with

41:26the work and maybe you take it home that

41:28last 2% or 1%. Now this is because it is

41:33not the one verifying its work. You're

41:35the one verifying its work. So all of

41:37these steps are keeping you in the loop.

41:39But what if you could actually make the

41:41AI check its own work so that on the

41:43first try now it's maybe getting and

41:45that's not completely aligned. Let's try

41:46that again. So that on the first try

41:48it's maybe getting you 80% of the way

41:50there. And then you the human have to

41:52iterate two or three times and then

41:53you're there. And this gap is what

41:55you're trying to close here by allowing

41:57the AI to prove its own work. So what

41:59could that look like? Let's say you are

42:01building um a website and you want to

42:04make sure that the form submission works

42:06and that it doesn't accept, you know,

42:08bad versions of an email. For example,

42:10if people are submitting their emails,

42:12it has to be, you know, an actual at

42:14something domain. Well, you can have the

42:17agent open up the website and test it a

42:20100 times and test that, you know, none

42:22of these edge cases sneak through and

42:24then it proves to you, hey, here's what

42:25I ran. Here's why I'm confident. And

42:27what what you'll find is when you do

42:28stuff like that, when it's trying to

42:30prove it's work and it finds bugs, it

42:32will fix the bug and then keep testing

42:33and then fix the bug again and then keep

42:35testing. So the way that you do

42:36verification is obviously different for

42:38whatever the task at hand is, but every

42:40task at hand has some sort of

42:42verification. Just think about it like

42:44this. If a human gave you this work,

42:46what would you do to approve it? Would

42:48you just read it through a bunch of

42:50times to make sure there's no

42:50grammatical errors? Would you actually

42:52open it up and use it? Would you make

42:54sure that there are no, you know,

42:56elements out of bounds or something like

42:58that? Whatever you would do to verify

42:59it, chances are you can tell cloud code

43:02to do that to verify it. So those are

43:05kind of like the main four things just

43:06to keep it simple that I'm always

43:08thinking about when I am prompting my

43:10cloud code to do something for me. All

43:12right, so let's talk a little bit about

43:13tokens and models. So what is a token?

43:17Well, a token is basically what we are

43:19being built for. So when you pay for

43:23credits on some account, you're paying

Tokens & Choosing Your Model

43:25for credits. When you are paying for

43:26your AI model usage, you're paying for

43:29tokens. A token is essentially how AI

43:32interprets text. So maybe four

43:35characters is a token or maybe a

43:37punctuation mark is a token. It's not a

43:39deterministic rule of what a token

43:40really is, but roughly 3/4 of a word or

43:43short words. So maybe in this scenario,

43:45the sentence cla code helps you is four

43:48tokens. Now you don't need to know

43:49exactly this like that's not important

43:51if you can identify hey that's one token

43:53that's 12 tokens. What's important is

43:55that you know the pricing. So different

43:58models cost different amounts and they

44:00all have different pros and cons. So if

44:02we look at for example right now in the

44:04current you know July of 2026 clawed

44:07models with their tokens. Haiku is fast

44:10and cheap. So for certain scenarios you

44:12only need Haiku because it's fast and

44:14cheap. It's $1 for a million input

44:17tokens and it's $5 for a million output

44:20tokens. Sonnet 5 is $3 for a million

44:23input tokens and $15 for a million

44:24output tokens. And this is a very

44:26balanced model. And Opus 4.8 is the most

44:28expensive model right now besides Fable,

44:30which is even more expensive, double the

44:31cost of Opus. But Opus 4.8 is $5 for a

44:35million input tokens and $25 for a

44:37million output tokens. Now, yes, you

44:39guys are noticing there's input and

44:40there's output. And the output tokens

44:42are more expensive. So, what is the

44:44difference there? Well, let me open up a

44:46new chat real quick. Or actually, let's

44:48just go to the one where I said hello.

44:49So, every time that I shoot off

44:51something, my prompt goes into the

44:54model. So, this is where we're being

44:56charged for Opus, for example. Actually,

44:58let me switch this model back to Opus.

45:00This is where we're being charged $5 per

45:02a million input tokens for this. Now,

45:04everything that it spits out, all of

45:06these things, all of these commands,

45:08every line of text that it gives us that

45:09it puts out, that's being charged for

45:12Opus at $25 per million output tokens.

45:16So, when it is outputting stuff, that's

45:19more expensive than what you're feeding

45:20into the model. So, for example, if I go

45:22back to the YouTube Analytics one where

45:24it gave us this Excel sheet, let me ask

45:26a quick question. How many tokens did

45:30you have to output to actually generate

45:32that YouTube assessment Excel sheet? And

45:35because you were using Opus, how much

45:38real money would that have costed me?

45:40Okay, so keep in mind that this is an

45:42estimate. But here is what this looked

45:45like. So it had to run different

45:47scripts. It had to check them out, write

45:50up the brief, it had to build the Excel

45:52sheet with different actual characters

45:53inside, and then it had to output

45:55basically all those commands. So they're

45:58calling this an average of let's just

45:59say 25,000 output tokens. And at the

46:02pricing for Opus 4.8 of $25 per million,

46:05this basically costed us about 63 to run

46:09because of the output tokens. Now what's

46:11interesting though is because in this

46:12session you can see that we've used

46:14about 428,000

46:16tokens out of the a million context

46:18token window which I will explain in a

46:20bit if that makes no sense to you. But

46:22the point here is that we probably sent

46:25in and the AI model had to look at

46:27hundreds of thousands of tokens because

46:28it had to pull so much data from YouTube

46:31and analyze so many things and that was

46:33going into the model. So those input

46:35tokens because typically you use a ton

46:37more input tokens. That's why they're

46:39build lower. This will all start to

46:41click a little bit more when you really

46:42start to get your hands on. But I just

46:43wanted to show you a real quick example

46:45of kind of the difference and

46:46understanding that different models have

46:48different, you know, pros and cons. fast

46:50and cheap, balanced, most capable, but

46:51they also come with different prices.

46:53Now, keep in mind because you guys are

46:56on a clawed subscription, when you come

46:58in here and you go to your usage, this

47:00is how you're being build. You're not

47:01being build per token because you're

47:03using this inside of your subscription.

47:05In your subscription, you have different

47:07limits. You've got a current session

47:09limit, which is a 5 hour rolling window.

47:11You've got all models, which is a weekly

47:13limit. And then right now, we have a

47:15fable limit as well. So you can only

47:16use, you know, this much fable before

47:18all of this would then switch usage

47:20credits on top. It's really cool because

47:21I'm on the $200 a month max plan for

47:24cloud code. And if I filled up every

47:26single session, every single weekly

47:27limit, I would actually be getting

47:29around $8,000 of inference out of my

47:31$200 a month plan. So we're getting this

47:34on a huge discount right now. So if you

47:36are using cloud code or you're using the

47:38cloud models or any AI models through

47:40API billing, which is through token

47:42billing rather than through a

47:43subscription, you are paying a ton more

47:46for those tokens. So that is something

47:48else important to keep in mind here. But

47:50don't stress about this too much. You're

47:52on a subscription, you're getting a good

47:53deal. Just monitor your session limit,

47:55monitor your weekly limits. I've got

47:57videos coming later and I've got, you

47:59know, sections in this course later

48:00about context window management and

48:02session limit management. So just keep

48:04that in mind for later. But I just

48:06wanted to break that down a little bit

48:07for you guys so that these terms all

48:09sort of click and make sense. Okay. The

Setting Up a Project (claude.md & settings.json)

48:11next thing we have here to understand is

48:13called the claw.md.

48:15So if I just real quick open up this

48:18project, right? This is my Herk 2

48:19project which I'll refer to a lot. This

48:21is my AI operating system. This is the

48:23place where I have basically everything

48:24about my business. If I go over here to

48:27my files and I scroll until I find my

48:31claw.md, as you can see, there's a lot

48:32of folders and files inside of this

48:34project. There it is. I scrolled right

48:36past it. This is my claw.md. So, let me

48:38open this up full screen. This is

48:40basically the system prompt for my AI

48:43agent. So, before I read this, let me

48:44just show you a quick visual. So, this

48:46is our little cloud code agent, right?

48:48And let's say we open up a new chat. So,

48:50this thing is completely fresh. It just

48:52woke up. And I go ahead and I shoot off

48:54a message to this thing that says hi.

48:56Right? So I say hi. I don't know why

48:59this keeps going green, but I say hi to

49:01my AI agent. What it does before it

49:03processes this message is it's going to

49:05read the cloudmd

49:07so that it can basically get, you know,

49:09it can orient itself with where we are.

49:12So it will read this cloudmd which is

49:16bunch of lines of text and then it will

49:18read my message and then it knows how to

49:20respond more accurately. So, if I go

49:23back into this real quick and actually

49:26just real quick close out of this file,

49:27what you'll see is that when I said

49:29hello, it said, "Hey, Nate, ready to go

49:31whenever you are." A few things on the

49:33radar in case any next AIS live is this

49:35Friday and Saturday, July 11th and 12th.

49:37CIA opens July 28th. Open threads,

49:40highros, link tagging, keep the best of

49:42fable, what do you want to work on? The

49:44reason it knew this is because it was

49:46able to orient itself with my cloud.MD

49:48MD and read about my projects and you

49:50know what's going on in my business so

49:52that it's able to help me out way more

49:54specifically. So let's take a brief read

49:56through some of the stuff that's in my

49:57cloudmd here. So this is me setting up

50:00the role, right? You are Nate Herk's

50:02executive assistant. Your job is to help

50:03him spend less time on operations,

50:04people management, and admin so he can

50:06focus on learning AI tools and making

50:08YouTube videos. That is his number one

50:10priority. I've then given it a routing

50:12map. So this is where things live. If

50:14you want to find things about, you know,

50:16his business, his team, his OTAAS, his

50:18strategy, go here. Here's the path. If

50:20you want to find things about corporate

50:22structure, entities, tax, IP, then go

50:24here. Voice and style, go here. Course

50:27knowledge, go here. Projects, as you can

50:29see, I'm just telling it where

50:31everything lives. And now it can read

50:33through this and it can help me out way

50:34more specifically. So, this is something

50:36that you'll build over time. I'm going

50:38to build one with you guys. Don't worry,

50:39just a sec. But this is basically just

50:42what it is. It's a system prompt for

50:43your AI agent and it changes all the

50:45time because remember how earlier I

50:47talked about the loop of getting an

50:50output

50:52using judgment to assess it and then

50:54instructing Claude to change so that it

50:56doesn't happen again. This is where I

50:57would say you know like let's say it

50:58gives me this output right let's say it

51:00gives me some research brief that was

51:01just absolutely horrible. I would then

51:03say okay

51:05Mr. Claude I read this research brief

51:08and I don't like this because you didn't

51:10use enough sources. is you only gave me

51:12four. Um, you also put a ton of m dashes

51:15in here which I don't like. So update

51:16your instructions in the claw.mmd so

51:19that you don't do this again. So that

51:20next time I ask you to do research, you

51:22do it better. And then claude will write

51:24changes in its own claw.mmd and then

51:27next time you talk to it, it will be

51:28smarter. So that's how these things just

51:30get smarter and smarter as you use them.

51:31And by the way, when you guys see a file

51:33that ends in MD, all that means is

51:36markdown. Markdown is basically just

51:38like a a computer language and it really

51:41just lets computers understand like

51:43headers and bullet points and really

51:46just structure like that. So this is

51:49markdown when it's rendered nicely for

51:51us humans to read. But this is kind of

51:54what raw markdown looks like. You can

51:56see we use these pound signs to

51:58indicate, you know, status and layers

52:00and we use these dashes for bullets and

52:02everything like that. But MD just means

52:04markdown. The same way later in this

52:06course you might see a py file which

52:08would be a Python file or a txt which

52:11would be a text file. So the dot and

52:13then the you know whatever comes after

52:15that the suffix or whatever is just the

52:18type of file. All right. So here's what

52:20I'm going to do that I want you guys to

52:21do with me. I'm on my desktop. You can

52:23be wherever you want but I'm going to

52:24create a new folder. I'm going to open

52:26up a new folder right here. And I'm just

52:27going to say I'm just going to call this

52:29knowledge work since that's kind of what

52:30this course is about. So, I have a

52:32knowledge work folder on my local

52:34desktop that I just created. And what

52:36we're going to do now is I'm going to

52:37open up Claude and I am going to click

52:39on the plus um right here, new session.

52:42And instead of working in my Herk 2

52:44directory, I'm going to open a new

52:46folder. And this is where I'm going to

52:47go to my desktop, and I'm going to find

52:48that knowledge work folder, and I'm

52:50going to open that up, which basically

52:52means we're now working inside of this

52:53knowledge work folder. Where is it?

52:56There it is. Okay. Select the folder.

52:58Now, it's going to ask if we want to

52:59trust this workspace, which I'm going to

53:01do because it says Claude may read,

53:03write, or execute files in this

53:05directory. So, only proceed if you

53:06actually trust the space, which I do.

53:08So, I click trust. Now, what happens?

53:10Well, let's just start building this

53:12thing out. I'm going to say, "Hey,

53:14Claude Code, my name is Nate." We're

53:16just going to start off conversation

53:17like that. Now, there is one thing to

53:19keep in mind here is because we're in a

53:22new project, Claude still knows a little

53:25bit about me. And the reason is because

53:27there's a difference between your global

53:29cloudmd and your project level. So let

53:32me explain that real quick as well. If I

53:34go down here, I've got some stuff ready.

53:36Okay, so global versus project. Global

53:39is something that claude reads every

53:41single time and that is at the global

53:43level. Whereas project is only

53:45specifically in that project. So the

53:48example you guys just saw, we looked at

53:50this cloud.MD where you know it said,

53:51"Hey, you are Nate's executive

53:53assistant." This gets loaded in whenever

53:55I'm inside of my Herk 2 project. But

53:58whenever I'm in this new knowledgework

54:00project, if I go over here and I go to

54:01my files, this folder is empty. So

54:03there's no project level claw.mmd file

54:05being read yet. But what there is is a

54:08global level claw.mmd. And that's how it

54:10knows my name. Well, I just said it, but

54:12that's how it knows other things about

54:13me because there is a global file. So

54:16real quick, I'm just going to show you

54:17what the global claw.mmd looks like. And

54:19before you get a little bit overwhelmed

54:21or stressed about this, like I said,

54:23this is something that evolves over time

54:25and it really isn't a big deal because

54:27you're able to change it so frequently

54:29by asking Claude to just change it. And

54:31for me, the global cloudMD is just

54:33things that I like and things that I

54:34don't like. So, let me show you exactly

54:35what I mean by that. The way I get there

54:37is I go to my PC, I go to my drive, I go

54:40to users, and I click on my user. And

54:42then there's a cloud folder right here.

54:44And then from here, I can open up my

54:46claw.md, which is just a markdown file.

54:48So, this obviously looks a little bit

54:50more um ugly because it's opened up as

54:52as markdown in my notepad. But look at

54:55this. This is my global cloudmd. These

54:57rules apply to every product on your

54:59machine. They govern any writing meant

55:01for Nate or publishes Nate. So, LinkedIn

55:03posts, YouTube scripts, comments,

55:04emails, captions, docs, anything. So, I

55:07have this AI phrase kill list, which I

55:09said, hey, every time it outputs

55:11something and I say I don't like how

55:12that sounds because it sounds like AI, I

55:14say add this to my global claw.mmd. You

55:16know, I don't like this stuff. So, it

55:18won't say all of these phrases. It will

55:20never write this in my LinkedIn posts.

55:21It will never write this in my YouTube

55:22video scripts or anything like that

55:24because this is a global rule. And look

55:26at this. It's also just learned other

55:27things about me over time. He here's the

55:29things he doesn't like. Here's other

55:30things that I've learned. And this is

55:32just my global claim. It's very simple.

55:34So, if you've got specific things about

55:35your business or specific things about

55:37the way that you like to treat Claude or

55:38you like Claude to treat you, then you

55:40can put those in your global rules

55:42because you're okay with the fact that

55:44every single project ever that you do

55:45with Claude on this local machine, these

55:48rules will be in play there. So, that's

55:49kind of the difference between um as I

55:52said global cloud.MD and project

55:55cloud.MMD. And it's important to keep

55:56this in mind because later when we talk

55:58about things like skills, there's also

56:00the element of is this a global skill or

56:02is this a project level skill? Okay.

56:04Anyways, this is a new project, right?

56:06This is called knowledge work. So, I'm

56:07just going to say I'm building a brand

56:09new project right here and this is for a

56:12course that I'm teaching. So, this is

56:13kind of a demo project for me, but I

56:15want to show my audience how to set up

56:17cloudmds, how to build skills, how to

56:19build automations. And so we're going to

56:20do a lot of this together, but right now

56:22what I want you to do is just initialize

56:24with a cloud.mmd and acloud folder.

56:27There doesn't have to be anything inside

56:29of the cloud. Um, but just initialize

56:31with a cloud.md folder and just throw a

56:34little bit of baseline information in

56:35there for now. And by the way, if you

56:36guys are interested in the voicetoext

56:38tool that you see right up on screen

56:40right here, it's it's very pretty, then

56:42check out the link in the description.

56:44It's called Glido. It's our tool that we

56:46created and it is the fastest and the

56:47most private on the market. So check it

56:49out. Anyways, as you can see, it is

56:51going to start building that for us. So,

56:52in a sec, we'll see over here on the

56:53folder side, we will see a cloudmd and

56:56we will see acloud folder. There we go.

56:58They just popped up. So, the cloud

56:59folder has nothing, but the cloudmd. Let

57:01me open that up real quick. This file

57:03gives cloud code the context it needs to

57:05work in this repository. Keep it short

57:07and current. Here's the project

57:08overview, demo project, here's a

57:10structure, here's the conventions, and

57:12any notes. This cloudmd file will grow

57:14over time. So as we go through this

57:17course and as we build new things, we

57:18will all watch this cloudmd file grow

57:20together. So that is just showing you

57:22how easy it is to get that set up and

57:24that your agent can fix that, edit it,

57:26delete it, stuff like that at any time.

57:28Now you guys are probably wondering what

57:29is this.cloud folder. So let me go back

57:31up here and show you that that is

57:33exactly what we are going to cover next

57:35is the cloud folder. These are basically

57:37the first two things that I always set

57:39up when I'm working on a new project in

57:41cloud code. I have the cloudmd which

57:43once again is the rules in plain English

57:44and then we have the cloud folder which

57:46is basically just think about it almost

57:48like a settings folder. It's the config

57:50folder. Usually the things that go in

57:52here there sometimes are more but the

57:53three things that I want you guys to pay

57:54attention to the settings.json which has

57:57things like permissions preferences the

58:00agents folder which is where you can

58:01build your own custom sub aents and put

58:03them in there and then skills which is

58:05where you package up your skills and

58:07they live in here so that Claude can

58:09call on them automatically. Now, just as

58:11an example, let me show you inside of my

58:13Herk 2 project what this looks like. So,

58:15I'm going to come back over here and I'm

58:16going to open up my doclaude, which is

58:18right here. You can see that I've got

58:20my, you know, agents, the one I talked

58:22about. I've got my settings files, and

58:24I've got my skills. Now, obviously,

58:26there's some other things because this

58:27project is massive. And that's why I

58:29wanted to call out just those three. And

58:31really, the most important one, in my

58:32opinion, is skills. We're going to talk

58:34about skills later more in depth, but

58:36look at this. Every single skill that I

58:37have in here is just natural language.

58:39So, for example, if I open up this grill

58:41me skill, it's just a markdown file. So,

58:43if I open this up, it looks very similar

58:45to the claw.mmd. It's all natural

58:47language and it just tells Claude code

58:49what to do in this specific skill. So,

58:51that's the exact same way that it works

58:53in here with our sub agents. And our

58:55settings is basically just a JSON file

58:57that shows Claude what it's able to do

59:00and what it's not able to do. You can

59:02see we have allowed permissions. We have

59:03some environment variables up here.

59:05We've got things that we've denied. That

59:07is basically how this settings file

59:09works and you don't need to know how to

59:11build this. It will build it

59:12automatically and you can use natural

59:13language once again. So every single

59:15project will have these two things but

59:16these two things also live on a global

59:18level because once again if you wanted

59:21to have you know you have your global

59:22cloudmd but then you also have global

59:24skills potentially. I only have one

59:26right now that's global on this machine

59:28but you can have skills that apply to

59:30every project. You can have sub agents

59:31that apply to every project. So that's

59:33the difference between global and

59:35project. But these are two things that

59:36you always want to get set up when

59:38you're building a new project. Okay,

59:40anyways, let's keep on moving here. Um,

59:42one thing I do want to call out is you

59:44might see my claude here switch over to

59:46usage credits. And once again, that's

59:48because I'm about to go past my 5 hour

59:50limit, in which case, if I want to keep

59:52going, I will then be paying per token.

59:55So, because I'm on the 200 bucks a month

59:56plan, that doesn't happen too often. But

59:57when I am pushing this thing to its

59:59limits, I do hit that. And so if you

1:00:00guys see that pop up on my screen

1:00:02somewhere else in this course in a few

1:00:03minutes, don't be concerned. That's all

1:00:05that that means. So anyways, the next

Connecting Tools: API Keys & .env

1:00:07thing I want to talk about API keys and

1:00:10env. So first of all, what is an API? It

1:00:13stands for application programming

1:00:15interface. And all of that really means

1:00:17is it's a method to allow one software

1:00:19to talk to another software. So imagine

1:00:22Gmail sending a letter to claude code.

1:00:25That's via API. So the point I'm trying

1:00:27to make here is remember earlier in this

1:00:30course when I showed you guys this demo

1:00:32where I opened up, you know, this

1:00:34YouTube thing and I said, "Hey, go to

1:00:36YouTube and pull my data." The only

1:00:38reason that it was able to go pull my

1:00:40data from YouTube is because I gave it

1:00:42my API key, which is essentially a

1:00:45password. So if I said, "Hey, go pull

1:00:47Mr. Beast's YouTube data," it could only

1:00:49pull publicly accessible YouTube data.

1:00:51it couldn't pull some of those more, you

1:00:54know, detailed stats that I saw from my

1:00:56channel because I don't have his API

1:00:57key. So, what we had to do was we had to

1:01:00give it access to actually pull that

1:01:02information. And that's when it used

1:01:04this fetch YouTube data py, which py

1:01:06stands for a Python file, and it used

1:01:08that in combination with my API key. As

1:01:10you can see here, YouTube data API. So,

1:01:13that's what I'm going to show you guys

1:01:14now in our knowledge work project. We're

1:01:16going to get set up with an API. So, the

1:01:18example that I'm going to show you guys

1:01:19is Tavi. Tavi lets agents search the web

1:01:22better. You can see here they even have

1:01:24an official Tavi agent skills for Cloud

1:01:26Code, which I'm not going to dive into

1:01:27right now, but the reason I wanted to

1:01:29show you guys Tavi is because you can

1:01:30sign up here and you get a,000 free

1:01:32credits right away, no matter what. So,

1:01:34Cloud Code does have built-in tools for

1:01:36research. So, if I say, "Hey, can you

1:01:39please just research what is context

1:01:41engineering?" And just give me like a

1:01:42one-s sentence example or sorry, a one-s

1:01:44sentence definition. So it will

1:01:47basically because I'm prompting it to

1:01:49research this. What it's going to do is

1:01:50it will probably you see it says finding

1:01:52tools. It's looking through different

1:01:54tools and then it's going to actually

1:01:55search the web using a search the web

1:01:58tool. Query select web search. So web

1:02:01search is one of the tools that it can

1:02:02use. It also has something like a web

1:02:03fetch. But anyways the point I'm trying

1:02:06to make here is cloud code can natively

1:02:08search the web. But if we give it

1:02:09something like tavally it's always good

1:02:11to just get other sources right. So what

1:02:13I'm going to do here is go back into

1:02:14tavi. You can see right here I have an

1:02:16API key which I'm going to go ahead and

1:02:18copy. Now API keys because they're

1:02:20passwords once again do not share them

1:02:23with anybody because let's say I am on a

1:02:26paid plan of Tablety and let's say I

1:02:27paid for 5,000 credits. If I gave you

1:02:29guys my API key, you guys could all take

1:02:31that and spend my money and I don't want

1:02:34to, you know, I don't want you guys to

1:02:35spend my money. So I'm not going to show

1:02:36you my API key in this video. I will

1:02:38because, you know, it's a demo and I'm

1:02:40showing you and I'm going to delete it.

1:02:41But that's how you should treat API

1:02:43keys. You shouldn't be posting them

1:02:44online. and you shouldn't be sharing

1:02:45them across your team unless you know

1:02:47your team is supposed to. So anyways,

1:02:49what I'm going to do is say well not say

1:02:52I'm going to go into my files and you

1:02:53can see that once again we only have

1:02:55these two. So what we need is we need a

1:02:57file called aenv

1:02:59which basically just stands for like

1:03:01environment. So environment variables

1:03:03hey cloud code I want to connect you to

1:03:05tavi and in order to do that I need to

1:03:07give you my API key for tavi. So can you

1:03:09please create in this project aenv file

1:03:12so that I can upload my secret. Now the

1:03:14reason we want to create thisv file is

1:03:16it just it's a safe place to put secrets

1:03:19because they won't get pushed to GitHub.

1:03:21You can see here it said let me also add

1:03:23a dot getit ignore so the secret never

1:03:25gets committed. Now, I'll talk about

1:03:27GitHub more later on in this course, but

1:03:29basically what that is is think about

1:03:31this. When you make a Word doc on your

1:03:34computer, no one else can get that,

1:03:36right? But if you push that up to like a

1:03:38shared drive, then other people can

1:03:39collaborate on it and work on it if you

1:03:41make that public. At least you can still

1:03:42push something to the cloud or push

1:03:43something to GitHub and keep it private.

1:03:45So anyways, the point being if you put

1:03:47something in yourv that will never get

1:03:49pushed to GitHub ever. So basically

1:03:52things that are secret and sensitive put

1:03:53in yourv. So anyways, it went ahead and

1:03:56it created that env as you can see right

1:03:58here. And there's currently nothing in

1:04:00there, but it did give us this

1:04:01placeholder. It says Tableau API key.

1:04:04This is where you would put your Tableau

1:04:05API key. So I'm just going to go ahead

1:04:07and delete the placeholder. Go back into

1:04:09Tavi. Copy this value. Go back into

1:04:12Claude, paste that in there, and then

1:04:14hit save. So now that our API key is in

1:04:16there and it's saved, I can say, cool.

1:04:18So I just gave you my Tavly API key. Go

1:04:20ahead and make a test request to Tavi to

1:04:22make sure that that works.

1:04:25So, I'll go ahead and shoot that off.

1:04:26The dictation tool spelled Tavly wrong.

1:04:28So, let me just go into here and add a

1:04:31correction in the dictionary for the

1:04:32real way that you're going to spell

1:04:34Tavi.

1:04:36Okay, there we go. Anyways, it's going

1:04:39to make a test search request. As you

1:04:42can see here, it made a post request to

1:04:43this endpoint. It searched for what is

1:04:45Claude Code by Enanthropic, pulled the

1:04:47key from the ENV, and got a 200

1:04:50response. So, all of that means it

1:04:52worked. Here's what I want you guys to

1:04:53notice. I didn't tell it how to do any

1:04:55of that. It went off, it researched

1:04:56Tavi, it figured out the endpoint, which

1:04:58is this thing right here, and then it

1:05:00just made the request, which is awesome.

1:05:02Before, you know, a year ago, if you

1:05:03were still building with Naden or

1:05:05something like that, we had to basically

1:05:07by hand research the API endpoints and,

1:05:10you know, plug all this in by ourselves.

1:05:11But now, Agentic AI is getting so

1:05:13powerful that my simple request saying,

1:05:15"Hey, just use Tavi turns into the agent

1:05:18reasoning, researching, testing, and

1:05:21verifying." So super super cool. Now

1:05:23what would happen if I went into my

1:05:24files and I went into thev and then I

1:05:27basically just changed the API key. So

1:05:29this is no longer a valid API key.

1:05:30That's not correct. I'm going to go

1:05:32ahead and clear out the conversation. So

1:05:34I can do a slashclear command right

1:05:36there. And now the conversation's reset.

1:05:38And now if I say, hey, can you try to

1:05:40use Tavi to search for Lenol Messi?

1:05:44When I shoot this off, we're going to

1:05:46see that it's going to try to use Tavi,

1:05:48but it should come back with like a 400

1:05:50error. and it's gonna say, hey, you

1:05:51know, like something's wrong with the

1:05:52API key or something like that. Okay, so

1:05:54now it just defaulted to the search, you

1:05:56know, the the default cloud code web

1:05:57search tool, which I didn't want it to

1:05:58do. So, let's try this again. No, we do

1:06:02have a Tavi API key that I've given you.

1:06:04Try to use that.

1:06:06Don't use the clawed native web search

1:06:09tool. Okay, so let's analyze what just

1:06:11happened here because there's a lot of

1:06:12lessons inside. So, let me close this

1:06:14stuff out.

1:06:15We used Tavi, right? We used it with the

1:06:18correct API key and it worked. And then

1:06:19I cleared the session. When I cleared

1:06:21the session and asked for it to use

1:06:23Tavi, it said there's no Tavly tool

1:06:25connected in this session, so I can't

1:06:27use it specifically. Now, what does that

1:06:29tell us? That tells us that Cloud Code

1:06:31just forgot what we just did. It forgot

1:06:33that we just successfully used Tavi. We

1:06:36also see that again when it said, "Okay,

1:06:38I found the key, but there's no MCP tool

1:06:40wired up, but let me try to call Tavi's

1:06:42REST API."

1:06:44It tried. It didn't work. So, it said,

1:06:46"Okay, let me try a different method."

1:06:48that also didn't work and then what it

1:06:49did is it said okay confirm that the you

1:06:52know the API key is correct so that just

1:06:54shows you that it didn't work because

1:06:55the API key was wrong but the other

1:06:57lesson here is that we just used Tavly

1:07:00successfully so why did it have to do

1:07:02all this research once again you know

1:07:04what we would do now is save that

1:07:06somewhere in our project so what I'm

1:07:08going to do is I'm going to fix the API

1:07:10key real quick so I'm going to go back

1:07:11into tablet copy this go back into

1:07:13claude we're going to open up our files

1:07:15go to thev and we're going to replace

1:07:17this once again with the true API key,

1:07:19which is correct. And then I'm going to

1:07:20go back in here and say, "Okay, thanks.

1:07:23You were right. Our API key was wrong. I

1:07:25just fixed it. So, go ahead and test it

1:07:27again." But then the other thing I want

1:07:29you to do is somewhere in this project,

1:07:32save this as, you know, a skill or save

1:07:36this as something because we will

1:07:37probably be using Tavi frequently. And

1:07:40when I want you to do research, I want

1:07:41you to default first to Tavali and then

1:07:44to the default clawed web search tool.

1:07:47So actually don't create a skill. Just

1:07:49put this in the cloud. Denmd

1:07:51save the endpoint so you understand like

1:07:52we've done this before. I don't want you

1:07:54to research it every time and that's how

1:07:56you can keep getting smarter every time

1:07:57I interact with you. So that was

1:08:00obviously kind of a a very messy casual

1:08:03version of my prompt, but that's the way

1:08:05I do it, right? I identified something.

1:08:08I found myself repeating something that

1:08:09I didn't want to and then I feed it back

1:08:11in because here's the thing that may not

1:08:13seem like a big deal allowing it to

1:08:15search and remake the request. But what

1:08:17happens is this every time costs you

1:08:19tokens and tokens cost money, right? Cuz

1:08:22they go against your session limit. So

1:08:24the more efficient you can be with

1:08:25memory and with things like that, the

1:08:28more you're also going to be saving

1:08:29tokens. So it tried it again. It worked

1:08:32now that the API is correct. And then it

1:08:35said, "Let me save this setup to

1:08:36cloud.MD MD so I don't have to figure

1:08:37out again and now that's all saved. If I

1:08:39go back into our files and we open up

1:08:41our cloudmd we can now see here that it

1:08:44says research and web search default

1:08:46tavly first the API key lives in thev

1:08:49here is the off method here is the

1:08:51endpoint and here is how all that works.

1:08:53So if we were to clear the memory right

1:08:55now and then ask it to search the web it

1:08:57would actually use tabi and that is how

1:08:58you iterate on your system. Now, the

1:09:00other thing I wanted to talk about real

1:09:01quick is that we right here saw the term

1:09:04MCP, which stands for model context

1:09:06protocol. If you guys have never heard

1:09:08of that, it's basically it's very

1:09:10similar to an API. APIs have lots of

1:09:12different endpoints that can be hit. And

1:09:13MCPs have a lot of different tools that

1:09:15can be hit, but essentially it's the

1:09:17same theory of how can we connect cloud

1:09:19code to QuickBooks or Google Sheets or

1:09:21Gmail or SharePoint. It's all about

1:09:24connecting to other tools via MCP or API

1:09:27or you might even hear later on in this

1:09:29video something called a CLI. They're

1:09:31all basically just methods of connecting

1:09:33to different tools. They all have little

1:09:34bit of different pros and cons, but I

1:09:35don't want to get into the weeds of that

1:09:36right now. There's no reason getting

1:09:38overwhelmed about that. We're just

1:09:40focused on let's connect to the tools

1:09:41that we use every day to make ourselves

1:09:43faster. So, that is going to do it right

1:09:45now for number 10. Let's move on to

1:09:48permissions and settings. So back in

1:09:51this example, as you guys saw, we have a

1:09:54couple things to think about. The first

1:09:55thing is the actual permission mode that

1:09:57we use inside of cloud code. So if I go

Permission Modes, Scoped Keys & Privacy

1:10:00into here, you can see that we have

1:10:02different modes. We have auto mode,

1:10:03which is the default. We have manual

1:10:05permissions, we have accept edits, we

1:10:07have plan mode, and then we have bypass

1:10:09permissions. And if you don't see bypass

1:10:11permissions, you would go into here,

1:10:13you'd go to your settings, and then you

1:10:14would go to cloud code. And if you keep

1:10:17scrolling down, there's going to be

1:10:18something right here, allow bypass

1:10:20permissions mode. This allows Claude to

1:10:23just do everything. It will never stop

1:10:25and say, "Hey, is this okay? Can I do

1:10:27this?" It will just do everything. And

1:10:29um

1:10:31hence the name bypass permissions,

1:10:33dangerously skip permissions. So,

1:10:35typically being on auto mode works just

1:10:37fine, but there might be some times

1:10:38where you do want it to be able to

1:10:39bypass, but there are some things that

1:10:41you want to be explicitly very careful

1:10:43of. We've all heard those horror stories

1:10:45of agents deleting databases. We

1:10:47actually had something internally where

1:10:48an agent accidentally sent out an email

1:10:50to like 150,000 people with a discount

1:10:52code that wasn't supposed to go out. The

1:10:54reason that happened though wasn't

1:10:55because of a permissions mode like down

1:10:57here. That was because the agent had

1:11:00access to so many tools. And really what

1:11:03you should be doing is like let's say

1:11:04you connect your agent to your CRM and

1:11:07your agent only needs to be able to read

1:11:09it. It doesn't need to be able to delete

1:11:10records or update records. So there's no

1:11:12point in giving the agent that actual

1:11:13tool to be able to do so. So that's

1:11:16where you might want to think about like

1:11:17API keys with scoped permissions and

1:11:19things like that. And what's nice about

1:11:21thinking about scope permissions is it's

1:11:22usually pretty userfriendly on the third

1:11:25party tool side. So here's 11 Labs for

1:11:28example. If you guys don't know what

1:11:29this is, it basically is just like AI

1:11:31voice really. And you can also do like

1:11:33you know you can create voice agents and

1:11:35phone agents and things like that. So,

1:11:36if I come in here to developers and I go

1:11:38to my API keys, you can see I've got a

1:11:40bunch of API keys here. Let's say I'm

1:11:41going to create a new one. Let's say I'm

1:11:43creating this API key and I just need it

1:11:46for sound effects. That's it. And for

1:11:48some reason, it's really high risk where

1:11:50if this API key does other things, it

1:11:52would be bad for the business. So, I

1:11:54would name this key so I am aware of

1:11:56like what it does. And it's always good

1:11:57to name your keys specifically because

1:11:59if you're giving keys to different

1:12:00people on your team or for different

1:12:01agents, you want to see what agents are

1:12:03using what keys, how often, and how much

1:12:05they're spending and how much people are

1:12:06using it. So anyways, that's what we're

1:12:09doing here. Demo sound effect. Right

1:12:11here, you can see that there's an option

1:12:12to restrict this key, which means I can

1:12:14restrict it on credits. So it can only

1:12:16spend a certain amount. So let's say I

1:12:18wanted to only let it spend 10 credits

1:12:21um on a certain, you know, time period,

1:12:23then I could do that. We can also

1:12:25restrict the endpoints. Endpoints is

1:12:28just a fancy word for like what it can

1:12:30do, capabilities, tools. So let's say

1:12:32for this key, I only wanted it to be

1:12:35able to do sound effects. So I would

1:12:36say, okay, you can access that. But for

1:12:38everything else, no access. You know,

1:12:41maybe I want it to be able to read all

1:12:43of this so it can read dubbing, read

1:12:44agents, read projects, read all this.

1:12:47But besides that, the only thing it can

1:12:49actually physically touch and manipulate

1:12:51and do is sound effects. And that's how

1:12:53you give your agents a key that you can

1:12:56actually sleep at night and feel 100%

1:12:57confident that nothing wrong will

1:12:59happen. Because if those horror stories

1:13:01where people delete a database with an

1:13:03agent, if they would have just

1:13:04restricted the ability to delete, then

1:13:06that never would have happened. So

1:13:08that's what I want you guys to be

1:13:09thinking about like this. Would you give

1:13:11your a new hire a credit card and say,

1:13:13"Hey, you can like don't spend anything,

1:13:15but with this card you could." No. That

1:13:18just makes no sense. So treat this once

1:13:19again, what did I say earlier in this

1:13:21video? You are a manager. Just think

1:13:23about this as this is a human. How would

1:13:26I interact with them? What access would

1:13:27I give them? What permissions would I

1:13:29give them? And a lot of the overwhelm

1:13:31about how you think about these agents

1:13:32might just disappear when you shift your

1:13:34mind to think like that. Okay. Now, the

1:13:36other thing we have are some other

1:13:37settings like local settings. So, I'll

1:13:39show you guys a quick example of that.

1:13:41If I go to my back to my Herku project,

1:13:43which is like I said is my main one that

1:13:45I kind of operate in and I go to my

1:13:48umcloud and we talked about our settings

1:13:50living inside of this.cloud folder. So

1:13:52I'm going to open up my settings. What

1:13:53we see here is some environment

1:13:55variables. So cloud code agent teams

1:13:58one. I'll talk about this later in the

1:13:59video during the agent team section, but

1:14:00that's an environment variable. I've

1:14:02also got some other things here that I'm

1:14:04going to blur out. But then I have

1:14:05permissions. And this is me saying

1:14:07here's what you're allowed to do cloud

1:14:09code. You're allowed to do bashes. So

1:14:11just like kind of running these

1:14:12commands. Web search is allowed. Web

1:14:14fetch, edit, write, mcps, mcps, glob,

1:14:17skills, all of this is allowed. But

1:14:19here's what's important. Here are the

1:14:21things you can never do. I I have this

1:14:23project set up so it can never remove

1:14:24anything or delete anything or change

1:14:26these directories or anything here that

1:14:28I would consider risky. And so what I

1:14:30would do is I would put my cloud code on

1:14:32bypass permissions mode. But I felt

1:14:34comfortable about it because it could

1:14:36never do anything that was actually

1:14:37risky. So, that's how I played with the

1:14:39settings in order to actually help me

1:14:40out a little bit with, you know, access.

1:14:42Now, the cool thing about that is I

1:14:44don't understand like a lot of those

1:14:46words, but I just said, "Hey, I'm trying

1:14:47to change my permissions and my settings

1:14:49inside of this project. Here's X, Y, and

1:14:52Z things I want to never happen. Can you

1:14:53help me update the settings file so that

1:14:55you physically cannot do those things?"

1:14:57And then it just worked for me.

1:14:59Obviously, I wanted to test it out a

1:15:00little bit cuz you don't always just

1:15:01take the output, like I said, and just

1:15:03fully blindly trust it, but that's what

1:15:05I did. Now, I will say though, pretty

1:15:07much if you come in here and you go to

1:15:09auto mode, it's going to be really

1:15:10solid. Auto mode was new. So, when I

1:15:13designed that settings file, auto mode

1:15:15didn't yet exist, but auto mode's pretty

1:15:16solid for you guys. When you've opened

1:15:18up Cloud Code and you've been following

1:15:19along with this video so far, you've

1:15:21probably been using auto mode, and

1:15:22that's going to be just fine. So, the

1:15:24settings thing is something to just be

1:15:25aware of, and later you might want to

1:15:27tweak that as you get a little more

1:15:28advanced, but right now, you're probably

1:15:29fine just sticking on auto mode. And

1:15:31then another setting that I want to

1:15:33bring to your guys' attention is down

1:15:35here. So obviously we have the model,

1:15:37right? And you can enable fast mode,

1:15:38which I basically never touch. It costs

1:15:40more and it's faster and I typically

1:15:42don't care about speed too much. We have

1:15:44the different models to choose between,

1:15:45right? So sonnet, haiku, opus, fable.

1:15:48And then what we can also do is the

1:15:50effort, which is pretty interesting. So

1:15:52effort lets you choose between faster

1:15:54and smarter. So, if we move the effort

1:15:56down to medium or low or extra high or

1:15:59max or ultra code, we can play with the

1:16:01effort levels. Now, I will be honest

1:16:03with you guys, I pretty much keep all my

1:16:06models just on high. I don't really like

1:16:08to play with it too much. Typically,

1:16:09what I like to do is switch between

1:16:11models rather than switch between

1:16:12effort. I think that for the most of the

1:16:14knowledge work, you really don't need to

1:16:16tweak it too much. But I will say the

1:16:19unit economics of understanding what is

1:16:22the right model for the specific task in

1:16:24front of you because you're also

1:16:25optimizing for cost is a very important

1:16:27thing to be thinking about as you get

1:16:29more advanced. Right now we're learning

1:16:30the fundamentals. It's not a big deal

1:16:32but as you get more advanced it is

1:16:33interesting to think about this kind of

1:16:34stuff. Look at this for example. We have

1:16:36this chart with GBT 5.5 which is

1:16:38currently OpenAI's best model but you

1:16:40know things move quick. We have Opus 4.8

1:16:42and we have Fable 5. We're showing all

1:16:44of these models on different effort

1:16:46levels. And on the y- axis, we see the

1:16:49score. On the x-axis, we see the average

1:16:51cost per task. Now, what I want you to

1:16:53pay attention to here is look at GBT

1:16:555.5. As effort increases, quality

1:16:59doesn't increase. Score doesn't

1:17:00increase, but cost certainly does. So,

1:17:02that's one where it's like, okay, why

1:17:03would you ever increase the effort? But

1:17:05here on Fable, as you increase the

1:17:07effort, the benchmarks show that your

1:17:10score meaning improves. Now, me

1:17:12personally, when I use Fable on high or

1:17:14max, what I've actually found is that

1:17:16it's slower and it overthinks and it

1:17:18overreasons for no reason. So, I like

1:17:20Fable on high. Opus 4.8 on extra high

1:17:23does significantly feel better, but it's

1:17:25slower and more expensive. So, it's it's

1:17:27kind of a balancing act to play, but

1:17:29looking at these benchmarks is

1:17:30interesting and it's good to know that

1:17:31you have that lever to tweak. But, like

1:17:34I said, for the majority of my knowledge

1:17:35work that I'm doing, I'm just leaving

1:17:37the models on high and that has been

1:17:39working pretty well for me. Okay, now

1:17:40let's talk about something really fun,

1:17:42which is privacy and your data. So, hey

1:17:46Claude Code, can you just do some quick

1:17:47research for me? What does Enthropic say

1:17:49about our privacy? You know, when I'm

1:17:51talking to Claude and the data goes to

1:17:53their servers, like what are they doing

1:17:54with it? Are they training on me? Should

1:17:56I be what should I be careful of? You

1:17:58know, how do I stay safe, especially

1:18:00inside of my own organization and at

1:18:01work? So, the reason I wanted to bring

1:18:04this up is because it is a big question,

1:18:05right? because these closed source

1:18:09models so basically meaning you know

1:18:11OpenAI Enthropic Google those are closed

1:18:14source models because we as consumers

1:18:16don't actually get to own the weights of

1:18:19those models you know we can't install

1:18:21them locally and we can't tune them or

1:18:23anything like that. Now open source

1:18:24models are the ones that you can

1:18:26download locally and tune them but

1:18:28they're not nearly as good as the closed

1:18:30source models. Now the benefit with open

1:18:32source models is that you can own them

1:18:34locally. So your data, your conversation

1:18:38never leaves your home because it stays

1:18:40on your computer. But every single time

1:18:41that I send a message to Claude or

1:18:43OpenAI or Google, it goes to their

1:18:46servers wherever they're running all

1:18:47their compute and then it gets processed

1:18:49and then an answer comes back. And

1:18:51that's why they have these massive, you

1:18:52know, data centers. But the point I'm

1:18:54trying to make here is for the company

1:18:55that you work for or your own business,

1:18:57you should not be sending over private

1:18:59sensitive data. For my case, it's really

1:19:02not that much, right? because I'm making

1:19:03content and I am doing stuff like that.

1:19:05I'm not directly handling people's

1:19:07credit card numbers or their personal

1:19:08identifiable information. But I wanted

1:19:11to bring this up because for some of the

1:19:13clients that I've worked with, they had

1:19:14very strict requirements. You know, like

1:19:16we couldn't do anthropic stuff for them.

1:19:19We had to do on-remise deployments and

1:19:20we had to think about security in a much

1:19:22different way as far as like encryption

1:19:23and stuff like that. But that's why I

1:19:26wanted to bring this up. I'm not going

1:19:27to dive into deep deep deep deep about

1:19:29like encryption and on-rem right now in

1:19:30this course at least, but I wanted to

1:19:32bring this up so that nobody here gets

1:19:34in trouble because they watch this

1:19:35course and then they're all of a sudden

1:19:37putting a bunch of company documents and

1:19:38legal contracts into AI when their

1:19:41company would get them in big-time

1:19:43trouble for doing something like that.

1:19:44So, be safe. Think about what's allowed

1:19:47inside of your industry, inside of your

1:19:49organization before you start chucking

1:19:50in documents into something like Claude.

1:19:53Aha. And look at this. I'll research

1:19:55this with Tavly first per hour clawmd

1:19:57setup. But anyways, I'll just go over

1:19:59real quick what this says. It depends

1:20:00entirely on which cloud you're using on

1:20:02consumer plans, which is, you know, the

1:20:04free pro max, not a team plan. As of the

1:20:07policy change effective October 8,

1:20:09training is opt-in, but it's a forced

1:20:11choice. So, you basically had to toggle

1:20:12this on or off. You can check this right

1:20:14now by going to your settings, going to

1:20:16privacy, going to help improve Claude,

1:20:18and then you can toggle it on or off.

1:20:19Now, just because they claim that

1:20:21they're not going to train models on

1:20:22your data, they still have that data.

1:20:25So, you know, that's why even if you

1:20:27have that toggled off, check with your

1:20:29own organization. Cool. So, now that

Building Your AI Operating System

1:20:31we've covered probably, of course, the

1:20:33most fun and exciting thing of this

1:20:34course, let's just talk more about

1:20:36connecting your own tools because that's

1:20:37how this stuff gets super super super

1:20:40powerful. Okay, so in my Herk 2 project,

1:20:43which I know I've mentioned a lot, this

1:20:45is my AI operating system. So, it's

1:20:47connected to every tool that I actually

1:20:48use and it has information about my

1:20:50entire business. It knows my business

1:20:52better than I know it honestly because

1:20:53it has a better memory. But the idea is

1:20:55I got here because I've connected all my

1:20:58tools and because I use this for

1:21:00everything and every new memory, every

1:21:02new skill, every new project gets

1:21:04indexed into my wiki here, which I will

1:21:06have sections on exactly how you do this

1:21:08later in the course, but just bear with

1:21:09me here. The point I'm trying to make is

1:21:11that's my AI operating system with my

1:21:13second brain inside. And if you guys

1:21:15want to get the full course, which I

1:21:16would recommend you do after this

1:21:18course, that will be my free school

1:21:19community right here. The link is in the

1:21:21description. Like I said, completely

1:21:23free. So the point I'm trying to make is

1:21:26this

1:21:28idea of connecting your tools is a core

1:21:30piece of building your AI operating

1:21:31system. Context, connections,

1:21:33capabilities, and cadence. And so what

1:21:35I'm talking about right now is kind of

1:21:36like the context and connections thing.

1:21:39So this is where I like to start. I

1:21:41think of my tier one connections which

1:21:43are revenue, customers, calendar, coms,

1:21:46tasks, meetings, and knowledge. So,

1:21:48right now, you know, you've created your

1:21:50folder in Claude, which is going to

1:21:51evolve into your AI operating system.

1:21:53But you're thinking to yourself, maybe

1:21:54okay, Gmail, um, you know, Slack, what

1:21:58else do I connect? I don't know what

1:21:59else to connect. The answer is go look

1:22:02at the tabs you have open right now. Go

1:22:03look at your bookmarks. Go look at your

1:22:05history. What tools are you visiting

1:22:07frequently? what tools do you need to go

1:22:09to pull data or to talk to people?

1:22:12That's what you want to connect. So,

1:22:13it'll be things like where is your

1:22:15revenue living? Can you connect your

1:22:16bank accounts? Can you connect um any

1:22:18reporting tools? Can you connect Stripe?

1:22:20Can you connect your, you know, school?

1:22:22Where do your customers live? You

1:22:24probably want to also have some customer

1:22:25data in there. You probably want to have

1:22:27your calendar in there. You want to have

1:22:28communications, so Google Workspace, but

1:22:30also for me it's ClickUp and Slack. I

1:22:32have tasks in there. So, ClickUp and

1:22:34Notion. I've got my meeting recordings.

1:22:36my transcripts get pulled in

1:22:37automatically from Fireflies and then

1:22:39just other knowledge. So, I've got a ton

1:22:40of stuff locally. I've got a ton of

1:22:42stuff in my Google Drive and of course

1:22:44on my YouTube channel. So, that's

1:22:46obviously not all of it. I think every

1:22:48single week you're going to discover, oh

1:22:49shoot, I need to connect this. And then

1:22:51when you do, it's as simple as googling

1:22:53that tool and then you Google API

1:22:55documentation. So, let's say you use

1:22:57Fireflies and you want to be able to

1:22:58connect Fireflies to cloud code. You

1:23:00would just go Fireflies API

1:23:03documentation. Okay, cool. Fireflies has

1:23:05an API. I will go ahead and say, "Hey,

1:23:07Cloud Code, you know, take this link,

1:23:09figure out how to use this." And then

1:23:10I'm going to go get my API keys from

1:23:11Fireflies. And once I get that, I'm

1:23:13going to chuck that in the ENV. And

1:23:15boom. Congratulations. You just

1:23:16connected another tool to your AI

1:23:19operating system to your cloud code.

1:23:20That's all it takes. The hardest part,

1:23:23honestly, is just like identifying what

1:23:25tools you need. And the best way to do

1:23:27this is to actually test it. Like prove

1:23:30to yourself that you can do this. And

1:23:32what I mean by that is you have to make

1:23:34the habit switch. So what it looks like

1:23:36right now is you've probably got all

1:23:38these different tools and I'm not going

1:23:39to um like label all these, but let's

1:23:43just say you've got all these different

1:23:44tools and you open up your Chrome or

1:23:47whatever browser you use and all day

1:23:49you're just switching between a bunch of

1:23:50different tools and you're copying and

1:23:51pasting things. What you need to do is

1:23:54just transition to the fact that I can

1:23:56just use Cloud Code and just talk to

1:23:58Claude Code and that's it. because

1:24:01Claude can be the one to go use all

1:24:03these tools. So, all I have to do as a

1:24:05human, you know, let me just draw a nice

1:24:07little picture of Oops, that's not what

1:24:09I wanted. As myself sitting here on, you

1:24:13know, my computer just talking all day.

1:24:15Then all I have to do, that's supposed

1:24:17to be a computer by the way. All I have

1:24:19to do as the human is just talk to

1:24:20Claude. And now this thing is like my

1:24:22assistant. It does everything for me.

1:24:23And I try to challenge myself. One of

1:24:26the metrics I challenge myself to is

1:24:28what percentage of my day, what

1:24:30percentage of my work can I do from this

1:24:33window right here? And I know that might

1:24:35sound weird. It might sound like, oh,

1:24:36I'm going to be less productive. But no,

1:24:38trust me, not only will you be more

1:24:40productive, but you're going to start to

1:24:41build more skills. You're going to make

1:24:42your cloudmd better. You're going to

1:24:44improve your entire system. And that's

1:24:45how you end up with something like this

1:24:46with hundreds of skills, millions of

1:24:49context files and projects, and

1:24:51something that feels like a co-founder.

1:24:52It's really a great feeling to be to

1:24:54have. So, you're going to go through

1:24:56these tiers. You're going to list out

1:24:58the tools that you want to connect and

1:24:59then just go through find if they have

1:25:01an API, find if they have an MCP, maybe

1:25:03they have a CLI, and start to get

1:25:05connected. What I want to show you guys

1:25:06right now, because I'm hoping a lot of

1:25:07you guys are on the Google Workspace

Connecting Google Workspace: CLIs vs MCPs

1:25:09ecosystem, is how you can connect to the

1:25:11Google Workspace CLI because that allows

1:25:14you to talk to everything in the Google

1:25:15Workspace environment. Mail, calendar,

1:25:18sheets, docs, slides, all of it. So,

1:25:22that's what I'm about to show you guys

1:25:23how to set up. Just a quick warning

1:25:25before this next video starts playing.

1:25:26Some of the clips that I'm inserting

1:25:28into this course were recorded a few

1:25:30months back, meaning they might be shown

1:25:31in VS Code extension or the terminal

1:25:34instead of the Cloud Desktop app that

1:25:36we've been using so far. I just wanted

1:25:38to give you guys a warning.

1:25:39Functionally, exact same. So, don't

1:25:41worry about it too much. It just might

1:25:42look a little bit differently, but all

1:25:44you have to do is listen to what I'm

1:25:45saying and follow along with what I'm

1:25:46actually doing and you will be just

1:25:47fine. All of this stuff is still

1:25:49relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be

1:25:50putting it in this course. So, hopefully

1:25:52that makes sense. See you guys in the

1:25:54video. Google just dropped what some are

1:25:56already calling the most powerful

1:25:57workspace CLI on the internet. So, if

1:26:00you've got a ton of stuff that lives in

1:26:01the Google environment just like I do,

1:26:03then you're going to love this because

1:26:04now any of my cloud code projects can

1:26:06access everything. And all I had to do

1:26:08was install one simple thing. So, here

1:26:11you can see I said, what can you do with

1:26:12GWS, which is Google Workspace CLI? So,

1:26:16it can search, list, upload, download,

1:26:18move, copy, share, anything in my Google

1:26:20Drive. It can do anything in my Gmail.

1:26:23It can do anything in my calendar. It

1:26:24can do anything with Google Docs. Same

1:26:26thing with Sheets. Same thing with

1:26:28Slides. And it also has multi-step

1:26:30workflow recipes. So these are basically

1:26:32like skills. These are chain command

1:26:34patterns for common tasks like creating

1:26:36docs from templates, reading sheet data,

1:26:38and creating a report doc, finding free

1:26:40time, and scheduling a meeting. And

1:26:41there are over a hundred of these that

1:26:42it actually has. So out of the box, when

1:26:44you give Claude Code the GWS CLI, you

1:26:47can do anything across any of the tools.

1:26:48And you also have access to over a 100

1:26:50skills. So, I don't know how many times

1:26:52you guys have tried to use something

1:26:53like Claude or Naden to build you a

1:26:55Google doc and you do this over API and

1:26:57it ends up just looking like something

1:26:59like this. It literally just looks like

1:27:00raw markdown and it's obviously

1:27:02horrible. And sometimes to go along with

1:27:04a YouTube video, I make resource guides

1:27:05that look like this, but obviously they

1:27:07have to be formatted. I've got like a

1:27:08header up here and I've got links and

1:27:10different things in this format. But now

1:27:13I can literally just take the link to a

1:27:14YouTube video. I can drop that into

1:27:16Cloud Code and say, "Create me a YouTube

1:27:18resource guide." It's going to go ahead

1:27:19and download that transcript from the

1:27:21video. And now what it's doing is it's

1:27:23creating the Google doc, not via API

1:27:25call, not via MCP, but via a bash

1:27:27command, meaning it's literally running

1:27:29a terminal command in order to talk to

1:27:31Google and make this. So, it just

1:27:33actually created the doc. Here's the ID.

1:27:35And now it's going to populate it with

1:27:36what I need. And now it finished this

1:27:38up. It gave me the link. I'll click into

1:27:39this. And we can see, boom, we have an

1:27:41actual resource guide. It's got the

1:27:43image inserted up here as a header. It's

1:27:44got a link that goes right back to my

1:27:46YouTube channel. It breaks down the

1:27:47market traditional automation. It goes

1:27:49through all this stuff and then even has

1:27:50my CTA at the bottom as you can see

1:27:52after all these horizontal lines to join

1:27:54the plus group. So that was obviously

1:27:56just one quick example, but there's so

1:27:58many different benefits here using this

1:27:59workspace CLI. The first one is that you

1:28:01have one interface. So basically, like I

1:28:03said, it was one GWS CLI that Cloud Code

1:28:05now has access to and it can access my

1:28:07Gmail, my drive, docs, sheets, calendar,

1:28:09admin, and more. It's also JSON first

1:28:11with structured responses. So our AI

1:28:13agent is really, really good at working

1:28:14with it. We have auto discovery, meaning

1:28:16the CLI is pretty much always going to

1:28:17stay up to date automatically. Pretty

1:28:19much zero maintenance because we

1:28:20authenticate and then we're going to be

1:28:22good to go. It has built-in skills for

1:28:24triage, for prep, for generations. Like

1:28:26I said, there's 100 others. And it's not

1:28:28much overhead because it's basically

1:28:29just one tool. It's not the same as like

1:28:31having all these different API endpoints

1:28:33or all of these different MCP configs

1:28:35and tools that would take up more

1:28:36context. But I know you're probably

1:28:38wondering, what is a CLI? It stands for

1:28:40command line interface. And what we're

1:28:42typically used to is a GUI or a

1:28:44graphical user interface where we can

1:28:45see buttons, we can see form fields, and

1:28:47we can click on things and that's how we

1:28:49navigate, but computers are more

1:28:51navigating by text and by commands and

1:28:53by typing. So that's really all that a

1:28:55CLI is. And this is an open- source

1:28:57Google Workspace product, and obviously

1:28:59it's completely free. So I'll leave a

1:29:01link to this GitHub repository down in

1:29:02the description if you want to check it

1:29:03out, read more about it. But I'm also

1:29:05going to walk through some of the key

1:29:05details right here. The first thing that

1:29:07I wanted to show you is if you go down

1:29:08here to the skills, this is where we can

1:29:10actually see all of the different kind

1:29:12of recipes they call them for pre-made

1:29:14multi-step workflows that it has. As you

1:29:16can see, creating events from sheets,

1:29:18creating presentations, creating meat

1:29:20space, label and archiving emails.

1:29:22There's so many different patterns that

1:29:23you might use from this pre-built

1:29:25library. Now, if we keep scrolling down,

1:29:27what you'll also notice is that right

1:29:28here it says this is not an officially

1:29:30supported Google product. Now, that

1:29:32doesn't mean that it's unsafe. This is

1:29:33an actual Google product, but the reason

1:29:35why it's not officially supported is

1:29:37because right now it's more of like an

1:29:38open- source beta. It's kind of a

1:29:40developer playground rather than like an

1:29:42enterprisebacked software. And you can

1:29:44see right here that it also says this

1:29:46project is under active development.

1:29:47Expect breaking changes as we march

1:29:49towards v 1.0. So this thing's already

1:29:51really good out of the box and it's only

1:29:52going to get better. And you can see,

1:29:54like I said, when Google Workspace adds

1:29:55an API endpoints or method, GWS picks it

1:29:58up automatically. So you might as well

1:29:59chuck it into cloud code right now and

1:30:01start getting used to it. Okay, so I

1:30:02just uninstalled this so I can walk you

1:30:04guys through step by step how this

1:30:05actually works. It's super easy. What I

1:30:07do is I basically copy the link to this

1:30:09GitHub repository as you can see. And

1:30:11I'm going to basically just give it to

1:30:13Cloud Code and say, "Hey, I want to

1:30:15install this GWS CLI, read through the

1:30:19documentation, and help me install

1:30:20everything that I need to install, and

1:30:22then we're going to get set up." So,

1:30:23this is basically going to do all the

1:30:24research for me, and then all I have to

1:30:26do is follow its instructions. So, it

1:30:28read the docs. It's looking at what we

1:30:30already have installed. It basically saw

1:30:32that I already had some of the

1:30:33prerequisites. So if you don't have

1:30:34those, you'll have to install those. And

1:30:36then it told me that we needed to

1:30:37install the CLI. So it did that. And now

1:30:39we have two options. So the first one is

1:30:41to install G-Cloud CLI so that we have

1:30:43automatic setup and off. Or we could do

1:30:45it manually by creating our own project

1:30:47and whatnot. So let's just go ahead and

1:30:48try option A. Okay. I thought this was

1:30:50going to be just like a simple command

1:30:52that it ran and then we were good. But

1:30:54it's actually like some other thing to

1:30:55install. So let's actually go back and

1:30:56try manual and I'll just show you guys I

1:30:58guess the harder way. Okay. So I'm going

1:31:00to go to this link. go to our Google

1:31:01Cloud Console and make sure you're

1:31:03signed in with the right account up in

1:31:04the top right. And I'm just going to go

1:31:05ahead and create a new project just to

1:31:07show you guys what this would look like.

1:31:08So, new project. I'm going to call this

1:31:10one Claude Code GWS. And we're just

1:31:15going to go ahead and create this

1:31:16project. So, this is spinning up right

1:31:18now as you can see. And now that it has

1:31:20been created, I'm going to select it so

1:31:21we're inside of it. And then I'm going

1:31:22to go up here and type in APIs and

1:31:25services. Click on that. And we have to

1:31:26set up our OOTH consent screen. So, I'll

1:31:28click on this. and it's going to say get

1:31:30started. Click on that. We have to give

1:31:33our app a name. And then we have to

1:31:35choose an audience. So I'm just going to

1:31:36do internal because I only need this

1:31:38right now for my own organization. If

1:31:40you want to do external, it'll basically

1:31:42have you do testing or published. And if

1:31:44you do testing, just make sure that you

1:31:46add your email as a test user. And then

1:31:49all you have to do after you put in your

1:31:50contact information is hit I agree. And

1:31:53then you go ahead and create that. Now

1:31:54once that has been done, you're going to

1:31:56go to create a client ID. So, I'm going

1:31:58to go back into APIs and services. I'm

1:32:00going to go to credentials and then I'm

1:32:02going to go ahead and do a create

1:32:03credential oath client ID. Now, in here,

1:32:05we're going to choose a desktop app. I'm

1:32:07going to just call this GWS and go ahead

1:32:10and hit create. And now we have our

1:32:12client ID and our client secret. And so,

1:32:14what you're going to do is download this

1:32:15as a JSON file. Now, you can see here

1:32:17that it says to download that file and

1:32:19save it to your global.config/GWS.

1:32:23So, basically, if you can't find this,

1:32:25just say, "Hey, can you give that to me

1:32:26in a full path?" And then you can paste

1:32:28that into your finder or your file

1:32:30explorer and it will take you there. It

1:32:31will probably look something like this.

1:32:33And then you just drag in that

1:32:34credential thing. I called mine client

1:32:36secret. And cloud code will be able to

1:32:38look at this globally now. And so what

1:32:40you'll notice is that we didn't in this

1:32:41project yet enable these APIs. So let me

1:32:44just show you what happens without that.

1:32:45So it says the last step is to run GWS

1:32:48off login. So I just said, hey, I

1:32:50finished option B. The credentials are

1:32:51called client secret. And then I told it

1:32:54to run the O login. So that should

1:32:56basically open up a tab for you, but if

1:32:58it doesn't, then you can ask for it to

1:33:00give you that URL so that you can

1:33:01actually authenticate in. So you would

1:33:03basically choose your account that you

1:33:04want to use. And then you just have to

1:33:06basically confirm that it can access all

1:33:07of these different things. As you can

1:33:08see, and then when you hit allow, you

1:33:11should be properly authenticated. After

1:33:12that, it's going to come back and say,

1:33:13"Okay, cool. Let me see if everything

1:33:15works." Now, this hasn't been perfect on

1:33:17the first try every time, but if you

1:33:19just go back and forth a little bit,

1:33:20say, "Hey, that didn't work. Hey, this

1:33:21is what I'm seeing." It will be able to

1:33:23get you there. It's going to be your

1:33:24best friend for something like this

1:33:26because remember it can read all of the

1:33:27actual documentation. And now it says

1:33:29that the author is working, but we have

1:33:30to enable these APIs in our Google Cloud

1:33:33projects. So basically just clicking

1:33:34open these one at a time and all you

1:33:36have to do is hit enable. So it's super

1:33:38simple. You just have to do this like I

1:33:40said for all of these different services

1:33:42that you actually want to be able to

1:33:43use. So that's why I did this on a new

1:33:44project cuz I just wanted you guys to

1:33:45see that. But if you already have one

1:33:47that has all these enabled, then you can

1:33:48just use that project and generate that

1:33:50OOTH client ID. So there you go. You can

1:33:52see that this works. I said, "Can you

1:33:54find my Google doc that I made in April

1:33:55of 2025?" And I went ahead and pulled

1:33:57links to all five of these because

1:33:59obviously that was a very vague request.

1:34:01And now we could take action pretty much

1:34:02anywhere in Google Workspace super

1:34:04simply with this CLI. But like I said, I

1:34:07just got this set up today and I've been

1:34:08playing around with it a ton in my

1:34:10executive assistant project and it's

1:34:11been awesome. It can literally do

1:34:13anything. So here I'm asking it to grab

1:34:14my unread emails from today and based on

1:34:16what it knows about my business and my

1:34:18priorities, give them a score and if the

1:34:20priority score is below five, just mark

1:34:21it as unread automatically. All right.

1:34:22So, here you can see it said, "Got 30

1:34:24unready emails. Here's my priority score

1:34:26based on your business context." And as

1:34:28I scroll down, you can see that it's

1:34:29getting different ratings. And based on

1:34:31what I'm seeing right now, this actually

1:34:33looks pretty good. So, then I started

1:34:34playing around with Google Slides

1:34:35because I use Gamma right now, but at

1:34:37some point I could imagine that if this

1:34:39gets good enough, then I wouldn't need

1:34:40Gamma anymore. And this is a free option

1:34:42compared to Gamma subscription. So, I

1:34:44had it create me a slide deck and it was

1:34:46okay. I threw in my brand guidelines. I

1:34:48threw in my logo and I said, "Hey, can

1:34:49you see this? you created this using the

1:34:51Google Slides and it's okay, but there's

1:34:53some weird things that I need you to

1:34:54fix. So then it came back and said, I

1:34:56cannot see the slides. I just know how

1:34:58to build them programmatically. So

1:34:59that's why there may be some errors with

1:35:00spacing and stuff. So then I basically

1:35:02just gave it access to ChromeDev tools

1:35:04so that it could open the page,

1:35:05screenshot it, look at it, and then we

1:35:07built a plan to add visual validation to

1:35:09this Google Slide Creator skill. So now

1:35:11you can see as it's going through, it

1:35:13actually takes screenshots and then it

1:35:14can make fixes based on that. So then

1:35:16after it fixes everything, it says,

1:35:17"Okay, cool. Updated the skill. take a

1:35:19look at it now. So, I'll open up this

1:35:21link. Brings me to Google Slides where I

1:35:23have this slide deck. It has kind of my

1:35:26brand colors. It's got the logo up top

1:35:27right. And then as we go through, we can

1:35:29also see that the spacing is a little

1:35:30bit better. It's still not perfect,

1:35:31obviously, but we have custom images

1:35:33here that were generated with Nano

1:35:35Banana 2. And even the images are kind

1:35:37of on brand with the sort of orange and

1:35:39blue color scheme. As you can see, we've

1:35:41got this one with the WAT framework.

1:35:43We've got this slide. And it even ends

1:35:45with the CTA for the free school

1:35:47community. So, just to see what else

1:35:48happens, I'm going to say, "Take a look

1:35:49at the slide deck and do another audit.

1:35:51How could you improve the skill in the

1:35:52future?" So, it's going to go ahead open

1:35:55up a tab as you guys just saw. It's

1:35:57going to take images. It's going to

1:35:58flick through the different slides and

1:36:00capture them. And as you can see over

1:36:02here, it now says take screenshot. And

1:36:04now, it's reading that screenshot right

1:36:06there.

1:36:07Now, it just moved on to the next slide.

1:36:09And it's going to go through and look at

1:36:10every single slide. And then, it's going

1:36:11to come back with a plan. And we could

1:36:13probably do a similar visual and

1:36:14validate flow with creating Google Docs

1:36:17as well. So now you can see it's almost

1:36:19on to that last slide. And I hope it

1:36:20fixes this last slide because what you

1:36:22can see here is that the spacing is

1:36:24really off down here. So you can see it

1:36:26came back with an audit. It came back

1:36:27with some future improvements. And one

1:36:29thing that I did notice is that because

1:36:31I made the window smaller, its

1:36:32screenshots were probably worse quality.

1:36:34So it said presentation mode screenshots

1:36:36would probably be better. But anyways, I

1:36:38just wanted to give you guys a little

1:36:39taste of how you can use the GWS CLI.

1:36:42but also use it with other tools to make

1:36:44the functionality even more powerful.

1:36:46And there is one more important thing I

1:36:47need you guys to understand about

1:36:49connecting your tools. So what you might

1:36:51have noticed is that in cloud code on

1:36:53the desktop app, if you go to customize,

1:36:55you can see some skills in here, but

1:36:56then you can go to connectors. And what

1:36:59are connectors? They're basically a

1:37:00really simple way for you to connect to

1:37:03different tools. If I click on browse,

1:37:04you can see we've got Reend, Tableau,

1:37:06Canva, Figma, Gmail, notion. And this is

1:37:09really easy because you basically just

1:37:11connect and then it prompts you to sign

1:37:12in. You know, like you kind of ooth in.

1:37:15Oh, that one's already installed. So, if

1:37:17I did Notion, for example, it would just

1:37:18bring me to Notion and it would want me

1:37:20to sign in here and then my Claude Code

1:37:22desktop app would automatically be

1:37:24synced up to notion and I could just

1:37:25interact with it. And it's very easy

1:37:27because you don't really deal with, you

1:37:29know, potentially the API keys in the

1:37:30same way. As you can see, here's where I

1:37:32would choose which workspace I would

1:37:33request connection to. Now, the reason I

1:37:35wanted to bring this up is because it's

1:37:38easier and a lot of people might just

1:37:39tell you to do that. But here's what I

1:37:41want you to think about. If you rely on

1:37:43these connections, that is not great

1:37:46because what's going to happen is if you

1:37:48switch off to a different desktop app or

1:37:50a different harness, you lose

1:37:51everything. So by going through the

1:37:54method that we've talked about where you

1:37:55open up your files and you go to yourv

1:37:57and you put your API keys in there and

1:37:59you build connections through that that

1:38:01means later if you want to switch to

1:38:02codeex which is chatgbt's coding agent

1:38:05or if you want to switch to Hermes agent

1:38:08or openclaw or any other new tool that

1:38:09comes out then you'd have to reconnect

1:38:11every single thing which is a huge pain

1:38:13or even if later you decided you wanted

1:38:15to go from cloud code desktop app to VS

1:38:17code which is something that I I like to

1:38:18use a lot as well you would have to

1:38:20reset all those connections again that

1:38:22is why I'm teaching teaching you guys to

1:38:23do this all a little bit more manually,

1:38:25but it's not too difficult at all, but

1:38:26more manually by setting up yourv um API

1:38:29keys in there because it's just way more

1:38:31transferable. You're you're way more

1:38:33tool agnostic and becoming tool agnostic

1:38:35is the most important thing you can do

1:38:37because these tools evolve so quick. New

1:38:39models, new tools every day, every week.

1:38:41So that is why I want you guys to think

1:38:42about the fact that all we're doing here

1:38:44is we're building a bunch of folders and

1:38:46files. any agent, any AI can sit on top

1:38:49of folders and files and look at them

1:38:51and be just fine and use them. So, that

1:38:53is super important to me and I just

1:38:55wanted to make sure that I communicated

1:38:56that to you guys because I knew some

1:38:58people might be thinking, okay, well,

1:38:59why would we not just use the connectors

1:39:00inside of the desktop app that are so

1:39:02much easier to connect? That's why if

1:39:04you want to go for it, but just think

1:39:06about when you have to switch or if you

1:39:07want to switch later, that's going to be

1:39:08a real pain for you to reconnect

1:39:10potentially like 20 or 30 or 40 tools.

1:39:13All right, awesome. Let's move on to

1:39:15skills, which is my favorite Cloud Code

1:39:17feature ever. Skills exist regardless of

1:39:21really whatever AI model you end up

1:39:23using. So, when you're building these

1:39:24skills, these are also tool agnostic,

1:39:26which is great, but skills are so so

1:39:27important. So, let me find some blank

1:39:30space over here so I can draw out some

1:39:31stuff about skills. We're going to grab

1:39:33this little cloud code crab, place them

1:39:35down here. So, when you're talking to

1:39:37Claude Code, the idea is that when you

1:39:40ask it to do something, it just

1:39:42understands you, right? knows your

1:39:44processes and it knows what to do and

1:39:46specifically if it does a process once

1:39:48good or well then you would hope that if

1:39:51you ask it to do it again next week it

1:39:53would do it just as well if not better.

1:39:56So the idea is that we have a bunch of

1:39:58skills, right?

1:40:00Let's just call Yeah, we'll just say

1:40:02skill. And these are also going to be MD

1:40:03files. So let's say skill.md as we know

1:40:05that that stands for markdown.

1:40:08Think about it like this. These are just

1:40:10recipes. If you wanted to make chocolate

1:40:13chip pancakes, I don't know why I always

1:40:14use this example, but it just makes

1:40:15sense. You would open up a recipe for

1:40:18chocolate chip pancakes. If this was

1:40:20your first time ever doing it, you would

1:40:21follow that recipe because you don't

1:40:23know off the top of your head the

1:40:24measurements. um how long to cook it.

1:40:27You know, you don't know exactly what to

Skills Deep Dive

1:40:28do, but what you would do is you'd open

1:40:29up the cookbook or you'd Google on our

1:40:32phone the recipe and then you'd follow

1:40:34it to a tea. You would see step one,

1:40:36step two, step three, step four, and you

1:40:37would just do that. After you finished

1:40:39making, you know, you got the

1:40:41deliverable from that recipe. You would

1:40:42say to yourself, "Okay, did I like this

1:40:44or did I not?" You know, maybe I wanted

1:40:45to add more chocolate chips. So, I'm

1:40:47going to change the recipe and add more

1:40:48chocolate chips. So, then you would

1:40:50change the recipe and then next time you

1:40:52want to make chocolate chips, you'd open

1:40:53this back up. You'd run it again and

1:40:55you'd see if you liked it and eventually

1:40:56you get to a spot where you like the

1:40:58skill or you like the recipe and now

1:41:00whenever anyone asks you, hey, you know,

1:41:02can you make me some chocolate chip

1:41:03pancakes? You know exactly how to do it

1:41:04because you reach for the skill and you

1:41:06just follow the instructions. So that's

1:41:08what our agents do. What ends up

1:41:09happening is we have tons of different

1:41:11skills and when we ask our agent to do

1:41:13something, it is able to think to

1:41:15itself, oh, okay, cool. So, this person

1:41:17wanted me to do a, you know, a morning

1:41:19briefing. And all I have to do now is I

1:41:22have to go grab this morning briefing

1:41:23skill, read it, and then I'm going to go

1:41:26execute, you know, the actual morning

1:41:27briefing on my workspace, you know, so

1:41:31on my laptop. Anyways, so it would read

1:41:33this and then it would execute. And then

1:41:36your job as the human is to say, "Okay,

1:41:38cool. This is pretty good." But once

1:41:40again, here's my feedback. And then you

1:41:42just get into this place where the agent

1:41:44would then loop. it would update the

1:41:45skill and then you run it again and then

1:41:47you judge the output, you loop, you run

1:41:49it again. So take a look at this

1:41:50example. This is my grill me skill. What

1:41:53you'll notice is there's this little

1:41:55front matter which is called YAML front

1:41:57matter. It it's yl front matter. I don't

1:42:00know exactly what the yl stands for but

1:42:02it's front matter. And this is important

1:42:04because this is what the agent reads in

1:42:08order to decide should I use the skill

1:42:10or not. So this skill is called grill

1:42:12me. It says, "Enter the user

1:42:13relentlessly about a plan, design, or

1:42:15topic, checkpointing every answer to a

1:42:17brainstorm file so nothing is lost. Use

1:42:19when the user wants to stress test a

1:42:21plan, get grilled on a design, run a

1:42:23brainstorm or discovery session, extract

1:42:24what's in their head into a doc, or

1:42:26says, "Krill me." I'm going to do a full

1:42:28section later on the skill. It's it's a

1:42:29it's a great skill. But this is what it

1:42:32looks like. So, let's say I say, "Hey,

1:42:34you know, Claude Code, I want to um

1:42:36build out a new course on cloud code for

1:42:40knowledge work." for example, which is

1:42:42actually I did this exact thing when I

1:42:44was planning out this course. I said,

1:42:46can you please grill me about the way I

1:42:47use cloud code, the way I think about

1:42:49it, and what I need to know. And then

1:42:51what it did is it just asked me tons and

1:42:52tons of questions. But before it did

1:42:54that, it had to read the skill and

1:42:55invoke it. And it and the reason I

1:42:58wanted to tell you guys about this front

1:42:59matter is because that is how it

1:43:00decides. Look at this, right? If I go to

1:43:02my Herk 2 project and if I go into

1:43:04mycloud and I go to the skills folder, I

1:43:07have tons of skills. There's like 40ome

1:43:09in here. So, because there's so many

1:43:12skills, what this looks like more like

1:43:14in reality is our agent has to look

1:43:17through

1:43:18so many skills to be able to pick out

1:43:20the right one, which is overwhelming and

1:43:23it starts to cost tokens. So that's why

1:43:26we use this front matter which it's a

1:43:28process called progressive disclosure

1:43:30which basically means the agent is able

1:43:32to quickly scan all of the front matter

1:43:34for every single skill and based on the

1:43:36description decide ah this is the one

1:43:39that I need to use based on the request

1:43:41that the user just requested from me. So

1:43:44that is why it would then pick this one

1:43:46then it could read everything and then

1:43:47it would invoke it. So that's how sort

1:43:50of the skills look. That's how they

1:43:52work. And that is how progressive

1:43:54disclosure works. So let us go ahead and

1:43:58build our own skill. The cool thing

1:43:59about skills is they can be invoked by

1:44:01natural language. Like if I said, "Hey,

1:44:02can you just grill me?" Or, "Hey, can

1:44:04you run like my storm research?" They

1:44:06would be invoked. But you can also

1:44:07invoke them from slash commands. So if I

1:44:09do a slash, you can see that I've got a

1:44:11command called session handoff, which I

1:44:12could invoke by doing slash. Or I could

1:44:15use, you know, slashgrill me, for

1:44:17example, which is the one that you guys

1:44:18just saw. So you can use slash commands.

1:44:21And what else is cool about that is

1:44:22there is a slash command from Enthropic

1:44:24called skill creator. Create new skills,

1:44:25modify and improve, blah blah blah. So

1:44:27I'm going to call on that skill and then

1:44:29I'm just going to in my natural language

1:44:31tell it what I want to build a skill

1:44:33around. Before I do this, there are two

1:44:35different ways that you can actually

1:44:37write skills or make skills. So let me

1:44:40once again come over here and show you

1:44:41guys visually. There are two ways. One

1:44:44of them is you kind of proactively are

1:44:46building skills and the other one is you

1:44:48build a skill after the fact. So what I

1:44:50mean by that is let's say we decide okay

1:44:53I want a skill for my morning brief. So

1:44:55what I'm going to do is I'm going to say

1:44:57hey Claude code help me build a skill to

1:45:00help me with my morning briefings.

1:45:01Here's what you're going to do. Step one

1:45:03is you go to my calendar and you see

1:45:04what's on my my day. Step two is you go

1:45:06to my ClickUp. You see my tasks that are

1:45:08due today. Step three is you read

1:45:10through my conversations and you see if

1:45:11there's anything that I committed to

1:45:13blah blah blah. That is how you build

1:45:14the morning briefing skill. Or what you

1:45:16could do on the other side is you just

1:45:19do that. So instead of planning out and

1:45:21saying, "Hey, help me build the skill,"

1:45:23you just do the thing. So you would do

1:45:25step one, you would do step two, you do

1:45:27step three, you do step four. You do all

1:45:28of that manually with Claude. And then

1:45:30you would say, "Hey, look back at all

1:45:33those four steps that we just did. That

1:45:35is a process that I do every morning.

1:45:37So, can you turn that into a skill? So,

1:45:39you basically have those two paths. You

1:45:41can either say, "Hey, help me write a

1:45:43skill." And then explain 1 2 3 4. Here's

1:45:45what we do. Or you actually do the

1:45:47action and then you say, "You know what?

1:45:48That would be a great skill. Turn that

1:45:50into a skill for me." So, let me show

1:45:53you. Um, we're going to proactively

1:45:54build one just to keep this simpler. And

1:45:56also, what I'm going to do is I'm going

1:45:57to clear out this conversation because

1:45:58we don't need all this in here. So, I

1:46:00can do a slash command to clear

1:46:02slashcle. And then we have a fresh chat.

1:46:04So, I'm going to invoke the skill

1:46:06creator skill. And now, let's think of a

1:46:08good use case to build a skill around.

1:46:11Hey Claude, I would like you to help me

1:46:13build a skill. So, I want something

1:46:14that's going to help me sort of just

1:46:16manage my email inbox a little bit

1:46:17better. You should be able to touch my

1:46:19inbox because we set up the Google

1:46:21Workspace CLI. So, that's the first step

1:46:24is see if you can reach it. And then

1:46:26what I want the skill to do is basically

1:46:27give me a rundown of all of my unread

1:46:30emails and then help me sort of just

1:46:32like triage them. Tell me if anything's

1:46:33important. tell me if you know there's

1:46:36anything that I committed to that I need

1:46:37to respond to and if I need to reach out

1:46:39to anyone else on my team basically just

1:46:41help me triage these emails and label

1:46:43them for me high priority you know which

1:46:45ones needs actions which ones can be

1:46:46completely ignored and then after that

1:46:49happens and after you've given me a

1:46:51quick brief we'll actually take action.

1:46:52So I'll say hey you know all of those

1:46:54down there you can just mark them as

1:46:55unread for these three emails I want you

1:46:57to help me create a draft blah blah

1:46:58blah. So you're basically going to help

1:47:00me triage my inbox and clean it up.

1:47:03Okay, so that was a very messy prompt,

1:47:05right? And that's why sometimes it's

1:47:07better to build a skill after you've

1:47:09done something. So, what we're going to

1:47:10do here is it's going to start to build

1:47:11out the skill thing. And then what it's

1:47:13going to do is we're going to run

1:47:14through this example and then we're

1:47:16going to go back and improve the skill.

1:47:17The first step is that it's checking the

1:47:19Google Workspace to see if it can

1:47:20actually hit my inboxes. There we go.

1:47:22Reachable. And there are 201 unread

1:47:24emails. So, I certainly do need the

1:47:26skill. And now what it's doing is it's

1:47:28saying, "Okay, so I have everything set

1:47:29up, but before I write the skill,

1:47:31there's a few questions that I have for

1:47:32you." So, it's asking me some questions

1:47:34to make this skill better. I have 201

1:47:36unready emails. How much should we

1:47:38triage in one run? I'm just going to say

1:47:40the most recent 25 to 30 just to keep

1:47:42this simple. When the skill labels an

1:47:45email, what actually should happen? Read

1:47:47Gmail labels. Brief only, no labels,

1:47:50stars plus brief. I'm going to go ahead

1:47:52and say brief only, no labels, just so

1:47:54it's not doing anything that I'm not

1:47:56explicitly approving, at least to start.

1:47:58Once we've ran the skill 10, 20, 30

1:48:00times and we've kind of like battle

1:48:02tested it and we feel more confident in

1:48:04it, then we can maybe make it a little

1:48:05bit more autonomous. But to start, I

1:48:07like to be in full control of

1:48:08everything. What categories should the

1:48:10brief sort emails into? Let's just go on

1:48:12high, action, ignore. That's totally

1:48:13fine for now. And it's going to keep

1:48:15building out this skill. So, while this

1:48:16is finishing running up, let me just

1:48:18talk about some of the common questions

1:48:19I get around skills because skills can

1:48:22be as simple as like a two- sentence

1:48:24prompt, but they can also be pretty

1:48:25complex. So, let me show you guys a

1:48:27quick example. If I go into my skills

1:48:30here, let me show you an example of one

1:48:32that is kind of more on the complex

1:48:34side. Okay, so this is one called

1:48:36packaging, which helps me out with

1:48:37sometimes packaging up YouTube videos

1:48:39and stuff like that and brainstorming.

1:48:40So, it's called packaging. Here's the

1:48:42description of when to use it. And then

1:48:44what you'll notice inside of this skill

1:48:46is we're routing to other files. So,

1:48:48sometimes it needs to read this full

1:48:49packaging playbook, which is a massive

1:48:52um markdown file of packaging rules. So,

1:48:54it says read this every time. It has

1:48:55Nate's actual decision logic. Then it

1:48:57went to the decision logic source. So

1:48:59another massive markdown file. Then it

1:49:02can also read my channel data. And then

1:49:03it can also look at thumbnail analysis.

1:49:05It can also look at a script to generate

1:49:06thumbnails. And it also has to find my

1:49:08API key. So this is an example where we

1:49:11have tons of brand assets like all of my

1:49:13thumbnail assets, the core model. And

1:49:16look how long this is. There's so many

1:49:17different instructions. There's so many

1:49:18different modes. There's so many

1:49:20different decisions to be made. And

1:49:21every time that I use the skill, it gets

1:49:23better and better, right? because, you

1:49:25know, I give it that feedback loop.

1:49:27There's lots of files that it

1:49:28references. Here's one called idea

1:49:30mining. So, we use this when someone

1:49:31asks for content ideas, video ideas,

1:49:33what to make next, or just to run idea

1:49:34mining. So, once again, this actually

1:49:36needs to be updated cuz I have more than

1:49:37this many subscribers now, but context

1:49:40files, you know, execution. But what's

1:49:42cool about this is this skill calls on

1:49:44sub agents. So, I know we haven't talked

1:49:46about sub aents yet, but skills can do

1:49:48so many things. It can reference full

1:49:50workflows. It can reference full

1:49:51scripts. It can reference sub aents. So

1:49:53the first agent that's supposed to run

1:49:55this skill will call on the YouTube

1:49:57analyzer sub agent and then later it

1:49:59will call on my researcher agent.

1:50:01Anyways, the point I'm trying to make is

1:50:03skills can be really simple. It could be

1:50:04a two sentence prompt. Skills can call

1:50:06other skills. Skills can call sub aents.

1:50:08It's basically whatever process you

1:50:10have. It's basically just an SOP.

1:50:12However you decide you want to do

1:50:13something, a skill just packages it up

1:50:16so that you can consistently do that

1:50:17again every time. Another cool thing

1:50:19about skills is because they're just

1:50:20markdown files, you can take skills from

1:50:22other people. You know, they will have

1:50:24open source GitHub repos like this

1:50:25superpowers plugin that has skills in

1:50:27here. And this gives us skills for

1:50:29brainstorming and for other things like

1:50:31that. If I go to the skills, you can see

1:50:32there's a brainstorming one, there's an

1:50:34executing plans, there is a dispatching

1:50:36parallel agents, there's writing plans.

1:50:38So, you can leverage other people's

1:50:40skills and other people's subject matter

1:50:41expertise by taking the markdown file

1:50:44that they give you for a skill. For

1:50:45example, this brainstorming one, like I

1:50:47said, just a markdown file. It's just a

1:50:49simple prompt and then you can put this

1:50:50into your own project and you can use

1:50:52it. So, if you go on X or if you go on

1:50:54LinkedIn, you'll see people talking

1:50:55about these really cool skills and

1:50:56plugins and it's kind of just like an

1:50:58open marketplace where people are

1:50:59sharing stuff. If you guys remember the

1:51:01grill me skill that I've been talking

1:51:02about, I was inspired to create that by

1:51:04Matt PCO who made this skill called

1:51:06grilling. And look how simple it is.

1:51:08This is literally one of those examples

1:51:09I talked about where this is like, you

1:51:11know, five or six sentences and it's

1:51:13just a prompt, but it's still very, very

1:51:14effective. And once again, I could

1:51:16download this, put it into my own

1:51:18project, and then use it. Okay, so the

1:51:20skill is done. Obviously, it's not

1:51:22perfect yet because we haven't even

1:51:23really tested it. But if I go into

1:51:24mycloud and I go to skills, you can see

1:51:26we now have one called inbox triage. And

1:51:29inside of this inbox triage skill, we

1:51:31have some references, we have some

1:51:33scripts, and then we also have the main

1:51:35markdown file. And what I'm assuming is

1:51:37in this main markdown file, it calls on

1:51:39the references right here. Um, yes,

1:51:41inbox triage scripts. So, it calls on

1:51:43the script and then it also calls on

1:51:45this reference which is the cookbook MD

1:51:47which it's still being written out it

1:51:48looks like. But that's the whole point

1:51:49is that inside of the skill, the

1:51:51markdown file is the master instruction.

1:51:53And sometimes you include other assets

1:51:55like in my YouTube thumbnail skill, I

1:51:58have brand assets in here that needs a

1:51:59call on because it needs to use my, you

1:52:01know, my head shot to create some of

1:52:04those thumbnails. So that is what this

1:52:05looks like. You can see that it's being

1:52:06built once again completely by Claude

1:52:08and it already has like the front

1:52:10matter. It already has the description.

1:52:12So you really don't have to worry about

1:52:13the technical details of how do you

1:52:15actually physically build one. You just

1:52:17have to worry once again about speaking

1:52:19clearly about what you want. Okay. So

1:52:20I'm going to blur out all of these

1:52:22emails obviously, but here are some

1:52:23things that it says high priority. And I

1:52:25would agree that those are high

1:52:26priority. We've got some things that

1:52:27need action. Um this one's something I

1:52:29just need to approve. This is something

1:52:31I need to respond to. And this actually

1:52:33this one could be ignored. And so what

1:52:35I'm going to do is say, "Okay, cool.

1:52:37This looks pretty good for a first pass.

1:52:39The only thing I would say here is the

1:52:42third email in the needs action bucket,

1:52:45you can move that to ignore. So if you

1:52:47ever see an email like that again in the

1:52:49future, just make a note that from this

1:52:52particular sender and for this

1:52:53particular reason, those can be ignored

1:52:55because I don't actually need to action

1:52:57those at all." You can see it says

1:52:58that's the skill. Nothing was touched.

1:52:59All 16 are still on red. Now tell me

1:53:01what you do and then after it makes this

1:53:04change I'm going to say cool go mark all

1:53:06of those that are in the can ignore

1:53:08bucket I'm going to say to mark those as

1:53:10unread in Gmail and then maybe you could

1:53:11say like hey so for those couple that

1:53:13were high priority can you create a task

1:53:15for me in ClickUp or can you create a

1:53:17task for me here and then I will

1:53:19remember to do that by the end of today.

1:53:21So when I talk about the idea that we

1:53:22want to make this thing understand your

1:53:24preferences and your workflows and your

1:53:26business so well skills are the core of

1:53:28that skills are the instructions and the

1:53:30preferences that you can save. So right

1:53:32here you can see it added this rule into

1:53:33the skill.mmd. So the skill.mmd got

1:53:35changed. You can see right here it said

1:53:36edited the skill.md and it added 13

1:53:39lines right there as you can see.

1:53:40Awesome. So for now this skill is

1:53:42complete. What I want you to do and add

1:53:44this to the end of the skills is that

1:53:46once the user has confirmed that all of

1:53:48those emails that are in the can ignore

1:53:50bucket, you can just go ahead and mark

1:53:52those off as unread or sorry, you mark

1:53:54them off as red once the user has

1:53:56confirmed. So go ahead and mark those as

1:53:58red and then update the skill to say

1:54:00that. Awesome. So it has marked those as

1:54:02red. I will check that in a sec. It's

1:54:04also edited the skill. So if I open this

1:54:06up, you can see it added this line right

1:54:08here that said, "How do you clear the

1:54:10ignore bucket?" Once Nate confirms that

1:54:11he's fine with it, you mark them as red,

1:54:13blah, blah, blah. So, that is how we see

1:54:14that it edited the skill. And now, let

1:54:16me check the email real quick. Awesome.

1:54:18So, blurring this out, of course, but

1:54:20you guys can see, well, you probably

1:54:21can't, but the ones that I said to

1:54:24ignore, it went ahead and it marked

1:54:26those off as red. Sweet. So, that is how

1:54:29we built our first skill. Just remember

1:54:31that all of the skills that I use on the

1:54:33dayto-day and on the week to week,

1:54:35they're not done. Every single time I

1:54:37use it, I'm able to give it some sort of

1:54:38feedback. Sometimes you don't, but you

1:54:40always want to look for areas to improve

1:54:43those skills, especially as different

1:54:46models come out. So like Opus 4.7 might

1:54:48behave differently on a skill than Opus

1:54:504.8. So every time a model drops, just

1:54:52run your skills and make sure you still

1:54:54like them. If you ever end up switching

1:54:55your harness, so if you switch from

1:54:57Claude Code to something else like

1:54:58OpenClaw or Codeex, they can still use

1:55:02those skills. You just have to make sure

1:55:03they're in the right folder for them to

1:55:04see. You know how this one is called a

1:55:06Claude? So, for example, um, codeex

1:55:09looks for skills in a codex folder, I

1:55:12believe, or maybe it's a agents folder.

1:55:14So, it's just a little bit about

1:55:15learning what's the terminology for this

1:55:16harness. But because the fact that all

1:55:18of them are just markdown files and all

1:55:20pi python scripts and files and folders,

1:55:22they all transfer over. So, that was

1:55:24your first skill. Now, what you'd want

1:55:25to do is you'd probably want to think

1:55:26about, let me think about my week. Let

1:55:29me think about things that I do that

1:55:30happen based on an event trigger. So,

1:55:32maybe every time a new lead processes a

1:55:34form, what do I do? That's a great

1:55:36opportunity for a skill or maybe even an

1:55:38automation. And then maybe everything

1:55:40like every Monday if I do something or

1:55:42every Friday if I do something, what is

1:55:43that process? And let me turn that into

1:55:45a skill. So you're just going to start

1:55:47stacking up your library of skills. All

1:55:49right. So moving on to number 15 here.

1:55:51We're going to talk about context

1:55:52windows, which is so so so important. So

1:55:56let me find my little graphic here for

1:55:58context windows. This is the one we're

1:56:00going to start with. So what is a

1:56:01context window? Remember how if I open

1:56:04up Cloud Code and I click on this little

1:56:06button in the bottom right, we see right

1:56:08here context window and it says 110,000

1:56:11out of a million, which is about 11% of

The Context Window & Session Handoff

1:56:14our context window. I can open this up

1:56:16and see what lives in the context

1:56:17window. So messages are taking up 72,000

1:56:20tokens. System tools are taking up

1:56:2218,000 tokens. Skills take up this many.

1:56:24System prompts take up this many.

1:56:25Whatever. If I go ahead and I do a

1:56:28slashcle, that would wipe everything

1:56:30clean. That's how we get a fresh

1:56:32session. Right now, the idea is that we

1:56:36have a million tokens to play with until

1:56:38the model has to automatically like

1:56:39reset because it can't take all that

1:56:41context. It's too much, you know,

1:56:43information. But the thing is, the

1:56:47models reach something called a dumb

1:56:49zone. So basically, answer quality

1:56:51drifts as the context window fills. So

1:56:55at the beginning, you're super super

1:56:57sharp. And if you guys have ever talked

1:56:59to Claude in chat, you don't see the

1:57:01context window. You basically just keep

1:57:03talking. So if you've been having a

1:57:04conversation with chat with Claude chat

1:57:06for a full day or for multiple days and

1:57:09you ever think to yourself, "This is

1:57:10getting really, really dumb." It's

1:57:12because all of that context is being

1:57:14loaded up. So what that does is it

1:57:15causes Claude to get confused, forget

1:57:17things. It just gets dumber and dumber.

1:57:19And that is called the dumb zone. And

1:57:21it's also called context rot. So a big

1:57:23part of your job as a manager is to

1:57:26manage the context rot. Like you know

1:57:27how truck drivers are only allowed to

1:57:29drive a certain amount of time before

1:57:30they have to like pull over and rest?

1:57:33That's because the longer they're awake,

1:57:35the worse their cognitive function

1:57:36becomes, right? Like they their reaction

1:57:38time gets slower, their judgment gets

1:57:39worse. Same thing with models. So your

1:57:41job is to basically when you get to the

1:57:43point where the model is starting to hit

1:57:46that context rot territory, what you

1:57:48need to do is you need to be able to

1:57:49wipe the context clean without getting

1:57:52rid of the knowledge and like losing

1:57:53progress because that's obviously worst

1:57:55case scenario. So right now at the time

1:57:56of filming this video, the models

1:57:59basically have a context window if we're

1:58:00using cloud code of 1 million. So 1

1:58:03million is the max, right? On this end

1:58:05we have 1 million and on this end we

1:58:06have zero. Now what I like to do is I've

1:58:09typically found that when I get to 250K

1:58:13I like to do a reset. So this isn't

1:58:16drawn to scale, but let's pretend that

1:58:18this green for me is 250,000 about 25%

1:58:21of the full window. And that's when I

1:58:22will reset my context. Now, how do I do

1:58:25that? I built my own custom skill, which

1:58:27I'll give you guys for free. It's very

1:58:28simple, called session handoff. So, I'm

1:58:30going to do session handoff. Go ahead

1:58:32and execute that skill. Now, what that

1:58:35does is it's going to look at everything

1:58:36that we've done and it's going to look

1:58:38at anything that might be open like open

1:58:40decisions, any files that we were

1:58:42editing. Basically, a quick summary of

1:58:44everything that we've done, right? So,

1:58:45you can see we have where it started. We

1:58:48have decisions locked and what shipped.

1:58:50We have key files for the next session

1:58:51running state verification deferred and

1:58:53open questions and pick up here. So then

1:58:55what I do is I copy this message.

1:58:57Remember right now we're at 112,000.

1:59:00And then I do my slash clear. Now our

1:59:03context window is at zero. Then what I

1:59:06do is I paste in that session handoff

1:59:08message. I hit enter. And then the

1:59:10context window is going to fill up a

1:59:11little bit again, but it's going to

1:59:15actually pick up right where we left

1:59:16off. So the whole idea is like let's say

1:59:18you know every single you've got shifts

1:59:21you've got workers that come in and they

1:59:22work on code or they work on projects

1:59:24for five hours at a time when the person

1:59:27is basically closing out their shift

1:59:29they're going to hand over a document to

1:59:31the next engineer and say hey here's

1:59:32what I did here's you know some bugs

1:59:34here's some things to keep in mind here

1:59:35are the files I was working on and then

1:59:37that that new engineer can open up their

1:59:39shift right on the same page so that's

1:59:42basically what the session handoff skill

1:59:43does you can see I'm completely picked

1:59:44up it knows everything because it

1:59:46wouldn't have if I just did a clear. Now

1:59:48look at this. If I open up my context

1:59:50window now, this is at 55,000 tokens.

1:59:53Did this all take 55,000 tokens? No,

1:59:56because system tools by default will

1:59:59take up some. MCP tools will take up

2:00:01some, memory files will take up some,

2:00:03skills will take up some, system prompts

2:00:04will take up some, and then the rest

2:00:06will basically be your messages and

2:00:07other things that you do. But on a blank

2:00:09fresh session, your context window might

2:00:11already be like 30k or 40k because of

2:00:14just what's in your project. And that's

2:00:16a big reason why, remember earlier when

2:00:18I was talking about this whole idea with

2:00:19with uh skills about progressive

2:00:21disclosure because every skill this is

2:00:24basically autoloaded in and that's what

2:00:26your agent can look at. But imagine if

2:00:29every single skill the full markdown

2:00:31file was loaded in. You know sometimes

2:00:32the full skill is you know hundreds and

2:00:34hundreds of lines. So because of the

2:00:36whole progressive disclosure that is why

2:00:38we're able to save a lot of context and

2:00:40only invoke a skill if and when it is

2:00:42needed. So it's all starting to come

2:00:44full circle here. Isn't that pretty

2:00:46magical? Anyways, that is the context

2:00:48window. My best practice is basically if

2:00:51we get past 250,000 300,000, I'm going

2:00:53to do a session handoff and then just

2:00:54paste it into a new chat and keep on

2:00:56working. Cloud code basically has

2:00:58something called autocompact or a

2:01:00/compact feature which is a summarize

2:01:02and keep going. But the autocompact

2:01:04kicks in way too late. It kicks in like

2:01:06way more around like this area where

2:01:08you've already probably gotten stuff

2:01:10worse. And um it also takes a long time.

2:01:13So, the session handoff skill will be in

2:01:14the free school community that you guys

2:01:15can go and grab completely for free. The

2:01:17link for that is down in the

2:01:18description. You're just going to go to

2:01:19the classroom. You'll go to all YouTube

2:01:21resources and then you can grab every

2:01:23single resource that I've ever given

2:01:24away for free. GitHub repos, skills,

2:01:26templates, anything. It's all found in

2:01:28here in my free school community. As you

2:01:30can see, this is also where we have a

2:01:317-day challenge as well as a build your

2:01:33own AI operating system course, which is

2:01:35what I want you guys to all take after

2:01:37you finish this course because it's

2:01:38really going to help you level up. But

2:01:40this is what I want you guys to do next.

2:01:41So go ahead and request to join the free

2:01:42school community. We've got almost half

2:01:44a million members in here. It is a great

2:01:46place to be. You can ask questions,

2:01:48collaborate with people, stuff like

2:01:49that. So the context window theory is

2:01:51really important to understand because

2:01:52there's a lot of things that we're going

2:01:53to learn later in this course that help

2:01:54you protect that context window and help

2:01:56you keep this as lean as possible

2:01:58because also all of this contributes to

2:02:00your 5-hour limits and your weekly

2:02:02limits. So managing context and managing

2:02:05tokens is a really important thing to

2:02:07get good at. But right now, I just

2:02:08needed you to understand, you know,

2:02:10clearing and context rot and where you

2:02:12can, you know, get visibility on this

2:02:14stuff. And now we're able to take that

2:02:16knowledge into the rest of this course.

2:02:18All right. So, let's talk about memory.

2:02:20What else can you do to make your agent

2:02:22actually remember things about you in a

2:02:25way where you know you're not repeating

2:02:27things? So, let me go back into cloud.

2:02:29I'm going to go to my Herk 2 project

2:02:30because this is just where I have tons

2:02:32and tons of stuff, right? I am currently

2:02:34making a course right now which actually

2:02:35you're aware of my knowledge work cloud

2:02:37code master class and I'm trying to

2:02:39explain the concept of memory to the

2:02:40audience. So what I want you to do right

2:02:42now is tell me where do you look in my

2:02:45project or globally what files where do

2:02:48you look when you need to find memories

2:02:50about me and things like my preferences

2:02:52and just having a bit of an automemory

2:02:55sort of feature so that we're

2:02:57continuously growing our relationship

2:02:58and you get smarter over time. Where do

2:03:00you actually look? Because I think of

2:03:01memory as a couple different things.

2:03:03Memory in my mind is first of all like

2:03:05the actual chat. So the fact that it

2:03:07remembers what we're talking about in

2:03:08one session. Then we also have the

2:03:10ability for it to remember like

2:03:11preferences, to remember decisions

2:03:13you've made, to remember meetings you've

2:03:15had, that sort of idea. So kind of like

Memory & Your Second Brain

2:03:17building cloud code as your second

2:03:19brain. So you guys remember earlier when

2:03:20I showed you this Obsidian sort of

2:03:22second brain of mine. All of these are

2:03:24not only knowledge, but I would also

2:03:25consider these memories because it has

2:03:27my YouTube transcripts, it has my

2:03:28meeting transcripts, it has decisions

2:03:30I've made, it has my chat threads, it

2:03:32has things that I found important enough

2:03:34to want to store so that Claude could

2:03:36also pull them. Okay, so let's take a

2:03:37look at what it said. It said the

2:03:40automemory folder, and this is something

2:03:42really cool. Cloud has auto memory which

2:03:44basically means after a certain amount

2:03:46of sessions or a certain amount of time

2:03:48cloud will look at what you've done and

2:03:49it will write memory to the auto global

2:03:53scope. So here is in the users in the

2:03:55nates in the docloud in the projects we

2:03:57have memory. It's a folder of 72

2:03:59individual markdown files one fact per

2:04:02file. Each file has a name like feedback

2:04:04noel hooks.mmd or reference corporate

2:04:06structure.mmd. A file holds one thing, a

2:04:08preference that you've corrected me on,

2:04:10a project state, a reference fact about

2:04:12your setup. The key file in there is

2:04:14called memory.mmd. So remember we have

2:04:16our claw.mmd. We also have a memory.mmd

2:04:18and that is the index. Those are tagged

2:04:20with front matter. So user, feedback,

2:04:22project and reference. Then it also

2:04:24considers the claw.mmd files as memory.

2:04:27So once again, we've got the global one

2:04:28and we've got the project one and we've

2:04:30got the private local one. I don't

2:04:31really touch these too much, but that is

2:04:33a third one you can you can pull. I'm

2:04:34not going to talk about this right now,

2:04:35but that's more so like when you're

2:04:37collaborating with a team, if you want

2:04:38to keep one cloudmd that's just for you

2:04:40and then one that's sort of like this is

2:04:42the general project system prompt. So,

2:04:44you know, those are the two differences.

2:04:45And then the herkbrain wiki, which is

2:04:47basically this thing that I just showed

2:04:49you guys, this is the wiki of

2:04:50everything. None of this is autoloaded.

2:04:53What happens is if it realizes, okay, I

2:04:55don't understand based on my memory,

2:04:56based on the cloudmd, or based on

2:04:58skills, I will look here. I will look

2:05:00here for things like team, finances,

2:05:02metrics, strategies. That is how this

2:05:04one works. But once again, the important

2:05:05mental model cloudmd is the rules.

2:05:08Memory is, you know, learned facts. And

2:05:10the cloudmd, if you guys remember,

2:05:12actually, you know what? I'll just open

2:05:13it up again. What was really important

2:05:15to me is that I treat this cloudmd as a

2:05:17router. Meaning cloud reads through this

2:05:20and it understands if I need this, I go

2:05:22here. If I need this, I go here. If I

2:05:23need this, I go here. If I need this, I

2:05:25go here. And that is how it's able to

2:05:27have this feeling of memory. Now, how do

2:05:30you actually turn on automemory? Is it

2:05:32enabled by default for everyone? How

2:05:34does that work? Because what you'll

2:05:35notice here is in cloud on the desktop

2:05:37app, if I go to do a slashmemory,

2:05:39we don't have slashmemory. We have

2:05:41consolidate memory, but we don't have a

2:05:44just a regular command called

2:05:45slashmemory. But if I go into my cloud

2:05:47code on the VS Code terminal, I'm just

2:05:51switching back to a different model

2:05:52here. We do have a slashmemory. If you

2:05:53see this, I can go slashmemory. And then

2:05:56right here, I can turn automemory on or

2:05:57off. So earlier in this video when I

2:06:00talked about where should you use cloud

2:06:01code for the majority of this video

2:06:03we're using the desktop app just because

2:06:04it's easy to understand and it just has

2:06:05a nice UI. But the one limitation about

2:06:08using it in something like the desktop

2:06:10app is there are a few a few very niche

2:06:13slash commands that you don't get for

2:06:15the majority of your driving. 99% of the

2:06:17time you don't need these commands but

2:06:19sometimes you know there's just little

2:06:21tiny things where the terminal version

2:06:25has more functionality than the others.

2:06:26So, it's good to get familiar with the

2:06:28terminal every once in a while, but like

2:06:30I said, for the most part, you are okay.

2:06:32And you can also see right here that it

2:06:33is on by default because once again,

2:06:36Claude itself has skills to read its own

2:06:39documentation. So, if you ever have a

2:06:40question about how Claude works under

2:06:42the hood or trying to figure out

2:06:43something about your setup, just ask

2:06:45Claude to to figure it out, to help you

2:06:47research it. Another big mindset shift

2:06:48here is treating this thing like a

2:06:50mentor, not just like a an engineer, not

2:06:53just like your your best friend. It is

2:06:54the smartest person you know and it is

2:06:56your mentor. So you can ask it

2:06:57questions. You can ask it why'd you do

2:06:59that? What would happen if you didn't do

2:07:00that? What was that tool call you did?

2:07:02Why did you need to do that tool call?

2:07:03All these sorts of questions. Being

2:07:04genuinely curious is what helps you get

2:07:06way more out of this thing. So anyways,

2:07:08automemory should be turned on by

2:07:10default for you guys. But if you want to

2:07:11drill in, you can find the actual memory

2:07:13files because they're just markdown

2:07:14files and you can go look at them. So

2:07:16remember this is the path that it told

2:07:17me to go to to see this. So, I'm just

2:07:19going to copy this, open up an explorer,

2:07:22paste that in, and in here we have the

2:07:2472 markdown files that it was referring

2:07:25to. So, like feedback LinkedIn balance

2:07:28line, um, feedback team names from wiki.

2:07:30So, I just opened one up real quick.

2:07:32This is a feedback internal doc visual

2:07:34style. It's got description, it's got

2:07:35metadata, and then it stores a memory,

2:07:37which is basically this is what Nate

2:07:39told us, why, how to apply, blah blah

2:07:41blah. So, this is super super cool. All

2:07:44right, so let's talk about AI slop. AI

2:07:46slop means different things to different

2:07:48people. Some people think AI slop means

2:07:50AI generated images that look bad or

2:07:52those Tik Toks you might see where

2:07:54there's like two AI generated fruits and

2:07:56there's like a love story between them.

2:07:57Whatever you consider AI slop, let's

2:07:59talk about it real quick because how I

2:08:01define it is basically when I can

2:08:04clearly tell something was generated by

2:08:05AI. Now, I don't necessarily think

2:08:08that's a bad thing because people should

2:08:11be using AI, but I do think you get to a

2:08:13point where you start to lose trust in

2:08:15people. And the most important thing is

2:08:16that you are judging all of your work

2:08:18and you want people to look at it and be

2:08:20like, you know, I don't care if he used

2:08:22AI or not, but I trust that he checked

2:08:24this and I trust that because he signed

2:08:26his name to this, he is taking

2:08:27accountability and responsibility for

2:08:29it. So, I actually wrote up a little

2:08:31post which I'm going to read for you

2:08:32guys word for word. The real problem

2:08:33with AI slop. So, I'm sure you guys have

2:08:35heard the term AI slop and everyone sort

2:08:37of defines it differently. Maybe you

2:08:38think of those Tik Toks, blah blah blah.

2:08:40I use that example again. But I want to

2:08:41talk about it in the context of

2:08:43communication, internal, external,

2:08:45content you put out in the world. I

2:08:46write my LinkedIn post with AI. My agent

2:08:48knows my business, how I write, how I

2:08:50speak. That's just how I work now. And

2:08:51there's nothing wrong with that because

2:08:52I think that everyone should be using AI

2:08:54to write if it makes them more

2:08:55efficient. But this isn't a binary yes

2:08:57or no. It's a spectrum. Sometimes AI can

2:08:59draft and send automatically. Most of

2:09:01the time I want it to just draft and

2:09:03then I review. If someone sends me an

2:09:05email with M dashes everywhere, I don't

2:09:06actually care at all that they used AI.

2:09:08But the fact that I can clearly tell

2:09:10it's AI generated isn't the problem.

2:09:11What I do start asking is, did they even

2:09:13proofread this? Is this even accurate?

2:09:16And subconsciously, I might start losing

2:09:18trust, not in the email, but in the

2:09:20person who sent it. Our job here has

2:09:21changed from writer to reviewer. And

2:09:23this quote really stuck with me. You can

2:09:24outsource your thinking, but you can

2:09:26never outsource your understanding. When

2:09:28your name is attached to the content,

2:09:30you take credit if it lands, as you

2:09:31should, but that also means you need to

2:09:33take accountability if it's incorrect.

2:09:34Taste and reviewing is becoming more

2:09:36important than ever. And maybe that

2:09:38should be R. So, you can tell I didn't

2:09:41write this with AI. AI is super

2:09:42intelligent and powerful, but I don't

2:09:44want to see a world where we trust AI so

2:09:45much that we stop reviewing things and

2:09:47then the human on the other end of the

2:09:49content starts losing trust in us.

2:09:50That's why even though I write with AI

2:09:52and people know that, I still try my

2:09:54best to disguise it and make it sound as

2:09:56innate as possible. And like that's

2:09:58exactly why I wanted to show you guys

2:09:59this AI phrase kill list, which I kind

2:10:01of showed earlier. But you should be

2:10:03building up something like this and you

2:10:05should be building up the way that you

2:10:07speak. So I've obviously got skills for

2:10:08helping me write LinkedIn posts or

2:10:10YouTube scripts or um emails, internal

2:10:13communication. And I want my

2:10:14communication to sound like me. And I

2:10:16want people to trust that what I'm doing

2:10:18is me. Because it's not just about

2:10:19communication. It's also about if you

2:10:21send over a report or if you send over

2:10:23some analytics or if you send over, you

2:10:25know, you're writing up a case study or

2:10:26the copy that's on your website. You

2:10:28don't want any of that to clearly be AI

2:10:30generated because once again, trust is

2:10:32like the biggest currency and you don't

2:10:34want to lose that currency. And not only

2:10:36for you, but it's important to

2:10:37communicate this down to your team when

2:10:39you guys are all as an organization

2:10:40learning how to use AI better. So

2:10:42anyways, just a really quick section. I

2:10:44hope that that hit and I hope that that

2:10:45little change of pace real quick was

2:10:46helpful to you guys and just kind of

2:10:48made you think about the way that you

2:10:50really truly want to be using your AI

2:10:51agents and how the teams should be using

2:10:54them together. And looking back at these

2:10:55mindset shifts again, you'll notice that

2:10:56number three, you can outsource your

2:10:58thinking but you cannot outsource your

2:10:59understanding is one that I referenced

2:11:01in that post as well because I think

2:11:03that one is just a really really good

2:11:05one of how the future is going. You

2:11:08know, like we're able to outsource the

2:11:09ability for agents to go do the research

2:11:12and to grab a bunch of sources and give

2:11:14you some sort of consensus, but you

2:11:16still have to read that. You still have

2:11:17to understand it and you still have to

2:11:18know how to apply it. Okay. Now, this

2:11:20next section of the actual kind of

2:11:22agenda up here is about picking what to

2:11:24build because that's a huge pain point

2:11:26that I hear from my audience when

2:11:27they're, you know, hey, I'm just getting

2:11:28started. I don't know what projects to

2:11:29do. Like, where do I start? So, let's

2:11:32look at just these mindset shifts real

2:11:33quick on the method. the method about

Constraints, Metrics & Mapping Your Process

2:11:36how to decide five mindset shifts real

2:11:38quick that I'm just going to read off

2:11:39the constraint is the only place where

2:11:41work compounds everywhere else you're

2:11:43just busy automate a broken process and

2:11:46you don't fix it you scale it becoming

2:11:48AI native doesn't mean using AI for

2:11:50everything it means being a problem

2:11:52solver who sometimes uses AI you can't

2:11:55automate what you can't map every build

2:11:57needs a north star one number picked

2:11:59before you build that tells you whether

2:12:01the build was worth it and if these

2:12:02mindset shifts are interesting to you

2:12:03guys then you should definitely Check

2:12:05out the book. It's called Becoming AI

2:12:06Native. But anyways, what do these mean

2:12:08to me? The first one, the constraint is

2:12:10the only place where work compounds. We

2:12:12see too often people, whether you're

2:12:14working with a client or whether you're

2:12:15trying to automate your own business or

2:12:17whether you're trying to help yourself

2:12:18out, automating things that aren't

2:12:20actually being used very often. They're

2:12:22automating things that sound sexy,

2:12:23right? Like, oh, we need this sales

2:12:25agent to do all this. And they start to

2:12:26try to automate that or we need, you

2:12:28know, this fancy thing that I saw a demo

2:12:29of on LinkedIn. But really what you need

2:12:32to think about and the way that I always

2:12:33like to think whether I'm thinking about

2:12:34my processes and my team's processes or

2:12:36whether I'm consulting with a business

2:12:38owner. The way I think is let's take the

2:12:41flow of your business right like let's

2:12:42imagine it as a pipe which is you know I

2:12:44think a great analogy. So let me just

2:12:46draw a pipe real quick. This is your

2:12:48pipe and ideally what happens is you

2:12:50have water coming in the front and the

2:12:52water flows through and this is your

2:12:54business. When water comes out the other

2:12:55side, this is you basically this is your

2:12:57profit because things might happen in

2:12:59the middle and you know you have to pay

2:13:00people, you have to do whatever, you

2:13:01lose clients, they turn out this over

2:13:03here, all of this is profit and you want

2:13:05to maximize on both ends really how much

2:13:07water comes in and what percentage of

2:13:09that comes out. Now what we want to be

2:13:11thinking about are in this process where

2:13:13are the clogs, where are the constraints

2:13:16that sit here that basically make less

2:13:18water go through? And there's not just

2:13:20going to be one. You know, you're going

2:13:21to have multiple constraints and they're

2:13:22going to be different sizes and

2:13:23different priorities. But the point I'm

2:13:25trying to make here is I like to work

2:13:27from front back. I like to work with the

2:13:30first constraint. So I say tomorrow if

2:13:33you got 5x the amount of customers going

2:13:36through your pipe, so 5x the amount of

2:13:37water, what would break first? And that

2:13:39forces the business owner to walk

2:13:41through in their mind what do they do on

2:13:42the day-to-day? What does the team do?

2:13:44Where is water being stopped? And how

2:13:46can we, you know, basically that's the

2:13:48problem. That's the only way you grow a

2:13:50business is if you are attacking these

2:13:52constraints. So by attacking the

2:13:53constraint that is going to not only

2:13:55make the automation more powerful and

2:13:56and more successful for you, but it

2:13:58gives you a clear road map of where to

2:14:00start. And then guess what? Once this

2:14:02bottleneck has been unclogged, once the

2:14:04clog has been unclogged, now all the

2:14:05water is moving to the next constraint.

2:14:07And even though some more's, you know,

2:14:08sliding through right here, you're still

2:14:10having a big clog. And you want to get

2:14:12rid of that. And then after you get rid

2:14:14of these two, for example, guess what

2:14:16happens? Because there's more demand up

2:14:17front. another clog pops up. So this is

2:14:20a never- ending cycle, but that gives

2:14:21you at least a framework to work from.

2:14:23So that's why the constraint is the only

2:14:25place where work compounds because if

2:14:27you have, let's say, this main big clog

2:14:29up front and you've got a bunch of

2:14:31little ones in the back, oops,

2:14:34then does it make sense to start

2:14:36eliminating these? I don't know. I mean,

2:14:38you could argue that yes, so that when

2:14:39you open this one, water flows through.

2:14:42But really, this is just like you want

2:14:43to go for the constraints first. It's a

2:14:45theory of constraints. And then I just

2:14:47wanted to loop this back to number nine,

2:14:49which is every build needs a north star.

2:14:52So when you're deciding on a problem

2:14:53that you want to attack, before you

2:14:55build it, you want to think about what

2:14:57is the metric that you're looking at and

2:14:59which way do you want to move it. So

2:15:01let's say right here we realize that the

2:15:03clog is actually like up up front,

2:15:05right? Like there's just not much

2:15:07business coming in the front of the

2:15:08funnel at all. So we basically just have

2:15:10no water in the system and that's the

2:15:11problem. Okay. Well, let's say the

2:15:13metric here that we want to fix is um we

2:15:16are getting about five leads a week. So,

2:15:20we would think about this. Five leads a

2:15:23week is our metric and our north star is

2:15:26we want to design a system so that we

2:15:28can now be bringing in 15 leads a week.

2:15:30And that's how we're able to from the

2:15:32beginning everyone is aligned on this

2:15:34metric. If we're able to hit this metric

2:15:36in the next couple weeks or months, does

2:15:39everyone consider this product a

2:15:40success? If the answer is yes, then it's

2:15:42a great thing to work on. But the

2:15:44problem that we've seen from when I've

2:15:45done consulting, when I've built stuff,

2:15:47is that if we don't align on the metric,

2:15:48a lot of people are confused about,

2:15:50okay, well, how do we know if we got ROI

2:15:52on this? You know, like what where's the

2:15:53benefit? I can't actually see it.

2:15:55Because productivity isn't as onetoone

2:15:58as for something like running ads, you

2:15:59know, like you pay an agency to run ads,

2:16:01they are going to spend $200,000 a month

2:16:04and you can directly see that those

2:16:05$200,000 brought in an extra million to

2:16:08the business. But when you're removing

2:16:09constraints and when you're doing things

2:16:11on the back end, you don't always see it

2:16:13super clearly about how it affects the

2:16:14bottom line. So every project that you

2:16:16work on before you start building it,

2:16:18before you agree to it, pick the north

2:16:20star and make sure everyone agrees,

2:16:22okay, this would affect the bottom line

2:16:24in some way and it would be a success if

2:16:25we could move the metric from five to 15

2:16:27leads coming in a week. So at a large

2:16:29scale to really impact the business,

2:16:31that is typically what I think about. I

2:16:32think about constraints and I just stick

2:16:34to that. Now, when you're just getting

2:16:35started, so like you're sitting there

2:16:36today and you want to this week start to

2:16:38automate some stuff. Maybe you don't yet

2:16:40have first of all like the confidence in

2:16:42that or like the luxury to be able to

2:16:44make those decisions or the budget for

2:16:46it. Right? So, what I want you to do

2:16:48then is start to write things down.

2:16:51Literally get out a piece of paper and I

2:16:52want you to write down kind of the

2:16:54following information. I want you to

2:16:55think about from week to week and like

2:16:57doing an audit of yourself. So, like

2:16:59what processes do you have or you know

2:17:02what tools am I using? What processes

2:17:05did I repeat? What are my triggers? And

2:17:09by triggers, I mean what things happen

2:17:12throughout the week that basically

2:17:14trigger you to do something else. A lead

2:17:16comes in, what do you have to do about

2:17:17it? A customer support ticket gets

2:17:19submitted, what do you have to do about

2:17:20it? And I think this one is powerful

2:17:22because this will help you identify like

2:17:24five to 10 processes. And then once you

2:17:26have those five to 10 processes that are

2:17:27pretty event- based or trigger based,

2:17:29you then think, okay, in my typical week

2:17:32or month, which one of these happens the

2:17:34most often? And then you just want to

2:17:35probably go for that one. Unless that

2:17:37thing is like super super high risk to

2:17:38the business where you have to be

2:17:40involved right now and you can't really

2:17:42change the way you're doing it, then

2:17:43maybe you want to bump down. But then

2:17:45you just basically have that whole list

2:17:46and you drill down on those. And then

2:17:48this other mindset shift that I called

2:17:50out here was that you can't automate

2:17:51what you can't map. So remember how we

2:17:53talked about the way that you actually

2:17:54build these skills or you build these

2:17:56automations is you have to basically

2:17:58define how they work and whether that

2:18:00means you do it first and then you

2:18:02actually execute or whether that means

2:18:03you execute and then you build a skill

2:18:05around it. If you don't clearly

2:18:06understand the process already then how

2:18:09in the world do you expect an intern to

2:18:11to understand it or an AI agent to

2:18:13understand it? You have to know the

2:18:14process well enough or you have to be

2:18:16able to talk to the stakeholders or the

2:18:17subject matter experts that do in order

2:18:19to automate it because the subject

2:18:21matter expertise that goes into the

2:18:22system is the most important thing. We

2:18:24talked about this, right? No matter how

2:18:26good the AI model is, you could have the

2:18:28best AI model in the world and the best

2:18:29harness in the world, but it's not going

2:18:31to be able to do anything meaningful

2:18:32with your business and your business

2:18:34data unless you feed in that theme, that

2:18:36subject matter expertise. You guys have

2:18:38probably heard some of these phrases

2:18:39like garbage in garbage out. That's

2:18:42that's a really popular one. or like

2:18:43context is king. And these are two

2:18:45pillars that I believe will be true

2:18:47forever. Even though with new tools

2:18:49coming out, this these two things super

2:18:52super important. And then there's one

2:18:53more that I like to reference which is

2:18:54Abraham Lincoln. If I had 6 hours to

2:18:57chop down a tree, I would spend the

2:18:58first four sharpening the axe. Meaning

2:19:00there's so much importance in the

2:19:02planning stage, mapping things out

2:19:04clearly, writing down processes clearly

2:19:06before you try to actually automate them

2:19:08and you know build them or execute on

2:19:10them. So the picking what to build is

2:19:12just a very mindset oriented thing. And

2:19:14the actual building itself is once again

2:19:16very mindset. It's it's all about the

2:19:17planning. It's all about the clear

2:19:18communication and it's all about sitting

2:19:20there watching the agent go steering it

2:19:22to make sure it's going in the right

2:19:24direction and then giving feedback and

2:19:25iterating and iterating and iterating.

2:19:27And we've talked about all of this stuff

2:19:28where you guys could now pretty

2:19:29confidently go do that. We talked about

2:19:31prompting. We've talked about

2:19:32understanding how to connect your tools.

2:19:34We talked about skills. And we've talked

2:19:35about context windows. And there's going

2:19:36to be more later on about managing this

2:19:38right here, token management. But you

2:19:40guys have basically all the skills that

2:19:42you now need to start to pick processes

2:19:44and go automate them. And all of the

2:19:45stuff that we're about to dive into is

2:19:47just getting a little bit more advanced

2:19:48and taking it really to the next level.

2:19:50So that is how you pick what to build.

2:19:52All right. So we've mentioned sub agents

2:19:54a few times. When we talked about the

2:19:56skills, I talked a little bit about how

2:19:57sometimes you can have skills call on

2:19:59certain sub aents and you can also have

2:20:01sub agents call on certain skills. And

2:20:03sub aents are really important because

2:20:05you know how we talk about the context

2:20:06window. What happens is when we use a

2:20:08sub agent we can delegate tokens to be

2:20:10spent in a different context window in a

2:20:13fresh sub agent. That way our main

2:20:15orchestration agent right here is able

2:20:17to just call on a bunch of them. So,

2:20:19it's pretty cool because instead of

2:20:20having one main session where we just

2:20:22fill up the context window, we can have

Sub-Agents Explained

2:20:24our main session keep it clean because

2:20:26it's delegating work to little smaller

2:20:28sub aents that are each having their own

2:20:31context windows and we're able to just

2:20:32disperse it out a little bit more. The

2:20:34other cool thing is let's say this main

2:20:36agent is on Opus, so it's the most

2:20:37expensive. This main agent can delegate

2:20:40work to all of these little workers that

2:20:41are all like maybe on sonnet or maybe

2:20:43even on haiku. So you can delegate work

2:20:45that's a little bit less like high

2:20:48priority or high risk to cheaper models

2:20:50and you can just get some really cool

2:20:52results by doing stuff like that. So I'm

2:20:54going to go ahead and shoot you guys

2:20:55into a video that I made pretty much

2:20:57breaking down everything there is to

2:20:59know about Claude Code sub aents. Just a

2:21:01quick warning before this next video

2:21:03starts playing. Some of the clips that

2:21:04I'm inserting into this course were

2:21:06recorded a few months back. meaning they

2:21:08might be shown in VS Code extension or

2:21:11the terminal instead of the cloud

2:21:12desktop app that we've been using so

2:21:14far. I just wanted to give you guys a

2:21:15warning. Functionally, exact same. So,

2:21:18don't worry about it too much. It just

2:21:19might look a little bit differently, but

2:21:20all you have to do is listen to what I'm

2:21:22saying and follow along with what I'm

2:21:23actually doing and you will be just

2:21:24fine. All of this stuff is still

2:21:26relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be

2:21:27putting it in this course. So, hopefully

2:21:29that makes sense. See you guys in the

2:21:31video. So, I don't know what's going on

2:21:32up here, but I just told Cloud Code to

2:21:34spin up five different sub aents, and

2:21:35they all have different personalities.

2:21:37One is going to be a complete beginner,

2:21:38one will be a software engineer, one

2:21:40will be a business owner, one will be a

2:21:41publisher. And it comes back, and it

2:21:43says, "Okay, I'm kicking off all five

2:21:44now, each with a distinct persona and

2:21:46lens. These will run in parallel." You

2:21:48can see that this is now running four

2:21:50agents. The fifth one's about to spin

2:21:51up. And on the bottom, if I click into a

2:21:53different session, so we've got the main

2:21:55or we've got like the beginner, and I

2:21:56enter this conversation, we can actually

2:21:58see what's going on here. Meaning if I

2:22:00scroll up I can see the actual prompt

2:22:02that the main session kicked off to this

2:22:05sub aent. So here we have Linda 58 years

2:22:07old a retired elementary school teacher.

2:22:09You are a complete beginner to AI and

2:22:11then we see the actual task which is to

2:22:13read all the chapters and give a bit of

2:22:15a review. And so all of the other sub

2:22:17aents probably have a very similar

2:22:19prompt if I go to like the enterprise

2:22:20exec. So same exact prompt except for

2:22:22here you're role playinging as David 52

2:22:25a COO at a 12,000 person Fortune 500

2:22:27financial services company. So anyways,

2:22:29the point being what we can do is have

2:22:31our main session up here and the main

2:22:32session can delegate to as many

2:22:34different sub agents as we want and all

2:22:35the sub agents can have different chat

2:22:37models, different personas, different

2:22:38skills, different subject matter

2:22:40expertise. And if you watch my video

2:22:41where I ranked all of my favorite Cloud

2:22:43Code features, sub agents ranked number

2:22:45six. So today, what I'm going to do is

2:22:47I'm going to tell you guys exactly how

2:22:49to use them, what they are, when you

2:22:50need to use them, and how you can use

2:22:51them better than 99% of people using

2:22:53Cloud Code. So let's not waste any time

2:22:55and get straight into today's video.

2:22:56Okay, so what is a sub agent? You guys

2:22:58just saw a demo. We have a main chat.

2:23:00So, right here is where I said, "Hey,

2:23:01can you spin up five different sub

2:23:02aents?" And what it did is it right here

2:23:04kicked off five different ones. And then

2:23:05it comes back with an overall review.

2:23:07Apparently, I need to do some work on

2:23:08this book because I only got about an

2:23:10eight. More info on my book will be

2:23:12coming soon. But anyways, the main

2:23:13session is basically the orchestrator.

2:23:15It says, "Okay, cool. So, I am the one

2:23:17who's actually talking to Nate, but what

2:23:18I can do is I can spin up a bunch of sub

2:23:20agents that can only talk to me, and I

2:23:21can assign them work. Go read these

2:23:23files. Go do this research. Go fix that

2:23:26bug." and then you come back to me with

2:23:27a report of what you did and I'll

2:23:29communicate that back to Nate. So there

2:23:30are a ton of different reasons why these

2:23:32sub aents are useful and why they exist.

2:23:33So let's just start with this first one

2:23:34which is that it keeps your context

2:23:36clean. So let's say I'm in cloud code,

2:23:38right? And I'm just talking. Hello, how

2:23:39are you doing? What's going on? Let's

2:23:41build something, right? Like maybe we're

2:23:42doing research, maybe we're building an

2:23:43app, whatever it is. You start to fill

2:23:45up your context window, which you guys

2:23:47can see right here with my status line.

2:23:48You can see right now we're about 48,000

2:23:50tokens in 5% of the way up. And so as

2:23:53this starts to fill up, it starts to get

2:23:54polluted with information. But if you

2:23:57kick something off to a sub agent, as

2:23:58you guys saw earlier, it's a completely

2:24:00fresh chat. So just to show you guys

2:24:02another real quick visual demo, I'm in

2:24:04the desktop app, which is a little bit,

2:24:06you know, easier to see and it's

2:24:07visually more pleasing than the terminal

2:24:08sometimes, but let's say I said, "Hey

2:24:11Cloud Code, go ahead and kick off a sub

2:24:12agent to do some research for me about a

2:24:15product called Fireflies.ai." And so

2:24:18this is my main session. You know, I can

2:24:20talk to this thing. It'll help me do

2:24:21research on different tools. And then

2:24:22what happens is it kicks off a

2:24:24researcher agent to do the research. And

2:24:26what's cool is right now you'll notice

2:24:27I'm using Opus, right, which is

2:24:29obviously the most expensive model, but

2:24:30we can have a sub agent kick off and do

2:24:32research with Haiku or Sonnet. So we're

2:24:34getting this research for cheaper and

2:24:36we're getting a fresh context. So if I

2:24:37click on this agent here, you can see

2:24:39this is basically the prompt that the

2:24:40main agent sent over to this sub agent

2:24:43which was, hey, research Fireflyy's dead

2:24:44AI. Give us what it is, core features,

2:24:47how it works, pricing, give us all this

2:24:48stuff. And now this agent is the one

2:24:50over here searching the web and creating

2:24:52its opinions rather than our main

2:24:54session. So this helps preserve your

2:24:55main context in case you're ever doing a

2:24:57ton of research or reading a ton of

2:24:59stuff that you don't want to fill up

2:25:00your main context window, right? So

2:25:02that's one thing. There's also built-in

2:25:04sub agents which is the one we just saw,

2:25:05right? That was like basically a

2:25:07built-in cloud code research agent that

2:25:09will you've probably seen it get invoked

2:25:11automatically without you even asking it

2:25:12to be invoked. And then you've got

2:25:14custom sub agents that you're actually

2:25:15able to build yourself. And if you guys

2:25:18remember earlier in the demo when we

2:25:19spun up those different agents, I said,

2:25:21"Hey, one should be a software engineer,

2:25:22one should be a beginner, blah blah

2:25:23blah." You remember those all said

2:25:25general purpose. So those were still

2:25:27builtin

2:25:29native generic agents that just had a

2:25:31prompt. So that doesn't mean that we

2:25:33built those custom agents. That was just

2:25:34a general purpose agent that cloud code

2:25:36prompted differently. If we wanted to

2:25:38actually build a custom agent, that

2:25:39would be a markdown file. So if I open

2:25:41up my VS Code, you guys know in the

2:25:43cloud folder, we have different things.

2:25:45And the one you probably know the best

2:25:47is called skills. So in the skills

2:25:48folder, let's just take a look at real

2:25:50quick my agent builder skill. What this

2:25:52is is it's a markdown file. This lives

2:25:54as markdown so that I could send it to

2:25:56you guys. I could put it in my

2:25:57community. I could send it to my team.

2:25:58And all someone has to do is put this

2:26:00markdown file in there. Claude in a

2:26:02skills folder and then they're able to

2:26:04use it. And so a sub agent is the exact

2:26:06same actual tangible thing as a skill.md

2:26:10file. It's just called something else.

2:26:12You know, we've got the YAML front

2:26:13matter up here. And then we have the

2:26:14instructions of what the skill does and

2:26:16the actual steps to take. So if I open

2:26:18up my agents folder also in my

2:26:20do.claude. You can see I've got a

2:26:21different a couple different agents

2:26:22here. Right. So this one let's just look

2:26:24at is called the clickup-archer.md.

2:26:27And that's an agent that's called

2:26:28clickup searcher. We've got the yaml

2:26:30front matter up here name clickup

2:26:31searcher. We've got the description.

2:26:33We've got the model which I've defined

2:26:34here. We've got the color which means if

2:26:36I actually use the clickup searcher

2:26:38agent it shows the color. So actually

2:26:40let me just show you. can you go ahead

2:26:41and use the ClickUp searcher agent to

2:26:43show me what we've talked about today in

2:26:45the weekly commitments channel? And so

2:26:46what you'll notice is I invoked that

2:26:47with completely natural language. I'll

2:26:49have the ClickUp searcher agent pull

2:26:50today's messages and then right here I

2:26:52can see the green color. So that's all

2:26:53it means when you actually assign an

2:26:55agent a color. It's just so you can

2:26:57actually see it right there. And down

2:26:58here, you know, earlier right here is

2:27:00where it said general purpose. What it

2:27:02says now is ClickUp Searcher. And that's

2:27:04how we know that that's a custom agent

2:27:05that we built ourselves. So anyways,

2:27:07those are the two differences. And like

2:27:09I said, it's just one markdown file. And

2:27:12what this is called up here, the YAML

2:27:13front matter, that's called progressive

2:27:15disclosure. Which basically means if you

2:27:17say, "Hey, go do X, Y, and Z for me,"

2:27:20Cloud Code will naturally go search

2:27:22through your sub agents and your skills

2:27:24to see if you have any sub aents or

2:27:26skills to use. And so for the rest of

2:27:27this video, I'm just going to say sub

2:27:28agents, not skills, but they both work

2:27:29with this kind of progressive disclosure

2:27:32um process. But the idea is that cloud

2:27:34code is able to read just the front

2:27:36matter, just the name and the

2:27:37description and then decide does this

2:27:39apply to this prompt. If so, I'll pull

2:27:42in the sub agent and I'll run all of the

2:27:44extra stuff and read it. But otherwise,

2:27:45I'm not going to waste my tokens by

2:27:47reading everything if I'm not going to

2:27:49end up invoking that sub agent. So

2:27:51that's why we have this YAML front

2:27:53matter and that's why that's very

2:27:54important besides the fact that it also

2:27:55defines things like tools, model, and

2:27:57then there's tons of other levers you

2:27:58can pull there, but not going to dive

2:28:00into that right now. So anyways,

2:28:01settings up top and then your

2:28:02instructions go below that. And these

2:28:04are the four that I think matter the

2:28:05most. The name obviously so you can

2:28:07reference the sub aent. The description

2:28:09is really important. This is basically

2:28:10the trigger and this is how you can make

2:28:12sure that your sub aents are getting

2:28:13invoked without you actually saying,

2:28:15"Hey, go invoke this X Y and Z sub

2:28:18aent." So the more precise that your

2:28:20descriptions are, the more often cloud

2:28:22code will actually trigger them and you

2:28:24won't get misfires. Misfire is basically

2:28:26meaning you want it to invoke a sub

2:28:29agent but it doesn't or you don't want

2:28:31it to invoke a sub agent but it does.

2:28:33And so sometimes the only way that you

2:28:35can really make sure that you're you're

2:28:36tuning the actual front matter so that

2:28:37you're not getting this misfires is you

2:28:39just have to test it out and you just

2:28:40have to use it more and more and then

2:28:41like when it doesn't fire and you think

2:28:43it should you just think about okay why

2:28:45didn't that happen and then you update

2:28:46the description and then same thing if

2:28:49it's the opposite way around. And then

2:28:50if you go to the actual cloud code

2:28:51documentation on these sub aents, you

2:28:54can see all of the different things that

2:28:55you can actually put in the front

2:28:57matter. You can put tools like we just

2:28:58mentioned, but you can also put

2:28:59disallowed tools. So if you don't want

2:29:01it to ever write or edit files, you can

2:29:03put that so that these sub aents are

2:29:04explicitly read only. You can also

2:29:06define things like which MCP servers

2:29:08it's allowed to use. And you can even

2:29:10give it skills. So basically any setting

2:29:12that you want to configure for your

2:29:15custom sub aents, you can pretty much

2:29:17do. just come to the documentation, have

2:29:18cloud code read the documentation and

2:29:20say, "Hey, I want to set up a sub agent

2:29:21that does X, Y, and Z. It should not be

2:29:23able to do X, Y, and Z. It should be

2:29:24able to look at this data, not look at

2:29:26this data." And it will help you build

2:29:29the right YAML front matter. So, how do

2:29:30you actually write a great sub agent?

2:29:32So, obviously not having a weak

2:29:34description. So, having, you know, a

2:29:36very precise type of description. You

2:29:37can even say something like use

2:29:38proactively if you want it to fire off,

2:29:40you know, pretty generously. And then

2:29:43after you have the actual front matter

2:29:44dialed in, it's all about the body. The

2:29:46body is the way that the sub aent

2:29:48actually works, what skills it invokes,

2:29:50because yes, sub agents can invoke

2:29:51skills and skills can invoke sub agents.

2:29:54So, keep that in mind. They work

2:29:55together. They're not um you know,

2:29:57competitors. And you have to have that

2:29:58same idea once again that that you have

2:30:00to iterate. It's not going to be perfect

2:30:02on the first try. Every time you use

2:30:03your sub agent, you have the opportunity

2:30:05to give it feedback on what it didn't do

2:30:07well and how to make that better and

2:30:09then what it did really well and how to

2:30:10make sure that it does it every time.

2:30:12And real quick, what's the difference

2:30:13between a skill and a sub aent? Well,

2:30:14honestly, at their core, they're very

2:30:16similar because you're able to define,

2:30:18do X, Y, and Z in this order. You know,

2:30:20here's a prompt, here's a persona,

2:30:22whatever. But the main difference really

2:30:23is that one has a clean context window,

2:30:25and one doesn't. And you can run a ton

2:30:28of different sub agents in parallel in,

2:30:29you know, independent sessions, as we

2:30:31saw earlier, whereas the skill is

2:30:33typically more of something that I'm

2:30:34kind of triggering in my main session

2:30:36all the time. But once again, that

2:30:37doesn't mean that I don't have a great

2:30:38LinkedIn research skill that I hand off

2:30:40to sub agents to use. You know what I

2:30:42mean? So really I think of it as kind of

2:30:44like the parallel use and the clean

2:30:46context window and of course the ability

2:30:48to use a different model. Now there is

2:30:50something that I'm going to show you

2:30:50guys real quick in cloud code which is

2:30:52like it allows you to build agents very

2:30:54easily with a slash command. You can

2:30:56also do it with natural language but um

2:30:58I'll show you that in a sec. Before we

2:30:59show you that I did want to kind of go

2:31:01over this real quick which is project

2:31:03level versus global level sub aents. And

2:31:06this is the same, you know, if you

2:31:08understand how the cloud code like

2:31:09settings files work or the cloud code

2:31:11like hooks and skills, MCP servers even,

2:31:14it's all the same. You always have

2:31:15project level stuff or you have global

2:31:17level stuff. So project level stuff is

2:31:19basically what lives in your project in

2:31:21that repo. So right here we're in my

2:31:22Herk 2 project and anything that you see

2:31:24inside of mycloud right here is project

2:31:27level. So all of these agents are

2:31:28product project level. All of these

2:31:30skills are project level. And then I've

2:31:31got other sub aents and other skills

2:31:33that are global. So, for example, if I

2:31:35say, hey, where does my session handoff

2:31:38skill live? That's going to find that

Building a Sub-Agent: The Plan Roaster

2:31:41globally because if I go to my skills,

2:31:43there's no skill in here called session

2:31:44handoff, as you guys can see. But right

2:31:46here, the session handoff skill lives in

2:31:47your global skills directory at the, you

2:31:50know, the user level. And so, global

2:31:51ones are usable by every product on your

2:31:53machine. So, no matter which project or

2:31:55repo I'm working in, I can always use

2:31:57that session handoff skill or I can

2:31:58always use that, you know, sub agent

2:32:00that I've built and it belongs to me.

2:32:02So, if I share this GitHub repo to

2:32:03someone, they won't get that skill or

2:32:05they won't get that sub agent. It's not

2:32:06a big deal because you can easily say,

2:32:08"Oh, you know, you accidentally made

2:32:09that sub agent globally, but I actually

2:32:10wanted in this project, can you just

2:32:12move it?" And because it's just a

2:32:13markdown file, they move super easily.

2:32:15Or you can even have them both. You

2:32:16know, you can have them in both spots.

2:32:17But the reason why I wanted to explain

2:32:19that before I showed you this is because

2:32:21if you know, you have to choose. So, if

2:32:23you do a slash agents, you can look at

2:32:24what agents are currently running. If

2:32:26you've got a bunch of sub aents, you can

2:32:27go to your library and you can see a

2:32:29bunch of different built-in agents down

2:32:31here like claude, claude code guide,

2:32:33explore plan, and then you can also look

2:32:35at your project level agents. So, for

2:32:37example, we could look at, you know, the

2:32:39AI trend hunter. We can look at carousel

2:32:41planner. You'll notice that some of

2:32:42these have different models like all of

2:32:44these are sonnet, but then some of these

2:32:45have different project memory. You know,

2:32:46this one has project memory. This one

2:32:48has none. But anyways, what I wanted to

2:32:49show you guys if you go to create a new

2:32:51agent, you choose here if it's a

2:32:53personal or global or if it's a project.

2:32:55So let's just make a new project one

2:32:56right now. In order to create it, we can

2:32:58generate with claude or we can do manual

2:33:00configuration. So I would probably come

2:33:02in here and choose generate with claude.

2:33:03And then you basically just describe

2:33:04what this agent should do and when it

2:33:06should be used. And it says to be

2:33:07comprehensive for the best results.

2:33:09Create me a sub agent that criticizes

2:33:11all of my work. I basically want to be

2:33:13able to hand it off ideas and I want it

2:33:15to not agree with me, but I want it to

2:33:17um criticize it. I want it to roast it.

2:33:19I want it to play devil's advocate and

2:33:21look for every possible hole in the plan

2:33:23and what could go wrong and give me back

2:33:26basically that report. I want this thing

2:33:28to be invoked whenever I say roast my

2:33:30plan or review my plan. Anything like

2:33:32that. So that's my prompt. Obviously

2:33:34that's pretty concise. So like if you

2:33:36really had a good sub aent use case,

2:33:38you'd probably want to give it some more

2:33:39detail and some more nuance there. But I

2:33:41just want to show you how it's able to

2:33:42generate this file from the description.

2:33:44And because I chose project level, it's

2:33:46going to create that in the agents

2:33:48folder within my do.cloud. So in a sec

2:33:50here, we'll see an agent pop up. It'll

2:33:52probably be called like um devil's

2:33:54advocate.md or roast agent.mmd,

2:33:57something like that. Oh, but before

2:33:58that, it also says what tools do we want

2:34:00it to be able to use? So like for

2:34:02example, in this one, maybe I only want

2:34:04it to go with readonly tools. So I could

2:34:06say just readon. And then you know, we

2:34:09could look at some advanced options too,

2:34:11which would be all these MCP servers and

2:34:13a bunch of other things. and even like

2:34:15individual tools. Whoops. Even

2:34:16individual tools like bash, cron create,

2:34:18cronde delete. Like you can get really

2:34:20granular here. But in this case, I'm

2:34:22just going to go ahead and hit continue

2:34:23with readonly tools. And then we're able

2:34:25to choose the model. And in this case,

2:34:26we're going to go with haiku. But you

2:34:28can also inherit from the parent. So if

2:34:29the parents running on haiku, all sub

2:34:31aents that all of that sub aent will be

2:34:33inherited. Or same thing with opus or

2:34:35sonnet. And then finally, we can choose

2:34:36our background color. I'm just going to

2:34:38go ahead and choose pink. And then we

2:34:40get to choose the memory. So whether

2:34:41that's project, none, user, or local.

2:34:44And so really for the sub agents that

2:34:46I'd be creating and the ones that I

2:34:47would recommend you guys do, I'd

2:34:48probably just say project scope. Unless

2:34:50you want all these sub agents to be

2:34:51completely completely innocent, wake up

2:34:54completely blind, no memory at all, then

2:34:55you would choose none. But as far as

2:34:57between project user and local, I'm

2:34:59probably just going to always choose

2:35:00project. All right, there we go. So I'm

2:35:01going to go ahead and save this new

2:35:02agent. And you can see it just popped up

2:35:04right here. It's called the plan roster.

2:35:06And what happens when you create them

2:35:08with Claude is it makes this huge

2:35:11because it doesn't yet understand what

2:35:13you might say and how you want it to

2:35:14trigger. So my first recommendation

2:35:16would be trim this down a little bit

2:35:18because once again this is part of the

2:35:20progressive disclosure. So there's no

2:35:22need for the description to be so long.

2:35:24So I'm literally going to delete all of

2:35:26this. I mean it's good to look at but

2:35:27I'm gonna delete all of this up to here.

2:35:29And really in my case this is good

2:35:30enough, right? Use this agent when Nate

2:35:32wants an adversarial critique of an

2:35:34idea, plan, strategy, blah blah blah.

2:35:35Trigger on phrases like roast my plan or

2:35:37review my plan. We've got the tools, the

2:35:39model, the color, the memory, and the

2:35:41name. So now I'm just going to open up a

2:35:42new session of Claude. And um let's real

2:35:45quick just say so I've got this plan and

2:35:48I want to create an ice cream stand in,

2:35:51you know, uh Chicago. I want to create

2:35:53this ice cream stand on Oak Street Beach

2:35:56and I don't yet have a refrigerator and

2:35:58I want to sell the ice cream all day

2:36:01long for about, you know, 20 bucks a pop

2:36:04and it's just a little a little piece of

2:36:06ice cream. So, um, go ahead and roast my

2:36:08plan. This is actually interesting. So,

2:36:10I created a skill called roast and it's

2:36:12going to use that instead. So, it

2:36:13defaults to that because it thinks that

2:36:15it's good enough. And in the skill, the

2:36:18roast skill, I actually have it spinning

2:36:20up five different sub agents. So, that's

2:36:22a good demo. I didn't mean for this to

2:36:23happen. These are all general purpose

2:36:25sub aents that live within my row skill,

2:36:27but I'm going to go ahead and cancel

2:36:28that. I'm going to run this prompt

2:36:29again, but this time I'm going to

2:36:30explicitly tell it to not use a skill,

2:36:32but like I said, that's a good example

2:36:34of showing you that in a skill, you can

2:36:36have it fire off a bunch of sub aents.

2:36:37Anyways, the whole reason why the

2:36:38roasting thing is so top of mind is

2:36:40because cloud code and AI in general can

2:36:42be a little bit of a sickopant. It can

2:36:44just be a yes man. So, having things

2:36:46worked out like a roast skill or like a

2:36:48plan roaster sub agent is pretty

2:36:50helpful. Okay, so look what happened

2:36:51here. It did not invoke our roast, our

2:36:54plan roster sub aent. So what I'm going

2:36:56to say is go ahead and take a look

2:36:58within ourclaw agents folder. We've got

2:37:01a sub aent called plan roster.mmd and

2:37:04you didn't invoke it here and I'm not

2:37:06sure exactly why. Go ahead and read the

2:37:08description of that and and look back at

2:37:10my prompt and help me understand why did

2:37:12you not fire off the sub agent so we can

2:37:14make this better because that exact

2:37:15prompt is something where I'd want you

2:37:17to use that that sub agent. And so

2:37:18that's really the way that I think about

2:37:20um iterating on my descriptions both for

2:37:23skills and for sub agents. Just just

2:37:24understanding like why didn't it fire or

2:37:26why did it fire and how do we then

2:37:28rework the description. I do think

2:37:30there's a little bit of you know foul

2:37:32play here because my roast skill got

2:37:35invoked earlier and it's probably like

2:37:37defaulting to those skills before a sub

2:37:39agent. So, you know, maybe that wasn't

2:37:41the best example, but I guess it's good

2:37:42that it happened so I can show you guys

2:37:43the way that you might think about

2:37:46improving your YAML front matter. Okay,

2:37:49so completely my fault. I didn't close

2:37:52out the front matter. So, good tip. You

2:37:55have to close off the quotes if you open

2:37:58them up, right? That can break your

2:37:59JSON. It can break other things as well.

2:38:00So, it will break your YAML front

2:38:02matter. It said the problem wasn't

2:38:04judgment, it was mechanical. It also

2:38:07said, "Hey, you know, you do have a rose

2:38:08skill, so maybe there was a little bit

2:38:09of, you know, cloudiness there." So, I

2:38:11completely get that, but it went ahead

2:38:12and it updated the description. You can

2:38:14see it made it a little bit longer, but

2:38:16there's still collision between the

2:38:17roast skill and the plan roster, right?

2:38:19They both get invoked kind of similarly.

2:38:21So, really, the best thing to do here is

2:38:23you would combine the skill to say,

2:38:24"Hey, whenever you run the skill, you

2:38:26also invoke the plan roster agent

2:38:28instead." But for the sake of the demo,

2:38:30I am just going to actually be way more

2:38:32specific about what to use. So, there

2:38:34goes our prompt once again. The copy and

2:38:36pasting out of the terminal is horrible.

2:38:38So, usually if I want to copy and paste

2:38:40something from the terminal, I will tell

2:38:41it to write it to a text file or I will

2:38:43just use it in the desktop app. But

2:38:45either way, I was way more explicit

2:38:46here. You can see I said use the plan

2:38:48roster sub agent, not the roast skill.

2:38:50And now it's initializing our pink plan

2:38:52roster sub aent. And what I can do is I

2:38:54can go down to this section down here. I

2:38:57can open up this other terminal and we

2:38:59can see the exact prompt that got sent

2:39:00over to our plan roster, which was roast

2:39:03this business plan hard. Here it is in

2:39:04full. I want to create an ice cream

2:39:06stand in Chicago, blah blah blah. So,

2:39:07it's basically exactly what I said. Tear

2:39:08it apart, hit every flaw, the missing

2:39:10refrigerator, the absurd $20 price, and

2:39:13then the sub agent already finished up.

2:39:14So, it sent us back to the main session.

2:39:16And now the main terminal is going to

2:39:18interpret what the plan roster sub agent

2:39:20said and then give us the rundown. And

2:39:22what you'll notice here is the the plan

2:39:24roster took 22.8K tokens, but those

2:39:2622.8K tokens did not pollute our main

2:39:29session. All we got was basically this

2:39:31much, which is pretty awesome. So

2:39:33anyways, that's a real quick a little

2:39:34bit of a sloppy example, but hopefully

2:39:36it showed you guys the different

2:39:37elements to play with and you know the

2:39:39way that you think about using these sub

2:39:40aents, but that's what it looks like in

2:39:42cloud code. The way that I like to think

2:39:43about these is the same way that I've

2:39:45thought about AI since the beginning of

2:39:46my YouTube channel, which is your AI.

2:39:49You know, it's very fun and cool to have

2:39:50one mega personal assistant agent that

2:39:52can do everything, but really the best

2:39:53way to do it is to have each AI be a

2:39:55specialist. And that's where your main

2:39:57general ones can be pretty good at, you

2:39:59know, a jack of all trades because of

2:40:00skills, right? You invoke a skill and

2:40:02now it's good at LinkedIn post. Now it's

2:40:03good at doing research. Now it's good at

2:40:04scripting videos, whatever. But really,

2:40:06the sub agents are actual specialists.

2:40:08They have subject matter expertise. So

2:40:10you can have one that's a security

2:40:11auditor, you can have one that does

2:40:13tests, you can have one that writes

2:40:14docs, you can have one that's an expert

2:40:15with databasing, whether that's the

2:40:17architecture or the queries or anything

2:40:18like that. And you can just silo

2:40:21basically this assembly line or parallel

2:40:23work of a bunch of agents that are good

2:40:24at one thing and really really good at

2:40:26that one thing. And the other thing

2:40:27that's cool about that is you can borrow

2:40:30subject matter expertise from other

2:40:32people. This is just one of the hundreds

2:40:34of thousands of examples out there, but

2:40:35there's a GitHub repo which I'll link in

2:40:36the description. And this one's called

2:40:38awesome cloud code sub aents. So if you

2:40:40scroll down here, you can see there's a

2:40:41bunch of sub aents that you can use and

2:40:43in different categories, right? You've

2:40:44got an API designer, a back-end

2:40:46developer, a GraphQL architect. We've

2:40:49got other language specialists like

2:40:51TypeScript or SQL. You know, you can

2:40:53scroll through and find a lot of these

2:40:55custom same way that you look for skills

2:40:56from other people, custom sub aents that

2:40:58other people have already built, and

2:41:00they maybe know a lot more about CLI

2:41:02developing than you do. So, they've put

2:41:04all their subject matter expertise into

2:41:05a sub agent, and now you can just use

2:41:06that because all it is is a markdown

2:41:08file. Now, yes, because everything's

2:41:10open source and because all these

2:41:11markdown files are out there, you want

2:41:12to be careful, right? Like, if you're

2:41:14downloading a file or you're putting

2:41:15into your system, just make sure there's

2:41:16no prompt injections in there. Make sure

2:41:18there's nothing, you know, malicious.

2:41:20And you can even do it by having maybe a

2:41:22sub agent that verifies open source

2:41:24repos. And it's read only. It can never

2:41:25send data. It can never do anything. And

2:41:27all it does is verifies that there's

2:41:29nothing malicious inside of that

2:41:31markdown file. So anyways, we looked a

2:41:33little bit about how cloud picks out the

2:41:34agents. It can be automatic and it can

2:41:36automatically invoke things when you are

2:41:38like looking through your codebase or

2:41:40whether you are doing research. It'll

2:41:41automatically chuck some out there. You

2:41:43can also have them very proactively use

2:41:45sub aents if you have things like that

2:41:47in the description so it fires

2:41:48frequently. You can also list them

2:41:50explicitly by name. You know, you can

2:41:52tag the agent name or you can say, "Hey,

2:41:53use the plan roster sub agent like I

2:41:55just did in that example. And you can

2:41:57also launch a session as a sub agent. If

2:42:00you do claude with a flag of the sub

2:42:02agents name, it'll actually put you

2:42:03right in a terminal right away with one

2:42:05of those sub aents." And honestly, I

2:42:06never do this, but it's nice to know

2:42:08that that feature exists. So, once

2:42:10again, just wanted to hit on the point

2:42:11that you can do readonly sub agents,

2:42:13which is pretty cool, just by using tool

2:42:15restrictions and giving them only

2:42:17certain things. It's always nice to have

2:42:18basically the mindset of if my AI could

2:42:21touch data or could read data, I have to

2:42:24assume that it will. Even if I never

2:42:25prompt it, I have to assume that it

2:42:27will. And that's the difference between

2:42:28a permission layer being explicit tools

2:42:30that it's allowed to use and explicit

2:42:32MCP servers it's allowed to use and just

2:42:35prompting and saying, "Hey, don't do

2:42:37that or you don't need to read that.

2:42:38Don't worry about it." There's a big

2:42:40difference between those types of

2:42:41permission layers. And then, of course,

2:42:43you have the ability to save a ton of

2:42:44money here. Let's say you have to read a

2:42:46300page research report and just get,

2:42:48you know, maybe three fun facts from it

2:42:50or just get a summary. There's probably

2:42:52no reason unless it's a really really,

2:42:54you know, technical report to use opus

2:42:56for that. Probably not even sonnet. So

2:42:58delegate that to a haiku sub agent to

2:43:00read everything and then send back just

2:43:02a small summary to your main session.

2:43:04And that's how you have the system where

2:43:05you have your smart boss, which is the

2:43:07opus model that you talk to on the

2:43:08day-to-day that just works with a bunch

2:43:10of little haiku agents. It's going to

2:43:12save you a lot of money. it's going to

2:43:13keep things moving faster and that's the

2:43:15way that you want to start utilizing

2:43:17these things. Another way that you can

2:43:18also keep them from getting out of

2:43:19control is you can have a max turns set

2:43:22on these sub agents. So maybe they're

2:43:23starting to do loops of research or

2:43:24they're doing loops of reviewing through

2:43:26a codebase. You can say, "Hey, max turns

2:43:28equals 10." Honestly, I don't use this

2:43:30very often because most of my sub aent

2:43:32delegation is research or very specific

2:43:34workflows where it doesn't really I'm

2:43:36not worried about a loop and I'm keeping

2:43:38my hands on either way. But that is once

2:43:40again just another nice lever to pull.

2:43:42So then after we've seen all these

2:43:44benefits, hopefully it's starting to

2:43:45become a little bit more clear, but a

When to Use Sub-Agents

2:43:47lot of people might also still wonder,

2:43:48okay, so when do you actually use a sub

2:43:50agent? When is it really better to? So

2:43:52one core question you can think about

2:43:53is, is this about to dump a pile of

2:43:55stuff into my chat that I'll never read

2:43:57again? If that's ever yes, delegate it

2:44:00to a sub agent. If it's no, then maybe

2:44:01you keep it in line. But there's also

2:44:03some other things to think about, too,

2:44:04right? So let's look at some signals. If

2:44:06you're about to read a lot of files, do

2:44:09some sub aents. If you're going to spit

2:44:11out a wall of output, maybe do sub

2:44:13agents. If it's a job that you keep

2:44:14repeating, build a custom sub aent for

2:44:16it. If it is independent stuff and you

2:44:18can run a ton of things in parallel,

2:44:20like you know, maybe you have 15

2:44:22chapters of a book and you want each

2:44:23chapter to be reviewed and like it

2:44:25doesn't have to be in chronological

2:44:26order. All of them can be reviewed at

2:44:28the same time. Then that that's parallel

2:44:29and then you can go ahead and do those

2:44:30independent jobs. And also if you want

2:44:32like an unbiased reviewer because once

2:44:34again sub agents can wake up no context

2:44:37completely fresh no memory and you can

2:44:39get an honest review. Now you don't need

2:44:41a sub agent if you're just doing a quick

2:44:43edit if the steps depend on each other

2:44:45right so if it's like 1 2 3 then four if

2:44:47the agents need to talk to each other

2:44:49then that's when you would need more of

2:44:50like an agent team or a different type

2:44:52of orchestration. I've made a video on

2:44:53agent teams before. Um they are more

2:44:55expensive than sub agents because

2:44:56they're they're talking and stuff like

2:44:57that but they share task list and

2:44:59everything. Sub aents do not work that

2:45:00way. It's just a onetoone relationship

2:45:02between sub agent and main session, not

2:45:04like a one to many. If you've got five

2:45:06sub agents running, they cannot talk to

2:45:07each other. You would also skip them if

2:45:09you need the sub aent to have like the

2:45:11context of the entire conversation or if

2:45:13it needs to ask you a question because

2:45:14you don't really get to talk to the sub

2:45:16agents. You know, the main agent is the

2:45:18orchestrator. Now, there's also

2:45:19something to think about which is a

2:45:20fairly newer feature. It was with with

2:45:21the release of Opus 4.8, which is the

2:45:24dynamic workflows. And what that does is

2:45:26it spins up a workflow that typically

2:45:29delegates to a ton of different sub

2:45:30agents in parallel. So remember the idea

2:45:32is that the main chat is the

2:45:33orchestrator and you've got a bunch of

2:45:34different sub aents running whether

2:45:35that's three or whether that's 40. A lot

2:45:37of times if you're asking for a big

2:45:39project and it decides to use a dynamic

2:45:41workflow, then all that's doing is it's

2:45:43creating a bunch of sub aents and it's

2:45:45delegating to them all at one time. So I

2:45:47made a video about those. I will tag

2:45:49that right up here if you want to check

2:45:50out the dynamic workflows video. You'll

2:45:52see an example I did where it spun up 41

2:45:54sub agents at the same time and just ran

2:45:56them. I've also done some examples, not

2:45:58on video, but like when I was testing it

2:45:59out, where I did some workflows and one

2:46:02of them spun up like 210 sub agents at

2:46:04the same time, which was great, but it

2:46:06ate through my context or sorry, it ate

2:46:08through my session limit like crazy. So,

2:46:10you definitely want to be careful when

2:46:11you're spinning up dynamic workflows.

2:46:13They actually then a few days after this

2:46:15came out, they said, "Hey, we changed

2:46:16the trigger word for dynamic workflows

2:46:18from workflow to to ultra code." You can

2:46:20still say to use a workflow for this,

2:46:21but when you're clearly referring to

2:46:23something else, Claude won't kick off a

2:46:24dynamic workflow. So, you want to make

2:46:26sure that you are being very careful

2:46:28about when you kick off those dynamic

2:46:29workflows because like I said, they are

2:46:31expensive. So, anyways, that is pretty

2:46:33much all of the stuff that I wanted to

2:46:36talk about here with sub agents. So, the

2:46:38whole thing on one slide, just to do a

2:46:39quick recap, if it's just one quick

2:46:41thing, you don't need a sub agent,

2:46:43right? Just because this feature is

2:46:44awesome, which it really is a great

2:46:45feature, that doesn't mean to force it.

2:46:47because sometimes if you're forcing too

2:46:49many sub agents, you're going to get

2:46:50worse results. So, play around with

2:46:51them, understand the benefits, and start

2:46:53to kick them off when you really do need

2:46:54them. If you want to share them with

2:46:55your team, keep them in your project,

2:46:57keep them in your repo. If you want to

2:46:58keep sub agents just for you that you

2:46:59can use across any project, then put

2:47:01them in your home folder. Kind of, you

2:47:03know, make them globally or personally.

2:47:05You can save a lot of money by having

2:47:06cheap workers with one smart lead. You

2:47:08can get better results by letting a

2:47:09fresh agent review your work or do work

2:47:11in parallel. If you want to do a giant

2:47:13parallel job, go ahead and check out a

2:47:15dynamic workflow. Just be careful of

2:47:16your session limit. And if you're not

2:47:18sure, if it's a pile of stuff that

2:47:20you're never going to reread, then go

2:47:21ahead and spin off a sub agent. Whether

2:47:23you are using cloud code in the terminal

2:47:25or whether you're using in the desktop

2:47:26app or even the VS Code extension in VS

Installing in the Terminal + Free Resources

2:47:29Code or, you know, on the web, wherever

2:47:30you're using cloud code, everywhere that

2:47:32you use cloud code can run sub aents.

2:47:34And the principles that I just talked

2:47:35about are always the same. This is where

2:47:38they live. That's how you invoke them.

2:47:39They're always YAML front matter. And

2:47:41those are pretty much the best

2:47:42practices. So, I know we covered a ton

2:47:45of information. If you guys want to

2:47:46download this exact slide deck, all you

2:47:48have to do is join my free school

2:47:49community. The link for that is down in

2:47:50the description. Once you join here, all

2:47:52you have to do is click on the

2:47:53classroom, click on all YouTube

2:47:54resources, and then you'll be able to

2:47:56find everything that I've dropped in

2:47:58here for free. GitHub repos, skills,

2:48:00templates, slide decks, whatever you

2:48:01want. It's all in there for free. All

2:48:03right, so we got sub agents crossed off

2:48:05the list. We're just going to keep

2:48:06making our way down through the rest of

2:48:08this course. So, next we have websites.

2:48:11And websites kind of go handinhand with

2:48:12GitHub because Cloud Code's really

2:48:15really good at building websites for us.

2:48:16It can build websites out of any coding

2:48:18language that you want. So HTML or you

2:48:20know CSS or all the other ones out

2:48:22there. It's really good at that because

2:48:24websites are code. But what happens is

2:48:26when we build code, it might give us

2:48:28something like a local host, which if

2:48:30you've never heard that before, don't

2:48:31worry. It's it's we'll break it down.

2:48:33But it's basically a URL that only you

2:48:35locally could open. If you tried to copy

2:48:37a local host URL and give it to your

2:48:39friend, nothing would pull up on their

2:48:41laptop if they tried to open that up.

2:48:42I've seen some funny tweets where it's

2:48:43like, "Hey, I'm a beginner. I just

2:48:45started using Claude Code. Check out

2:48:46what I built." And then they, you know,

2:48:48they attach a local host URL. And

2:48:50obviously that's like a meme. It's a

2:48:51joke, but it is pretty funny. So, just

2:48:53keep that in mind. We're building the

2:48:54website in code and then the code we

2:48:56push that to GitHub so that we can

2:48:58actually deploy that somewhere on the

2:48:59cloud. So, that is what I'm about to

2:49:01walk you guys through in this next

2:49:02video. Just a quick warning before this

2:49:04next video starts playing. Some of the

2:49:05clips that I'm inserting into this

2:49:07course were recorded a few months back,

2:49:09meaning they might be shown in VS Code

2:49:11extension or the terminal instead of the

2:49:14Cloud Desktop app that we've been using

2:49:15so far. I just wanted to give you guys a

2:49:17warning. Functionally, exact same. So,

2:49:19don't worry about it too much. It just

2:49:21might look a little bit differently, but

2:49:22all you have to do is listen to what I'm

2:49:23saying and follow along with what I'm

2:49:25actually doing and you will be just

2:49:26fine. All of this stuff is still

2:49:27relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be

2:49:29putting it in this course. So, hopefully

2:49:31that makes sense. See you guys in the

2:49:33video. Today I'm going to be showing you

2:49:34guys five simple hacks that you can use

2:49:36to make sure that Claude Code is

2:49:37building you websites that don't look

2:49:39like they were AI vibe coded, but they

2:49:41actually feel professional and branded.

2:49:43And we're going to be going through this

2:49:44in a way where even if you've never used

2:49:45Claude Code before, that's completely

2:49:47fine. You're going to be able to by the

2:49:48end of this video spin up some really

2:49:50awesome looking landing pages and

2:49:51websites. All right, so I don't want to

2:49:53waste any time at all. The first thing

2:49:54that you need to do is you need to go

2:49:55download Visual Studio Code. So go to a

2:49:57browser and type in VS Code and download

2:49:59this for your operating system. This is

2:50:01essentially just the IDE that we're

2:50:03going to be using Claude Code within. So

2:50:05once you've done that and you've opened

2:50:07it up, this is what it will look like.

2:50:08You're going to go to the lefth hand

2:50:09side right here and click on extensions

2:50:11and you're going to type in cloud code

2:50:13and install it like what you see right

2:50:15here. Now once you do that, it's going

2:50:16to prompt you to sign in with your

2:50:18anthropic subscription or your cloud

2:50:19subscription, which you do need a paid

2:50:21account. As you can see here, if you're

2:50:22on free, you don't have access to cloud

2:50:24code, but here on pro, you actually can

2:50:27use cloud code. Whether you're on pro or

2:50:29max, you can use it. I'd probably just

2:50:31start with pro. If you hit limits, which

2:50:32you probably will if you want to, you

2:50:34know, build websites all day, then you

2:50:36should probably upgrade to max. So once

2:50:38you've got that installed, you will see

2:50:40this little button up here, which is

2:50:41cloud code. And when you click on that,

2:50:43this is where it opens up the ability to

2:50:45actually use cloud code, talk to this

2:50:47little crab agent. And this is very

2:50:49similar to sort of like a chatbt or

2:50:50using cloud in the web. Now, the way

2:50:52that this works when you're using Cloud

2:50:54Code in Visual Studio Code or really

2:50:55wherever you use it is you have files on

2:50:57the lefth hand side and then you have

2:50:58your agent on the right hand side. So,

2:51:00first thing we need to do is open up a

2:51:02project so that we can start working

2:51:03with some files. So, I'm going to go up

2:51:05here to the top left and I'm going to

2:51:06click on explorer. What you can see is

2:51:08that it says you have not yet opened a

2:51:09folder. So, I'm going to go ahead and

2:51:11open up a fresh folder that has nothing

2:51:12in it. So, here we are in my website

2:51:15building YouTube folder, which like I

2:51:17said, it's a blank project. If you don't

2:51:19have a folder, just go ahead and create

2:51:20one. Whether that's in your desktop or

2:51:22your documents, just create one to start

2:51:24and then open that up. And that is where

2:51:26we will be working on this project. So,

2:51:28let's get started going through these

2:51:29five hacks. The first one is actually

2:51:31number zero. And the reason that I did

2:51:32this is because the first one is a

2:51:34claw.md file. And I put this as number

2:51:36zero because it's kind of a

2:51:37prerequisite, but also a lot of times

2:51:39near the end, even after 1 2 3 and four,

2:51:41you might have to rego back and update

2:51:44your claw. MD file or just have Claude

2:51:46do it itself. So what is a claw.md file?

2:51:48Just think of it as a system prompt.

2:51:50Think of it as every time before you ask

2:51:53cloud code to do something, it will read

2:51:56the claw.md file first. It will always

2:51:59process that. So what you want to do is

2:52:00make sure that that is pretty concise.

2:52:02You don't want to bloat it too much with

2:52:03context, but you want to give it the

2:52:05rules that it needs. So every time you

2:52:07are doing something in this project,

2:52:08this website building project, do this,

2:52:10this, and this. And always remember

2:52:12that's kind of the end goal. And so if

2:52:13you don't exactly know your full process

2:52:15yet or the end goal, then you might

2:52:17start without a claw.mmd file. But

2:52:18luckily for you guys, if you go over to

2:52:20my free school community, the link for

2:52:21that's down in the description. You go

2:52:23to the classroom, you go to claude code,

2:52:25and right here you will see the web

2:52:26designcloud.md file, which is the one

2:52:28we're going to be using today. You can

2:52:30go ahead and just download that for free

2:52:31right here. Now, once you've done that,

2:52:33you can actually just drag it right over

2:52:34here to the lefth hand side. Like I told

2:52:36you guys, the lefth hand side is where

2:52:37we can see our files and our folders.

2:52:39And what that does is it opens up the

2:52:40claw.md file which if I drag over here

2:52:42we can see it kind of full screen. Now

2:52:44the MD stands for markdown which is

2:52:47basically just this right here. We've

2:52:48got the pound signs. We've got um

2:52:50asterisk and it just helps keep the text

2:52:52organized so that the agent can read you

2:52:54know what's a header, what's a

2:52:55subheader, what's bold, what are bullet

2:52:57points, things like that. So you could

2:52:58obviously read through this entire

2:53:00claw.md file if you want to to kind of

2:53:02understand what we're telling it to do

2:53:03in this project. I'm not going to read

2:53:05everything because you guys can just,

2:53:06you know, look at it here or download

2:53:07it. And as we go through these other

2:53:09hacks, you will see why I put some of

2:53:10this stuff in here. But that actually

Building & Cloning Websites

2:53:12brings me over to our first technically

2:53:14our first hack, which is the front-end

2:53:16design skill, which is why you can see

2:53:18right here in our cloud.MD, the first

2:53:20thing I wrote is always invoke the

2:53:22front-end design skill before writing

2:53:23any front-end code every session. No

2:53:26exceptions. So, first of all, real

2:53:27quick, what are skills? Well, if you go

2:53:29to the cloud code docs, you can read

2:53:30about skills right here. Essentially,

2:53:32they are custom instructions. So every

2:53:34time you build like a custom GBT or

2:53:36cloud project, you're usually putting in

2:53:37knowledge and you're putting in

2:53:38instructions. And basically skills are

2:53:41just that but in a markdown file. And

2:53:43why it's so important and cool is

2:53:45because every time you ask Claude a

2:53:47question, first it reads its cloud.MD

2:53:49file, but then it will think, okay, the

2:53:51user asks me this, do I have any skills

2:53:53in my library that help me do this

2:53:55better? If yes, I'll grab the skill,

2:53:57I'll read it, and then I'll take action.

2:53:58If no, I'll just use my general

2:54:00knowledge. So that's why we need to have

2:54:02the front-end skill because it helps us

2:54:04create designs that are way more modern

2:54:06and professional and they don't look as

2:54:08much vibecoded AI vibe coded. And the

2:54:11good news is it's super super simple.

2:54:13You just have to install it. So here's a

2:54:15tweet that showed the power of this. All

2:54:17they prompted Claude Code to do was use

2:54:19the front-end design skill, create a

2:54:20music player app, and it created this

2:54:22that has some, you know, animations. It

2:54:24has some dynamic elements. And if you

2:54:26would have just told Cloud Code to do

2:54:27this without that skill, it would have

2:54:28looked much worse. So, I'll leave a link

2:54:30to this tweet in the description of this

2:54:31video. You basically just have to run

2:54:32this command and then you run this one

2:54:34and then you should be good with the

2:54:36skill installed globally across any

2:54:38cloud code project that you might use in

2:54:39the future. And when I say run these

2:54:41commands, you can literally just copy

2:54:42this if you wanted to and just paste

2:54:44that right into here in cloud code and

2:54:46it would install that for you. All

2:54:47right, so let me go ahead and show you

2:54:49guys how good this front-end design

2:54:51skill really is with such a minimal

2:54:53prompt. So, before we prompt this agent,

2:54:55I just wanted to show you guys something

2:54:56else you can do, which is kind of a

2:54:57bonus hack. What I'm going to do is I'm

2:54:59going to create a new folder. I'm going

2:55:00to call this brand_assets.

2:55:03And our claw.mmd file actually explains

2:55:05that this might be a file or a folder

2:55:07that cloud code needs to look at. And

2:55:09what I'm going to put in here are two

2:55:12things. My logo and brand guidelines so

2:55:15that it creates this website and it

2:55:17feels very branded towards me and my

2:55:18business. So right here I'm dragging in

2:55:20the Amazon Society logo as you can see

2:55:22like that. And then I'm also going to

2:55:24drag in our brand guidelines which has

2:55:26stuff like our colors, our typography,

2:55:29icons, stuff like that. And so now that

2:55:31Claude can look at that, I'm going to

2:55:33just give it a very, very simple prompt.

2:55:35So all I'm saying is build me a modern

2:55:36and professional landing page for AI

2:55:38Automation Society. And I'm also going

2:55:40to tell it that here's my logo and

2:55:41here's my brand guidelines. It would be

2:55:43able to figure it out either way because

2:55:44we put it in the claw.md. But I just

2:55:46wanted to show you guys that you can

2:55:47actually tag assets directly. So, if I

2:55:50do an at, it will basically pop up and

2:55:52let me choose or point at the right

2:55:54things. So, now I can explicitly say,

2:55:56hey, here are the, you know, here's the

2:55:58brand guidelines and here's the logo

2:55:59because maybe they're not named in a way

2:56:01that's super intuitive. And now I'm just

2:56:04showing cloud code exactly what I want.

2:56:05So, I'm going to shoot this off. I'm not

2:56:07even in plan mode. I just want to show

2:56:08you guys how good this front-end design

2:56:10skill is. And what you're going to

2:56:11notice is first of all, what it did is

2:56:13it read the cloudmd file and now it's

2:56:16reading the brand assets. And now what

2:56:18it's going to do is it should hopefully

2:56:19invoke the front-end design skill and

2:56:21start building out that website for us.

2:56:23There we go. Right on Q. It has invoked

2:56:26the front-end design skill right there.

2:56:28All right. So, that has finished up. You

2:56:29can see that we've got a nav, a hero,

2:56:31tools, marquee. We've got stats, about

2:56:33benefits. So, a full onepage landing

2:56:35page. And it should be completely

2:56:36matching our brand as far as the logo,

2:56:38the colors, and the typography. It also

2:56:41added some animations. So, I'm excited

2:56:42to see how that works. And it threw it

2:56:44on local host for us to check out. So,

2:56:45let's head over there. All right. Look

2:56:46at that. We've got like a little

2:56:48animation up here. We've got a a line

2:56:49going down. We can see that we do have

2:56:51our logo up here as well as our exact

2:56:54colors and font. We've got a community

2:56:56rating. Ooh, that's super nice. We've

2:56:58also got some scrolling tech companies.

2:57:01So, we've got Editen, Make Claude,

2:57:03GBT40, Zapier, Air Table. We've got some

2:57:05random stats here. Obviously, we'd have

2:57:07to fill this in with our own copy, but

2:57:09keep in mind all of this happened with

2:57:11only us saying, "Create me a landing

2:57:13page for our community called A

2:57:14Automation Society." That was literally

2:57:16it and it created all of this. We've got

2:57:18testimonials. We've got a final call to

2:57:20action here. The logo is doing a little

2:57:21floating for basically a one sentence

2:57:23prompt. This is super super solid with

2:57:25the front-end design skill. Now, there

2:57:27was another secret thing going on here

2:57:28that I didn't yet tell you guys about,

2:57:29but if you've already read the Claw

2:57:31Denm, you might have noticed. And that

2:57:33brings us on to hack number two, which

2:57:35is the screenshot loop. So, the idea

2:57:38here is that AI is really good at

2:57:40getting you where you want to go, but it

2:57:42takes a lot of manual correction and

2:57:44steering. So, let's say I just told

2:57:46Claude Code to build us that website.

2:57:47Without the front-end design skill, it

2:57:49might have gotten us like 40% of the way

2:57:51there. But now that we added the

2:57:52front-end design skill, it's going to

2:57:53get us maybe let's let's just call it

2:57:5560. What we can do now is use

2:57:57screenshots to help AI iterate upon

2:57:59itself. So, instead of it getting 60% of

2:58:01the way there and then we make an

2:58:02improvement and then we make another

2:58:03improvement and we keep doing this, it

2:58:05basically should just bridge this gap

2:58:06itself because it's able to take a

2:58:08screenshot, look at the browser, see

2:58:10what it looks like, and then make make

2:58:11changes. So, what you guys didn't

2:58:13notice, or maybe you did, is over here,

2:58:15it created a new folder for us called

2:58:16temporary screenshots. And we can see

2:58:18that in that process of building out

2:58:20that first version of our workflow, it

2:58:22took 10 screenshots. So, I can click

2:58:24here, and I can see what it looked at.

2:58:25It looked at the hero section, which

2:58:27kind of was a a random full page. It got

2:58:30the viewport, which was that's more of

2:58:31the hero section. It looked at the

2:58:33stats. It looked at the about page. And

2:58:35what it did is it used these screenshots

2:58:36as it kept clicking through and looking

2:58:39and improved things. So, you guys didn't

2:58:41see this, but in the actual to-dos, it

2:58:44wrote the index html, it started the

2:58:46server and screenshotted the workflow,

2:58:48and then it did a two pass screenshot

2:58:49review and polish. So, it basically uses

2:58:51its eyes to check that what it's

2:58:53building actually looks good. And in

2:58:54order to set that up, it's actually

2:58:55really, really easy. If you go to the

2:58:57cloudMD file, you can see that I've got

2:58:58a section for screenshot workflow. And

2:59:00we're just doing this using Puppeteer.

2:59:02So, literally, if you take this claw.md

2:59:04and say, "Hey, Claude Code, can you set

2:59:05up Puppeteer to take screenshots?" it

2:59:08should be able to install all of that

2:59:09stuff for you right there really simply.

2:59:11And so, yes, that's cool on its own, but

2:59:13where it actually comes into handy a lot

2:59:15more is when we look at hack number

2:59:17three, which is using other websites as

2:59:20inspiration. Because what we're able to

2:59:22do is say, "Hey, Claude Code, take this

2:59:24website right here and build me a

2:59:26clone." So, you should build one that

2:59:27looks exactly like this one. And then

2:59:29what it's able to do is use its eyes,

2:59:30use its screenshot tool to screenshot

2:59:32what it's building and look at the

2:59:33reference and keep going back and forth

2:59:35until it's close enough. So, let me show

2:59:38you guys that in action right now. So,

2:59:40there's tons of sites that you could go

2:59:41to for website inspiration. Here's one

2:59:43example called Dribble. Here's another

2:59:45example called godly website. And here's

2:59:47another really cool example called

2:59:49Awards with three W's. So, there's tons

2:59:51of places that you can find inspiration.

2:59:53So, for the sake of this video, I found

2:59:55this one that I want to use. It's got a

2:59:57nice little animation in the background.

2:59:58It's obviously not our color scheme, but

3:00:01it has some cool things as you scroll

3:00:02down like a dashboard. It's got some

3:00:04other little cards down here. None of

3:00:06this is really too animated. Well, I

3:00:07guess that is. But let's just say we

3:00:09wanted our website to look like this one

3:00:10for example. First thing that I would do

3:00:12is I would hit F12. I'm on Windows, by

3:00:14the way. I would go to console and I

3:00:16would do control shiftp and search for

3:00:19screenshot. What this lets me do is

3:00:21capture a full-size screenshot of the

3:00:23entire page rather than just my current

3:00:25view.

3:00:26So here you can see it downloaded this

3:00:27screenshot and you can see that that is

3:00:29indeed the entire website. Now if you're

3:00:31on Mac that's still doable but you just

3:00:34have to Google the different buttons to

3:00:36do it. And then the next thing what I

3:00:37want to do is on the top right here I'm

3:00:39going to go to elements and in the style

3:00:41section down here I'm just going to copy

3:00:43everything. So I'm actually copying

3:00:45basically like the raw code or HTML or

3:00:48you know whatever you want to consider

3:00:49this as that tells the website how this

3:00:51is styled and we're going to give Claude

3:00:53code that. So, I'm going to go ahead and

3:00:55do a clear so we can start a fresh

3:00:56session. I'm going to first of all just

3:00:59paste in the code that we just copied,

3:01:00which is the style information. So, I

3:01:02said, I want you to spin up a new

3:01:03website for us. Get rid of the old one

3:01:05and you can put this one on local host.

3:01:07I basically want you to clone this

3:01:08website. So, I'm going to give you the

3:01:10screenshot, which what I'm going to do

3:01:11is just drag it in from my files and put

3:01:13it right over here. As you can see, that

3:01:14is the screenshot we just took. And I'm

3:01:16going to point to it so it knows what to

3:01:18use, which is the www right there. And

3:01:22then I said, here's the screenshot.

3:01:23here's the style and just go ahead and

3:01:24clone this website for us. So that is

3:01:27all we're going to do to start and then

3:01:29we can come back in later and tell it to

3:01:31use our branding and our you know colors

3:01:33and logo and everything like that. Now a

3:01:35couple things to keep in mind when

3:01:36you're doing some of the big processes

3:01:38like spinning up a website from scratch

3:01:40or comparing two websites and cloning

3:01:42them that coding process and thinking

3:01:44will take longer. But once you have a

3:01:46working version making small changes or

3:01:49tweaks that happens pretty quickly. And

3:01:51one other thing is you might have

3:01:52noticed that this really isn't stopping

3:01:54to ask me questions. And that's because

3:01:55I'm using bypass permissions mode. So if

3:01:58you don't see this in your instance,

3:01:59you're going to go to settings. You're

3:02:01going to type in clawed code. And then

3:02:03right here, you should see allow

3:02:05dangerously skip permissions. And that

3:02:06is where you turn that on. Now I

3:02:08definitely have a responsibility to tell

3:02:09you that this is dangerous. It has the

3:02:12potential to just kind of like run any

3:02:14command that it wants. But in my

3:02:16practice, I've never really had this be

3:02:18an issue, especially because I'm never

3:02:20like setting this to code all night long

3:02:22and then going to sleep. I'm always

3:02:23still kind of like watching it or I'm

3:02:25nearby and nothing bad really is going

3:02:28to happen. All right, awesome. So, we

3:02:30just got to the point where now it is

3:02:31creating a to-do list. And what you can

3:02:33see here is once it actually writes the

3:02:35code for the website, it's going to

3:02:37start up the server and it's going to

3:02:38take screenshots and it's going to do

3:02:40two rounds at least of comparing. It's

3:02:43going to look at what it built versus

3:02:44the reference. It's going to fix any

3:02:45mismatches and then it's going to do

3:02:46that again. And that is why the

3:02:48screenshot loop is so powerful. So

3:02:50logically, this is really cool. I mean,

3:02:51it's going through and it's looking

3:02:53section by section and analyzing how

3:02:55well it's stacking up. But we will have

3:02:56to see how it actually turns out. Okay,

3:02:58so that just finished up and before we

3:03:00actually see how good it really built

3:03:02this, I wanted to point out one thing

3:03:03about the screenshots. So you can see

3:03:05that we have screenshot 1 2 3 4, all

3:03:07this kind of stuff, but we don't really

3:03:09know which one is which without clicking

3:03:11on them. So, it looks like these are the

3:03:13clones as you can see because they're

3:03:14coming out looking like the website that

3:03:16we gave it. Well, we either should have

3:03:18before we started this new build. We

3:03:19should have told cloud code, hey, you

3:03:21can delete all of those temporary

3:03:22screenshots or in the claw.md, we should

3:03:25be more specific about the naming

3:03:27convention of the screenshots so that we

3:03:28can actually tell. Now, realistically,

3:03:30these temporary screenshots are more for

3:03:31Claude codes benefit than for ours, but

3:03:34that is something else that you can be

3:03:35thinking about if you do want to be able

3:03:36to click through and see the changes

3:03:38that were made with each version. But

3:03:39anyways, let's go ahead and open up this

3:03:40link and see what we got. All right, so

3:03:42I'm going to switch this to English for

3:03:44my head. But we can see we've got the

3:03:46purple colors. We've got your strategic

3:03:49ally for a truly profitable business.

3:03:50We've got the same top menu bar. Um a

3:03:52similar type of dashboard here. We've

3:03:54got some cards. And as we scroll down,

3:03:56it feels very similar to the real

3:03:58version that we gave it, which was this

3:04:00one. Obviously, some of the dynamic

3:04:02elements in the background and some of

3:04:04the actual images could not have been

3:04:05the exact same, but for a clone, this is

3:04:08very, very similar. And it is a really

3:04:11good spot for us to actually start. And

3:04:13now we can just start to integrate our

3:04:14own colors and logos and copy right into

3:04:17this template. And it's as simple as

3:04:20just asking it to do so. So, I'm going

3:04:21to go ahead and clear this out. I'm

3:04:24going to say go ahead and delete all of

3:04:26the temporary screenshots in the

3:04:27temporary screenshots folder. And so now

3:04:29all of those have been deleted as you

3:04:30can see. And we're basically going to

3:04:32say the most recent landing page looks

3:04:34really good. What I want you to do now

3:04:36is work in our brand assets. So our

3:04:40brand guidelines and our AIS logo. And

3:04:44this is for our community called AI

3:04:46Automation Society. So just work in

3:04:48those changes to that website clone that

3:04:50you just built. And once again, we are

3:04:52just going to stay on bypass

3:04:53permissions. I'm going to shoot that

3:04:54off. One shot prompt this thing. And

3:04:57hopefully we should get something that

3:04:58looks pretty solid. Now, what I'm

3:05:00interested to see is what it ends up

3:05:01doing with this dashboard and what it

3:05:03ends up doing with this iPhone screen

3:05:04because we haven't given it any other

3:05:06pictures. As you saw in our website, we

3:05:08obviously gave it some different

3:05:09pictures like the school games dashboard

3:05:11or me with Hermosi and Sam Ovens. But

3:05:13that's what you could do is you would

3:05:14come back into Claude Code and you would

3:05:16say, "Hey, I gave you some more pictures

3:05:17in the brand assets. Put this one here.

3:05:19Put this one there." And it would figure

3:05:21that out for you. And of course, you

3:05:22would also have to say, "Cool. When they

3:05:24click on start for free, take them to

3:05:25this link." or when they click on see

3:05:26the demo, take them to this link. So,

3:05:28there's other little pieces that you

3:05:29would obviously have to configure as

3:05:31well, but those changes take basically

3:05:33no time. Okay, so that finished up

3:05:35pretty quickly. We've got three

3:05:36screenshots here, but I'm not going to

3:05:38click into them because I don't want to

3:05:39ruin the final reveal here. But it used

3:05:41our colors. We have our primary accent,

3:05:43our secondary, our dark background, and

3:05:45our mid background. We've got the right

3:05:47typography. We've got the right logo,

3:05:48and everything was fully translated from

3:05:50French to English, thank goodness. And

3:05:52now it's rewritten for our community,

3:05:54which once again, we didn't actually

3:05:55give it facts about the community yet.

3:05:57This is just very simple prompting. It

3:05:59also mocked up a dashboard. So, let's

3:06:00head over to our local host. Let's give

3:06:02this a hard refresh. And boom. We now

3:06:04have our new site, master a automation,

3:06:07build faster, earn more. For the

3:06:09dashboard, it worked in like a little

3:06:10bit of a it's got members. It's got

3:06:11automations, courses. It's got it's kind

3:06:14of like a community tracker dashboard,

3:06:16and it uses our colors in there, too,

3:06:18which is cool. We've got different

3:06:19things on here, workshops, templates,

3:06:21expert community. It also changed this

3:06:23iPhone thing to member growth this

3:06:25month. So, it's keeping all of this on

3:06:27brand with the actual original reference

3:06:29site, which once again looked like this.

3:06:32However, now it has our colors and it

3:06:34has our information in here. We've got

3:06:36two paths and then we have some other

3:06:37stats down here and a nice little call

3:06:39to action at the bottom. So, cool. What

3:06:41we could do now is obviously go back and

3:06:42forth a little bit, maybe change some

3:06:44text, make things bigger, you know,

3:06:45change the images and stuff like that.

3:06:47But let's say we're at a spot where we

3:06:48like the overall feel and vibe of the

3:06:50website. But now, how do we really up it

3:06:52to the next level to make it feel

3:06:53unique? Well, what we're going to do is

3:06:55unlock the final hack, which is

3:06:58individual components. And what I mean

3:07:00by that is taking inspiration from

3:07:01different places, but for very

3:07:03individual components for small pieces,

3:07:06not entire websites. So, what we can do

3:07:08is we can go to a website called

3:07:0921st.dev,

3:07:11which has some of the best website

3:07:13components you might be able to find.

3:07:14It's got shaders. It's got backgrounds.

3:07:16It's got home screens. It's got buttons.

3:07:19It's got, you know, mouse highlights.

3:07:20It's got so many different things that

3:07:21you can do. So, here you can see I've

3:07:23got buttons and I could make them have a

3:07:24rainbow outline. I could make them

3:07:26shiny. We could toggle, you know, dark

3:07:27mode or light mode. There's lots of

3:07:29different things we could do here. Or I

3:07:30could just click on backgrounds in here

3:07:31and I could look at other ways that we

3:07:33could have our background. So, maybe we

3:07:34want these little kind of drop down

3:07:36pills instead. Or maybe we want these

3:07:38hero waves in the background. I think we

3:07:39should actually do this instead. So,

3:07:40what I'm going to do is just copy this

3:07:42prompt right here. This will basically

3:07:43copy a chunk of code for us to give to

3:07:46claude code. And I'm just going to say,

3:07:47I want you to work in this background

3:07:50element right behind the hero text. And

3:07:52after I give it that prompt, I just

3:07:54paste in what we grabbed from 21st.dev.

3:07:56And it should be able to use all of this

3:07:59and understand how to put that into our

3:08:02site. So, I'm just going to go ahead and

3:08:03shoot this off and we will see.

3:08:05Actually, one thing that I forgot to

3:08:06mention is in this case, because we're

3:08:09working with an animation, the

3:08:11screenshot might not always work the

3:08:12best. So, sometimes you might want to

3:08:14tell it not to do the screenshot flow.

3:08:16So, I'm basically actually just going to

3:08:17copy all of this text. Once again, I'm

3:08:20going to clear this out. I'm going to

3:08:21paste it back in. But then I'm also

3:08:24going to say

3:08:26because this is an animated background,

3:08:28do not use the screenshot tool to

3:08:30compare. just work in the code and then

3:08:32I will let you know if we need to make

3:08:34any changes. So hopefully with that

3:08:35mention, even though it's going to read

3:08:37the claw.mmd, it won't do a bunch of

3:08:38screenshots here because I've actually

3:08:40tested this out and I've had, you know,

3:08:42different background elements come

3:08:43through and because they're dynamic,

3:08:45sometimes the screenshot doesn't fully

3:08:46capture it. So it gets stuck in this

3:08:47loop of thinking, I haven't built this

3:08:49good enough. I'm going to keep trying

3:08:50and it like overengineers and it just

3:08:52doesn't really work. So sometimes you

3:08:54may want to turn off the screenshot

3:08:56tool. All right, so that just finished

3:08:57up. It didn't take a bunch of

3:08:58screenshots, so it didn't take forever.

3:09:00Let's go to the website. Let's give it a

3:09:03refresh and see. Okay. Okay. So, we've

3:09:06got a background. It looks a little bit

3:09:09um distracting. It also looks a little

3:09:10bit cheap. It looks like too pixelated.

3:09:12So, what I'm going to do now is just

3:09:13iterate. I'm going to tell it that

3:09:16I think that it's a little bit

3:09:18distracting as far as it makes the hero

3:09:21text right behind it a little bit tough

3:09:23to read. Also, in the hero text, I'd

3:09:26like it if the earn more was maybe a

3:09:30blue or a different color. I think that

3:09:31doesn't really feel good to have that be

3:09:33orange. It would be good if there was

3:09:34maybe some sort of background behind the

3:09:36hero text so that we could see it and it

3:09:38would still stand out and contrast

3:09:40against the background animation, but

3:09:43the background animation looks super

3:09:44fuzzy and super pixy. If you could make

3:09:46that look a little bit more professional

3:09:49and clean, that would be great. And if

3:09:51you guys were curious why I was just

3:09:52like staring at that and talking is

3:09:53because I was dictating and I wanted to

3:09:55be able to look at what I was talking

3:09:57about. So, we've given some feedback.

3:09:59Now, let's see if it can go ahead and

3:10:01make those changes. And once again, like

3:10:03we're being pretty vague here and it

3:10:05would be up to the creativity of the

3:10:07model to understand what we're asking

3:10:08for and be able to make these changes.

3:10:10Now, if you were on plan mode, it might

3:10:12be able to do a little bit better job of

3:10:13asking you some questions and maybe

3:10:15helping you get to a better solution

3:10:17first before it starts coding. But for

3:10:19the sake of the video, let's see how

3:10:21well it does with this prompt. All

3:10:23right, that just finished up and you can

3:10:24see that that looks much much better.

3:10:26This is definitely more what I was

3:10:28looking for when we copied over that

3:10:30animation into this website. So from

3:10:33here, we would just keep going through

3:10:34and we keep being really nitpicky about

3:10:35what we want to change. We'd add our own

3:10:37pictures in. We'd maybe want to change

3:10:38some of these buttons to be more

3:10:40dynamic. We'd want to maybe animate some

3:10:41of this other stuff, which we could

3:10:43easily do just by asking Claude Code to

3:10:45do so. So from here, the question is,

3:10:46how do you actually get this onto a real

3:10:49landing page? Because right now, we're

3:10:50still developing all of this code and

3:10:52we're previewing this in our local host.

Deploying With GitHub & Vercel

3:10:54So what we're going to do is we're going

3:10:55to use a combination of GitHub and

3:10:56Versell to do this. Cloud code is where

3:10:58we're working right now. All of these

3:11:00folders, all of these files are local,

3:11:02meaning if I pulled up my laptop, I

3:11:03wouldn't be able to access them. And

3:11:05when we're building our website, which

3:11:06is obviously this website right here,

3:11:08this is all made up of a bunch of code

3:11:10in our cloud code project. So what we

3:11:12need to do with that is we sync that

3:11:14code to GitHub and GitHub has version

3:11:17control. We can see all of our commits,

3:11:19other people can work on it, stuff like

3:11:20that. We basically host our code or our

3:11:22project in the cloud and we set up a

3:11:24really cool auto deploy between Verscell

3:11:27and GitHub. And Verscell is basically

3:11:28just where we deploy our code to a live

3:11:31site. So basically what this means is

3:11:33whenever we tell cloud code, hey this

3:11:35looks good, push these changes to

3:11:37GitHub, GitHub grabs the new changes and

3:11:39then Verscell automatically grabs those

3:11:41from GitHub and then updates the real

3:11:44working version of our site. And I will

3:11:45show you guys that. But let's first of

3:11:46all do this pipeline. So the first thing

3:11:49that you're going to need to do is go to

3:11:51GitHub, create an account if you don't

3:11:52already have one, and you're going to

3:11:53need to create a new repository. So I'm

3:11:56going to create a repository right here

3:11:57called AIS test website. I'm not going

3:12:01to worry right now about a description

3:12:02or all of this and I'm just going to go

3:12:04ahead and create that repository. Now,

3:12:06what you also could do is you could tell

3:12:08Claude Code, hey, create me a GitHub

3:12:11repository and it could actually do

3:12:13that. But right now, I just wanted to

3:12:14show you guys so you can get a feel for

3:12:15GitHub if you've never used it before.

3:12:17So, anyways, now we have this repository

3:12:19called AIS test website. I'm just going

3:12:20to copy the name of that real quick and

3:12:22I'm going to come back into Cloud Code.

3:12:24We're going to clear this out and say

3:12:25awesome. So now that this site looks

3:12:27good, we need to actually deploy this on

3:12:29our domain. I need you to help push this

3:12:32to GitHub and we're going to push it to

3:12:34a GitHub repository called

3:12:37and then I'm going to paste in the name.

3:12:39Now, so far it has not yet gotten our

3:12:41GitHub credentials. So we're going to

3:12:42have to obviously authenticate into

3:12:44GitHub first so it can push that into

3:12:46GitHub. So I just got logged in as Nate

3:12:48Herk AI and now it's going to create

3:12:50the.get ignore and get everything set up

3:12:52so it can actually do so. Now, it's not

3:12:54too big of a deal right now because

3:12:55nothing that we'd be pushing into the

3:12:57public GitHub or, you know, onto the

3:12:59cloud has API keys or has any usernames

3:13:02or passwords or any sensitive

3:13:03information or, you know, web hook

3:13:05abilities. But that is something to be

3:13:06aware of once you actually are pushing

3:13:08automations and things like that to the

3:13:09cloud. Make sure that you're not putting

3:13:11any of your sensitive information out

3:13:13there. Awesome. So, it now says that our

3:13:15site is live on GitHub. So, if I click

3:13:17into this link, we should see that we

3:13:18now have a new commit. We have all of

3:13:20this stuff like our claw.mmd. We have

3:13:22our screenshot stuff. We have brand

3:13:23assets. And now we can sync this to

3:13:26Verscell. So that would be step two is

3:13:27you're going to go to versell.com,

3:13:29create an account. When you create that

3:13:30account, it's much easier if you just

3:13:31sign in or create that account with your

3:13:33GitHub credentials. And then all we have

3:13:36to do is go ahead and add a new project.

3:13:38And then we're able to just choose a

3:13:40GitHub repository. As simple as that. So

3:13:42I can literally just hit import on our

3:13:44AIS test website, which you guys just

3:13:45saw me set up. And then all I have to do

3:13:47is go ahead and deploy this project.

3:13:50Awesome. So I've deployed a new project

3:13:51to my project. I can go ahead and

3:13:53continue to the dashboard here. And what

3:13:55this now does is we can actually visit

3:13:57this by going to

3:13:58ais-test-website.vercell.app.

3:14:01I open that up. And now this is no

3:14:03longer local. I could open up my phone

3:14:05and type in this. You could open up your

3:14:06browser and type this in. And you guys

3:14:08could all visit this site because it's

3:14:09now deployed on the cloud. But of course

3:14:12it's got an ugly domain. So, what you

3:14:14would have to do now is you would have

3:14:15to go to your project settings. You

3:14:18would go to domains. And then this is

3:14:19where you would actually just have to

3:14:20either buy a domain right here or add an

3:14:23existing one. And it's really simple. It

3:14:24would walk you through the DNS

3:14:25configuration that you need to set up.

3:14:27And it's not too difficult, but I'm not

3:14:29going to actually do that live in this

3:14:30video. So, what I wanted to show you

3:14:31guys real quick before we end off this

3:14:33video is what actually happens if we

3:14:35realize that we want to make a change to

3:14:36our website that is on the cloud. Well,

3:14:38that's why it's good that we still have,

3:14:40you guys can't see because you can't see

3:14:42the URL, but we still do have our local

3:14:44version because if I make a change here

3:14:46and I don't like it, I don't want that

3:14:47to automatically get pushed to um

3:14:49Verscell. So, what you'd probably want

3:14:51to do is in your claw.md file, you would

3:14:53say ultimately what's going to happen is

3:14:55we're syncing all of the changes to

3:14:56GitHub. GitHub's going to automatically

3:14:58push them to Verscell and we'll be good

3:14:59to go. But when I'm making changes with

3:15:01you here, we're always going to test on

3:15:03a local host until I tell you explicitly

3:15:05to push that to GitHub or commit those

3:15:07changes to GitHub. Okay. So, this is our

3:15:10local version. And let's just say, for

3:15:11example, we wanted to make this button a

3:15:13little bit cooler. So, I'm going to ask

3:15:15in Cloud Code, could you go ahead and

3:15:18make the join the community button in

3:15:20the main hero text section, make it more

3:15:23professional. So, give it like a cool

3:15:24glow. And once you've made this change,

3:15:26let me see it in local host. Don't push

3:15:29it to GitHub until I tell you to. This

3:15:31thing is getting pretty screenshot

3:15:32happy. I may have to adjust the wording

3:15:34in the cloud. Mmd file a little bit. It

3:15:36literally took one of the main screen

3:15:37and then it took one of where it just

3:15:39cropped the actual button, but hey, it

3:15:41looks good. Okay, so what happens is

3:15:43here's the local host. I'll refresh

3:15:44that. Now we can see the little glow

3:15:46behind the join the community button and

3:15:48here is the web app version. I refresh

3:15:50this and we don't have that change yet,

3:15:52which is great because we don't want to

3:15:53push changes if they're not good, right?

3:15:55But now what I'll do is say awesome. I

3:15:57love that change. Go ahead and push that

3:15:59to GitHub. All right, so it just pushed

3:16:00that. We have a new commit. If I go to

3:16:02GitHub and I give this a refresh, we can

3:16:04see that we should see right here two

3:16:05commits. This one was add glowing pulse

3:16:08effect to hero join the community

3:16:10button. And then if I go to Verscell and

3:16:13we go to our deployments, we should see

3:16:15that we just got a second one come

3:16:16through as well just now. And now if I

3:16:18go to the site on the web and I refresh,

3:16:21we see the actual glowing join the

3:16:23community button. All right, so those

3:16:24are the five hacks that I wanted to

3:16:25cover today. We have our claw.md file,

3:16:27which as you could tell by this video,

3:16:29yes, it's nice to have something to

3:16:30start, but you are going to continue to

3:16:32iterate upon it throughout your project

3:16:33until you get to a good spot. We've got

3:16:35the front-end design skill, which is

3:16:36just like way too easy to not use. We've

3:16:38got the screenshot loop, which you got

3:16:40to be careful about, but it is very

3:16:41helpful. We've got inspiration websites,

3:16:43and then we have inspiration individual

3:16:45components, and now it's just a matter

3:16:47of making small tweaks and iterating

3:16:49upon your website. Awesome. So now that

3:16:52you guys understand how building the

3:16:54websites work and how cloud code is able

3:16:56to push to GitHub and push to versel to

3:16:57actually deploy them, you can continue

3:16:59going down some other like design stuff

3:17:01if you want. And if you do, you should

3:17:02try out claude's tool called claw

3:17:04design. So it's literally just a

3:17:06different web-based app that is

3:17:07basically specifically only designed for

3:17:10design. So if you want to check that

3:17:11out, I did drop a full course on cloud

3:17:13design which I will tag right up here.

3:17:14But anyways, now that we have finished

3:17:17talking about websites and GitHub, we

3:17:19are going to move on to talking about

3:17:21trusting the output. This is a really

3:17:23important topic and it's pretty nuanced

3:17:26because the the trust factor differs

3:17:29based on the type of automation that

3:17:30you're actually building. So, let me

3:17:32explain what I mean by that. So,

3:17:33deterministic versus non-deterministic.

3:17:35Deterministic means essentially

3:17:37predictable input and then we know

3:17:39what's going to happen and we know what

3:17:40we're going to get out. So, think a

3:17:42vending machine. we know that we have,

3:17:44you know, A1, E4. We can click these

3:17:47buttons and when we click the button, we

3:17:48know exactly what's going to happen and

3:17:49exactly what we're going to get. Now,

3:17:51nondeterministic is basically just the

3:17:53exact output. We don't exactly know what

3:17:55the trigger is going to look like. We

3:17:56don't exactly know what's going to

3:17:57happen inside the process, and we don't

3:17:59exactly know what we're going to get on

3:18:01the other side. We obviously have things

3:18:02that we're steering the system towards

3:18:04and we're trying to get one type of

3:18:06output. But because AI is essentially a

3:18:09black box and it's kind of like a slot

3:18:11machine, AI automations are more

3:18:13non-deterministic and they're designed

3:18:15to be. That's good about them. You know,

3:18:17they're flexible and that's what unlocks

3:18:19so much extra opportunities in this

3:18:21world is that now we have intelligence

3:18:22inside these automations. But with that

3:18:24non-determinism comes a lot of other

3:18:26things to think about. Think about a

3:18:28quick example of like responding to

3:18:29emails or writing cold emails. With the

3:18:32deterministic side, what we would do is

3:18:34we would have variables. So variables

3:18:35would fit into some sort of templated

3:18:38email copy and the variables would say,

3:18:40okay, the person's name goes here, their

3:18:42company name goes there and their, you

3:18:44know, MR goes there or something like

3:18:46that and it was very static. But now on

3:18:48the nondeterministic side, the AI can

3:18:50just look at all this input and then

3:18:51write a more personalized email. So it's

3:18:53not a template anymore. It's more of an

3:18:56actual, you know, generative AI. It's

3:18:57generated content. Now, from there

The AI Systems Pyramid & Trusting the Output

3:18:59though, I think about this as an AI

3:19:02systems pyramid. On the bottom, we have

3:19:04chat bots and at the top we have agents.

3:19:06So, let me explain kind of what I mean

3:19:07by this and why I like to think about it

3:19:09like this. So, really the core message

3:19:12that I think about and that Enthropic

3:19:14talks about and that other, you know,

3:19:15tech labs and leaders in the space talk

3:19:16about is you want to design the simplest

3:19:20solution for the job. Which means if the

3:19:22process doesn't need AI, there's no

3:19:24reason you should put AI in there

3:19:26because as you move up this pyramid,

3:19:27which is basically, you know, you're

3:19:29moving up in, let me actually change the

3:19:31arrow type. You're basically scaling up

3:19:33in autonomy as you move up, which also

3:19:36means you're scaling up in basically

3:19:37like unpredictability. And as you're

3:19:40scaling up these two things, you're also

3:19:41scaling up a few other things like cost

3:19:44and risk, just to name a few. So as you

3:19:47move up, you have things to think about

3:19:49as well. So, a chatbot, what do I mean

3:19:51by this? I think about a chatbot as

3:19:53basically something where a human has to

3:19:55trigger it. So, we're in full control of

3:19:57when we want the chatbot to run. I even

3:19:59would think of this as things like your

3:20:01claw skills that we're building, right?

3:20:02Because typically what's happening is

3:20:04you are invoking the skills by yourself,

3:20:06which means you're able to sit there,

3:20:07watch it, you're still kind of driving,

3:20:09you're still in control, you take the

3:20:10output, and now you're doing something

3:20:12with it. That's not really a high-risk

3:20:14environment because it's not like it's

3:20:15going to shoot off thousands of requests

3:20:17and do a thousand things without you

3:20:19asking unless you know that's what the

3:20:21skill entails on the inside. But think

3:20:23about this more like something where you

3:20:25actually trigger it as the human. And

3:20:27then what we have are workflows. These

3:20:28are deterministic workflows that are

3:20:30nothing new. It's basically just

3:20:31automation. Maybe like moving data from

3:20:34one spreadsheet to a database or

3:20:36something like that that takes no AI at

3:20:38all, but it's triggered by an event or

3:20:40on a schedule. So this thing runs while

3:20:43you sleep and you're not really there.

3:20:44It's not as much human in the loop. So

3:20:46it really starts to scale up here, but

3:20:48still not super dangerous because this

3:20:49is still like basically 100%

3:20:51deterministic. You know the input and

3:20:53you know the output. Then you get up to

3:20:55AI workflows where basically the order

3:20:57of events is still the same. It still

3:20:59goes 1 2 3 4 5 and then somewhere in

3:21:03that process there's an AI step. So let

3:21:05me try to make this a little more

3:21:06practical with an example. Let's take

3:21:08first of all let's just do the customer

3:21:10support example. responding to emails.

3:21:12So with a chatbot or something like

3:21:14that, what happens is an email comes in

3:21:17and then the human would trigger the

3:21:20skill. So the email comes in, the human

3:21:22triggers the skill, the skill looks up

3:21:24the database, it you know generates the

3:21:26email and then the human would go off

3:21:27and send the email back to the person.

3:21:30So that is very like you know we are in

3:21:31control the whole way. Now what happens

3:21:33with a workflow? Okay, so the email

3:21:35would come in that would maybe trigger a

3:21:38like data lookup tool and that could be

3:21:39a lookup based on the email account and

3:21:42then maybe that could just trigger a

3:21:43notification for a human to be able to

3:21:45actually go look at the ticket and

3:21:46process the email. So that is like a

3:21:49workflow because it's basically just

3:21:50moving data from one side to the other

3:21:52from left to right and there's no AI.

3:21:54Now let's take a look at what an AI

3:21:56workflow here could look like. Let's say

3:21:57an email comes in. We then do a data

3:21:59lookup so we can collect more

3:22:00information about the user. But then

3:22:02what happens is instead of notifying a

3:22:04human, what we want to do here with the

3:22:05AI is maybe we generate an email. And

3:22:07then this is where the non-determinism

3:22:09kicks in because we don't know what the

3:22:10email is going to look like. But over

3:22:11here, this is still like one 1 2 3. It's

3:22:15still like a workflow in nature because

3:22:16we know the steps that are going to

3:22:18happen and in what order. But then when

3:22:20we get to an agent, it's much different

3:22:22because what happens with an agent is we

3:22:24don't know what's going to happen. We

3:22:25would basically have an AI agent that

3:22:27has a bunch of different tools. And

3:22:28obviously I'm just making up what these

3:22:30tools would be, but we don't know if the

3:22:31email is going to come in and then the

3:22:33agent will go, "Okay, I'm going to use

3:22:34none of these tools." Or maybe I'm going

3:22:35to use the data tool twice and then the

3:22:37ticket tool. Or maybe I'm going to use

3:22:38the ticket tool, then the data tool,

3:22:40then the ticket tool again. Because that

3:22:41loop of reasoning and decision is all

3:22:44inside of this AI step right here. And

3:22:46that is where we lose the element of a

3:22:48workflow. We don't know the steps, but

3:22:50we do know that this is like the fully,

3:22:52you know, most autonomous situation that

3:22:54we could possibly have. And we know that

3:22:56on the end result, what we want is for

3:22:58the agent to respond to the user with an

3:23:00accurate email. But that's why we have

3:23:02to be able to build the right systems to

3:23:04make sure that we actually trust that

3:23:05output. So hopefully that paints a

3:23:06little bit of a picture about the

3:23:08different ways you can orchestrate these

3:23:09systems and what you're kind of

3:23:11sacrificing or what you have to be aware

3:23:12of as you move up this pyramid of the AI

3:23:16systems. And all of this stuff will come

3:23:18into play later when we start to talk

3:23:19more about like routines and deploying

3:23:21automations and things like that. Just

3:23:22keep in mind you want to build the

3:23:24simplest solution possible for what

3:23:27you're trying to do. And there's one

3:23:28more thing I wanted to talk about here

3:23:29when it comes to actually trusting the

3:23:32outputs. And that's what a permission

3:23:34layer looks like because we've got

3:23:35prompts and then we've got like an

3:23:37actual permission layer like a tool

3:23:39level permission layer. So I should

3:23:40maybe move this up here and then just

3:23:42say here like tool layer. So anyways,

3:23:45let's say this is a visualization of

3:23:47like an agent we're building and we've

3:23:48prompted it to do things like never send

3:23:51an email only draft or never delete our

3:23:53database or never delete emails. Well,

3:23:56the prompt layer is one kind of

3:23:58guardrail, but it's not solid enough.

3:24:00The agent could follow instructions 100

3:24:02times, but on the 101st time, maybe it

3:24:04forgets to or maybe it just gets a

3:24:06little bit clouded or confused and it

3:24:07ignores that prompt. So the point I'm

3:24:09trying to make here is let's say you

3:24:10said, "Hey, don't ever send an email." A

3:24:13lot of times the email boundary will

3:24:14stay within the prompt layer, but every

3:24:16once in a while it'll sneak out of the

3:24:18prompt layer because it has a tool to do

3:24:21so. So if you take away the tool to send

3:24:23an email, then there's no way that the

3:24:25agent could actually get through the

3:24:26tool layer to hit that email tool. So

3:24:28that's the idea. If you want the agent

3:24:30to draft emails but not send, then don't

3:24:32put a send email tool inside of its tool

3:24:34layer. Keep that on the outside. But

3:24:36then it's perfectly fine to have the

3:24:38draft email tool right here and say you

3:24:39can draft emails, but just don't ever

3:24:41send them. Similarly with delete

3:24:43functions, right? Like why would you

3:24:45ever allow this to be inside of the tool

3:24:47permission layer, even if your prompt

3:24:49says never ever ever ever delete

3:24:52anything, then just move the delete tool

3:24:54out of there so that it physically

3:24:56couldn't, even if it tried to, if it

3:24:57wanted to go rogue, I don't know,

3:24:59whatever the situation is. Don't give it

3:25:01tools if it shouldn't be able to use

3:25:03those tools. And I know that sounds

3:25:04obvious, but it happens way more often

3:25:06than you'd think. You've seen maybe

3:25:08stories on X or LinkedIn where massive

3:25:11companies had databases deleted because

3:25:12an agent went rogue or we actually

3:25:14internally had a situation where an

3:25:16agent sent out like 100,000 emails or

3:25:18150,000 emails to our list with a

3:25:20discount code and we didn't want it to

3:25:21do that. But what we found is that

3:25:23because it had access to the tool even

3:25:25though it was never told to send that

3:25:26email, it just did. So you have to

3:25:29assume that if an agent can read or

3:25:31touch or use something, assume that it

3:25:33will assume worst case scenario. Let me

3:25:35show you guys another quick example that

3:25:36I think will really resonate because

3:25:38when I first started building AI agents

3:25:40for people or AI automations, this was

3:25:42like the most common request was like an

3:25:44inbox triaging responding agent. So like

3:25:46an an email agent really. So a lot of

3:25:49people wanted one that looked like this

3:25:51and I built a lot that looked like this.

3:25:53We would basically have the trigger

3:25:55being a Slack message. The agent would

3:25:57have, you know, a little bit of a memory

3:25:59as well as a system prompt. And the

3:26:01system prompt would be massive. It would

3:26:02be a bunch of rules about what do you do

3:26:05with the emails, how do you label them,

3:26:06how do you respond, how do you do this,

3:26:08what is important, what's not important,

3:26:10and then after you respond to the to the

3:26:12actual email, you would send a message

3:26:14to the user and say, "Hey, here's what I

3:26:15did. There's the draft or I sent this or

3:26:17whatever." So, you'd have a agent would

3:26:19have a bunch of different tools, a bunch

3:26:20of email tools like draft an email,

3:26:22label, mark them as read, mark them as

3:26:24unread, um, pull them back, like

3:26:26actually get them and be able to read

3:26:27them and search through old ones. And

3:26:29there was probably more. But the point

3:26:30I'm trying to make here is I built a lot

3:26:32of agents like this and they weren't

3:26:34super reliable because of the fact that

3:26:36there was they were agents and there was

3:26:38so much reasoning. There were so many

3:26:40decisions. There were so many logic

3:26:42rules baked into the prompt. And as we

3:26:45know, a prompt isn't exactly a hard

3:26:47layer. Prompting is almost just more

3:26:48like a suggestion. So I then started to

3:26:52design all of my inbox agents like this.

3:26:55Now, this looks a little bit scarier,

3:26:57but it's so much simpler because all of

3:26:59this is a workflow. So, I moved this

3:27:01down from an AI agent at the top of the

3:27:04pyramid to AI workflows where now it is

3:27:07so so simple because what happens is the

3:27:09trigger would come in and then we're

3:27:10just using routing rules. Like for

3:27:12example, right here, if the contact is

3:27:15in um Google contacts, if yes, then we

3:27:18will do nothing. And if no, then we will

3:27:20extract the information using AI. So

3:27:22we'll pull in their name, their email,

3:27:23phone number, information about them,

3:27:25and we have to use AI for that. And then

3:27:27we would create a new record in the

3:27:28Google contacts. Now, every single one

3:27:31of these nodes is just one step. And the

3:27:33workflow is always going to follow the

3:27:35chain. So after we would basically

3:27:37figure out are they a contact or not.

3:27:39Then we would look to see how we respond

3:27:41to the email. We had three routing rules

3:27:44here. If the email equal@client.com,

3:27:47then we would label it over here as

3:27:49internal. If the email domain was

3:27:52bill.approvals@client.com,

3:27:54then we would label as bill or sorry, we

3:27:57would label it as billing. We would then

3:27:59summarize the email and then we'd send a

3:28:00summary to the right person in Slack

3:28:02that hey, we just got this new billing

3:28:04inquiry. And if it was a VIP email, then

3:28:08we would basically just label it as VIP.

3:28:10And so this is a very very simple

3:28:12example of different routing rules. What

3:28:14what you'll notice is that because the

3:28:17decisions are basically being made by

3:28:19legitimately objective facts rather than

3:28:23an AI prompt, this type of system had

3:28:27basically no failures. The only failures

3:28:29would be if it extracted information

3:28:31wrong or if it summarized an email

3:28:33weird, right? Because all of these blue

3:28:36steps are objective. They were simple

3:28:39logic. They were easy. The green where

3:28:42you have decisions and where you have

3:28:43generative AI is where you get the

3:28:45variability. They could perform the

3:28:47exact same these two systems. Like

3:28:48essentially they're doing the same thing

3:28:49in theory. This one on the right was so

3:28:52much more consistent. It was also

3:28:55cheaper and it was just faster because

3:28:57over here you have so many decisions and

3:28:59you have different things going on and

3:29:00you get the visibility is worse. And

3:29:02it's harder to improve this because it's

3:29:03harder to drill down where did something

3:29:05go wrong. Whereas over here if something

3:29:06goes wrong we just follow the trail and

3:29:08we see exactly what happened. So

3:29:11hopefully that makes sense. So here's a

3:29:12message that I actually sent to my team

3:29:15um about a month ago or so. Let me just

3:29:16read this out and then I'll break it

3:29:18down real quick. So the above weekly

3:29:20stats update was not meant to go here.

3:29:22This was like a public channel in our

3:29:23ClickUp. That was an automation of mine

3:29:25that I completely forgot existed. Back

3:29:27at the end of March, I set up an

3:29:28automation to keep the stats on my

3:29:30website current. So every week it pulls

3:29:31my YouTube subscriber count and school

3:29:33member numbers and it updates the

3:29:34website. And I built this on a separate

3:29:36account as a cloud routine. And it was

3:29:38mostly because I wanted to test it and

3:29:40then I made a YouTube video about it,

3:29:41but I completely forgot that that

3:29:42automation existed. It's been running

3:29:44quietly every week for 2 months and I

3:29:46completely forgot it existed, right? It

3:29:48works, which was the whole point of the

3:29:49test, but I never really vetted it. If

3:29:51we think back to my teaching a kid to

3:29:52ride a bike analogy, which I'll explain

3:29:54in just a sec. I basically put the kid

3:29:56on a bike with a helmet and training

3:29:57wheels and then I just walked back

3:29:58inside and took a nap. I told the

3:30:00automation to send me a personal DM each

3:30:02week, but prompting is not a permission

3:30:04layer. And the first five weeks it was

3:30:06sending me a DM in ClickUp, but then it

3:30:08started to go rogue and it started to

3:30:10send other people DMs and it started to

3:30:12drop these weekly stats updates in like

3:30:14general public channels rather than a

3:30:16private DM. Once again, just because I

3:30:17said, "Hey, only send it here," doesn't

3:30:19mean it's going to because it has access

3:30:21to every single channel in ClickUp.

3:30:22Sometimes it might make a mistake. So

3:30:24anyways, no harm done. Nothing sensitive

3:30:26happened. But it made me realize how bad

3:30:28that could have been. the fact that I

3:30:30completely forgot that an automation

3:30:31existed and the fact that I didn't have

3:30:33hard tool layer walls inside of this

3:30:36automation and was just relying on a

3:30:37prompt that could get bad really quick,

3:30:40especially because it was silently doing

3:30:41things that I forgot about. So anyways,

3:30:43hopefully there's some lessons there

3:30:44that you can take out of this. But what

3:30:46is the bike analogy? So basically the

3:30:47bike analogy is the idea that when you

3:30:50are building an automation, it's very

3:30:52much like you're teaching a kid to ride

3:30:53a bike. You can't expect to just put a

3:30:55kid on a bike and that they're going to

3:30:56be able to go 25 miles an hour down the

3:30:59road without falling ever. What you have

3:31:01to assume is that they're going to fall.

3:31:03So, when you put them on the bike,

3:31:04they've got training wheels, they've got

3:31:05helmets, they've got elbow pads and knee

3:31:07pads, and you're still going to hold the

3:31:09bike. You're going to push them. You're

3:31:10going to make sure that they are feeling

3:31:11comfortable. You're going to see, okay,

3:31:13you're leaning too much to the left,

3:31:14maybe shift more of your body weight to

3:31:15the middle. You're going to help them

3:31:16adjust. And slowly, you get to a place

3:31:18where you feel more confident. And if we

3:31:20relate this back to skills, you run the

3:31:22skill, you watch it, you very closely

3:31:24watch it, you give feedback, you run the

3:31:25skill again, you watch it, and you do

3:31:27that and slowly you're able to remove

3:31:28yourself more and more from that

3:31:30process. But what happens is even when

3:31:32the skill is like pretty battle tested,

3:31:34do you want to still just like say,

3:31:35"Hey, go off, kid. Take off your helmet.

3:31:38Go bike down the busy road and I'm going

3:31:40to go inside and take a nap." You're

3:31:41probably still going to like watch them

3:31:43a little bit. And you're going to wait

3:31:44till you feel comfortable to the point

3:31:46where there's basically nothing that

3:31:47could go wrong in this automation

3:31:49because you did all of the things that

3:31:50we talked about because you have the

3:31:52right system in place. That's the right

3:31:54amount of autonomy because you

3:31:55understand the difference between

3:31:56deterministic and nondeterministic

3:31:58because you set up the right prompting

3:31:59layers and tool layering so that you

3:32:01actually feel comfortable with the

3:32:02permissions that this thing has access

3:32:04to. And so like the majority of the work

3:32:06that we've been talking about in this

3:32:07course so far pretty much all lives down

3:32:09here. Like everything that we've been

3:32:10building are systems for a second brain

3:32:13and skills and capabilities so that we

3:32:16can have our agents help us do things

3:32:18much quicker and those are pretty much

3:32:19all things that are being triggered by

3:32:20us. And later when we start to talk a

3:32:22little bit more about deploying things

3:32:23and using cloud routines and stuff like

3:32:25that, that's where you really need to

3:32:27start thinking about these other

3:32:28elements. You know, like if you have a

3:32:29cloud skill that does something like

3:32:30let's just say um when a new lead comes

3:32:33in, you research the lead and then you

3:32:35shoot a message to the team in ClickUp.

3:32:37that probably doesn't need to be a human

3:32:39triggered thing. That's probably where

3:32:41an AI workflow actually comes into play

3:32:43a little bit better and you deploy that

3:32:44after you've evaluated it and you feel

3:32:46comfortable in it. So that is what I

3:32:48wanted to talk about here when it comes

3:32:49to trusting the outputs and obviously

3:32:52there's a lot to drill into once you

3:32:54really start to get into the weeds of

3:32:55building out like pretty big automations

3:32:57then eval comes into play. Evals are

3:33:00basically the idea of having a golden

3:33:02data set. So maybe 100 or a few hundred

3:33:04examples of input and expected output

3:33:07and then running those inputs on your

3:33:09system and seeing how many times did it

3:33:11pass, how many times did it fail, when

3:33:13it failed, why did it fail, and

3:33:14iterating on that automation, changing

3:33:16the prompt, changing the tools, watching

3:33:18for edge cases, and evaluating your

3:33:20systems or QA, quality assuring your

3:33:22systems before you ever push them into

3:33:24production or before you ever roll out a

3:33:26different model or a different prompt or

3:33:28whatever it is. Evals are very

3:33:29important. So hopefully now you're

3:33:31starting to understand some of these

3:33:32things that go into how you actually

3:33:34trust the output of these AI systems.

3:33:37And what you guys are probably starting

3:33:38to pick up on, which I think is

3:33:39important for me to call out here, is

3:33:41that so much of this stuff is

3:33:43non-technical. So much of this stuff is

3:33:45mindset and theoretical like oriented.

3:33:48And that is really really important to

3:33:50realize because as you start to doubt

3:33:52yourself or doubt your automations or

3:33:54have any sorts of doubt or discomfort,

3:33:57just use your words to figure it out.

3:34:00When I first started building

3:34:01automations in Cloud Code and I wanted

3:34:02to test them to see if they would

3:34:03actually work and see if they'd survive

3:34:05edge cases, I would literally say, "Hey,

3:34:07so you know how we just pushed this

3:34:08automation to Modal, which is something

3:34:10I'll talk about later, but we basically

3:34:12built an automation and we put it on a

3:34:13deployment site called Modal." I said,

3:34:16"Okay, so now that that's live, I'm a

3:34:18little bit confused and concerned about

3:34:20what could go wrong. So, help me figure

3:34:21out what are all the edge cases that we

3:34:23might want to think about here and how

3:34:25do we make sure that if something goes

3:34:26wrong, it's not like a bad failure. It's

3:34:29a safe failure." And so, this thing

3:34:31basically helped me look at all of the

3:34:33scenarios and then it designed tests for

3:34:35me. So, me and Claude with natural

3:34:37language went back and forth and we

3:34:38tested all these different scenarios. We

3:34:40tested invoices that came in weird. We

3:34:42tested what would happen if the API was

3:34:43down. We tested a bunch of these things

3:34:45and then because of those tests I said,

3:34:47"Okay, cool. Let's bake in all those

3:34:49guardrails so that if anything errors, I

3:34:51get a notification or the automation

3:34:53gets shut down or we always are doing

3:34:55things in a safe fashion so that the

3:34:56database won't get deleted so that

3:34:58records won't get merged so that nothing

3:35:00ever goes out externally so that we can

3:35:02fail safely and that we have logs of

3:35:04what's actually going on in our systems.

3:35:07Okay, so let's continue talking about

3:35:09how do we keep building out our AIOS

3:35:11here and giving it more memories, more

3:35:12subject matter expertise, more context

3:35:15about what we do. And that is kind of

3:35:17the element of building out our second

3:35:18brain. Just a quick warning before this

3:35:20next video starts playing. Some of the

3:35:22clips that I'm inserting into this

3:35:23course were recorded a few months back,

3:35:25meaning they might be shown in VS Code

3:35:28extension or the terminal instead of the

3:35:30cloud desktop app that we've been using

3:35:32so far. I just wanted to give you guys a

3:35:33warning. Functionally, exact same. So,

3:35:36don't worry about it too much. It just

3:35:37might look a little bit differently, but

3:35:39all you have to do is listen to what I'm

3:35:40saying and follow along with what I'm

3:35:41actually doing and you will be just

3:35:42fine. All of this stuff is still

3:35:44relevant. Otherwise, I wouldn't be

3:35:45putting it in this course. So, hopefully

3:35:47that makes sense. See you guys in the

3:35:49video. What you're looking at right here

3:35:50is 36 of my most recent YouTube videos

3:35:53organized into an actual knowledge

3:35:55system that makes sense. And in today's

3:35:57video, I'm going to show you how you can

3:35:58set this up in 5 minutes. It's super

3:35:59super easy. You can see here how we have

3:36:01these different nodes and different

3:36:02patterns emerging. And as we zoom in, we

3:36:05can see what each of these little dots

3:36:07represents. So, for example, this is one

3:36:09of my videos, $10,000 aentic workflows.

3:36:11We can see it's got some tags. It's got

3:36:13the video link. It's got the raw file.

Building a Second Brain

3:36:15And it gives an explanation of what this

3:36:17video is about and what the takeaways

3:36:19are. And the coolest part is I can

3:36:20follow the back links to get where I

3:36:22want. There's a backlink for the WAT

3:36:24framework. There's a backlink for Claude

3:36:26Code. There's a backlink for all these

3:36:28different tools I mentioned like

3:36:29Perplexity, Visual Studio Code, Nano

3:36:31Banana, Nen. It also has techniques like

3:36:33the WT framework or bypass permissions

3:36:35mode or human review checkpoint. So as

3:36:38this continues to fill up, we can start

3:36:39to see patterns and relationships

3:36:41between every tool or every skill or

3:36:43every MCP server that I might have

3:36:45talked about in a YouTube video and I

3:36:46can just query it in a really efficient

3:36:48way now that we have this actual system

3:36:50set up. And the crazy part is I said,

3:36:52"Hey Cloud Code, go grab the transcripts

3:36:54from my recent videos and organize

3:36:56everything." I literally didn't have to

3:36:58do any manual relationship building

3:37:00here. It just figured it all out on its

3:37:02own. And then right here I have a much

3:37:04smaller one, but this is more of my

3:37:05personal brain. So this is stuff going

3:37:06on in my personal life. This is stuff

3:37:08going on with, you know, Upai or my

3:37:10YouTube channel or my different

3:37:11businesses and my employees and our

3:37:13quarter 2 initiatives and things like

3:37:15that. This is more of my own second

3:37:16brain. So I've got one second brain here

3:37:18and then I've got one basically YouTube

3:37:20knowledge system. And I could combine

3:37:22these or I could keep them separate and

3:37:24I can just keep building more knowledge

3:37:25systems and plug them all into other AI

3:37:27agents that I need to have this context.

3:37:29It's just super cool. So, Andre Carpathy

3:37:32just released this little post about LLM

3:37:33knowledge bases and explaining what he's

3:37:35been doing with them and in just a

3:37:36matter of few days, it got a ton of

3:37:38traction on X. So, let's do a quick

3:37:40breakdown and then I'm going to show you

3:37:41guys how you can get this set up in

3:37:42basically 5 minutes. It's way more

3:37:44simple than you may think. Something

3:37:45I've been finding very useful recently

3:37:47is using LLM to build personal knowledge

3:37:49bases for various topics of research

3:37:51interest. So, there's different stages.

3:37:53The first part is data ingest. He puts

3:37:55in basically source documents. So he

3:37:57basically takes a PDF and puts it into

3:37:59cloud code and then cloud code does the

3:38:00rest. He uses Obsidian as the IDE. So

3:38:03this is nothing really too gamechanging.

3:38:04Obsidian just lets you visually see your

3:38:06markdown files. But for example, this

3:38:08Obsidian project right here with all

3:38:10this YouTube transcript stuff that

3:38:11actually lives right here. This is the

3:38:13exact same thing. Here are the raw

3:38:14YouTube transcripts. And here's that

3:38:16wiki that I showed you guys with the

3:38:17different um folders for what Cloud Code

3:38:20did with my YouTube transcripts. And

3:38:22then there's a Q&A phase where you

3:38:24basically can ask questions about

3:38:26YouTube or about the research and it can

3:38:28look through the entire wiki in a much

3:38:29more efficient way and it can give you

3:38:31answers that are super intelligent. He

3:38:33said here, I thought that I had to reach

3:38:35for fancy rag, but the LLM has been

3:38:37pretty good about automaintaining index

3:38:38files and brief summaries of all

3:38:40documents and it reads all the important

3:38:42related data fairly easily at this small

3:38:44scale. So right now he's doing about 100

3:38:46articles and about half a million words.

3:38:48So there's a few other things that we'll

3:38:49cover later, but the TLDDR is you give

3:38:52raw data to cloud code. It compares it,

3:38:54it organizes it, and then it puts it

3:38:55into the right spots with relationships,

3:38:57and then you can query it about

3:38:59anything. And it can help you identify

3:39:00where there's gaps in that node or in

3:39:02that, you know, relationship, and it can

3:39:04go do research and fill in the gaps. All

3:39:06right. So why is this a big deal?

3:39:07Because normal AI chats are ephemeral,

3:39:09meaning the knowledge disappears after

3:39:11the conversation. But this method, using

3:39:13Carpathy's LLM wiki, makes knowledge

3:39:16compound like interest in a bank. People

3:39:17on X are calling it a game changer

3:39:19because it finally makes AI feel like a

3:39:20tireless colleague who actually

3:39:22remembers everything and it stays

3:39:23organized. It's also super simple. It

3:39:25will take you five minutes to set up.

3:39:27I'll show you guys. You don't need a

3:39:28fancy vector database embeddings or

3:39:30complex infrastructure. It's literally

3:39:32just a folder with markdown files.

3:39:34That's it. You literally just have a

3:39:35vault up top. So, in this example, it's

3:39:37called my wiki. You've got a raw folder

3:39:39where you put all of the stuff. And then

3:39:41you've got a wiki folder, which is what

3:39:42the LLM takes from your raw and puts it

3:39:45into the wiki. So in here you have all

3:39:46the wiki pages which it will create but

3:39:48then you also have an index and you have

3:39:50a log. So for example in my YouTube

3:39:52transcripts vault here is the index. You

3:39:54can see that I have all these different

3:39:55tools which I could obviously click on

3:39:56and it would take me right to that page

3:39:58or after that I have all the different

3:40:00techniques agent teams sub agents

3:40:02permission modes the WAT framework and

3:40:05then we've got different concepts MCP

3:40:07servers rag vibe coding we've got all

3:40:09these different sources which are you

3:40:10know the YouTube videos and then when I

3:40:12have people or when I have comparisons

3:40:14they will be put in here in the index

3:40:15and then we also have a log which is the

3:40:17operation history so in this case in the

3:40:19YouTube project the log isn't huge cuz I

3:40:21only ran one huge batch of the initial

3:40:2336 YouTube videos, but now every time I

3:40:25have one, I say, "Hey, can you go ahead

3:40:27and ingest the new YouTube video into

3:40:30the wiki and then we'll see every single

3:40:32time we update this." And then, of

3:40:33course, you need your claw.md to explain

3:40:35how the project works and how to search

3:40:37through things and how to, you know,

3:40:39update things. It's also a big deal from

3:40:41a cost perspective, token efficiency,

3:40:42and long-term value. One ex user turned

3:40:45383 scattered files and over 100 meeting

3:40:48transcripts into a compact wiki and

3:40:50dropped token usage by 95% when querying

3:40:52with Claude. And obviously token

3:40:54management and efficiency is a huge

3:40:56conversation right now and will always

3:40:57be. The other thing that's really cool

3:40:59about this is there's not really like a

3:41:01GitHub repo you go copy or there's not a

3:41:03complicated setup. You literally just

3:41:04say hey cloud code read this idea from

3:41:06Andre Karpathy and implement it. And

3:41:08people on X are now talking about like

3:41:10this is how 2026 AI agentic software and

3:41:13products will be made. You just give it

3:41:15a highle idea and it goes and builds it

3:41:17out. And Karpathy even said hey you know

3:41:19I left this prompt vague so that you

3:41:21guys can customize it and I'll show you

3:41:22the ways in my two different vaults

3:41:24right now that it changed things a

3:41:25little bit based on the context and

3:41:27understanding of what the project is

3:41:28actually for. Okay. So this was the

3:41:30original tweet I just showed you guys

3:41:31and then he followed up and said, "Hey,

3:41:32this one went viral. So here is the idea

3:41:34in a gist format." So if you open this

3:41:36up, this is basically just another

3:41:37explanation of the core idea of how this

3:41:39works and why the architecture indexing

3:41:42all this kind of stuff. And by the way,

3:41:44this is the part where he says, "Hey,

3:41:45this is left vague so that you can hack

3:41:46it and customize it to your own

3:41:48project." So we're going to come right

3:41:50back to this in a sec, but the first

3:41:51prerec that we're going to do, it's not

3:41:53necessary, but I like to have a nice

3:41:55little front end to see the

3:41:56relationships, is we're going to go to

3:41:58Obsidian and download it. So, if you

3:42:00just go to obsidian.mmd, you can see

3:42:02this is the completely free tool and

3:42:03you're going to go ahead and download

3:42:05it. So, just for your operating system,

3:42:07download this and then open up the

3:42:09wizard and open up the app. So, when you

3:42:11open up the app, it'll look like this.

3:42:13And what we're going to do here is we're

3:42:14going to create a new vault. So, down

3:42:15here, you can see I have Herk Brain and

3:42:17I have YouTube transcripts. I'll just

3:42:18make it a little bigger. I'm going to go

3:42:20to manage vaults. I'm going to create a

3:42:22new one. And now, we just have to give

3:42:24this a name. So, I'm just going to call

3:42:25this one demo vault. and you're going to

3:42:27choose a location where you want to put

3:42:29this. So, I'm just throwing this on my

3:42:30desktop and I'm going to go ahead and

3:42:32create this vault. Then, what you're

3:42:34going to do is go to wherever you like

3:42:35to run cloud code. So, in this case, I'm

3:42:37doing it in VS Code. And I open up that

3:42:39folder. So, demo vault. We get an

3:42:41Obsidian and then we get a welcome.md.

3:42:44So, I'm going to open up Claude. So, I'm

3:42:46going to do it in my terminal. I'm going

3:42:47to run Claude. And lately, I've been

3:42:48liking using my terminal better for

3:42:50Claude. I like to do it inside of VS

3:42:52Code, but the reason is just because I

3:42:53like to see the status line and I have,

3:42:55you know, a little bit more

3:42:56functionality. So, anyways, now that we

3:42:58have Cloud Code open, here's what we're

3:43:00going to do. We're going to go back over

3:43:01to the LLM wiki thing that we got from

3:43:03Andre Carpathy. We're going to copy all

3:43:05of this and we're going to go back into

3:43:08Cloud Code and then just paste it in

3:43:10there. So, that is the prompt from

3:43:13Carpathy that's going to build out

3:43:14everything we need. And then before we

3:43:16send that off, we're dropping this in

3:43:17which you guys can screenshot and then

3:43:19just throw into yours. But I'm saying

3:43:21you are now my LLM wiki agent. Implement

3:43:23this exact idea file as my complete

3:43:25second brain. Guide me step by step.

3:43:27Create the cloudmd schema. Blah blah

3:43:29blah. So this is just telling it what it

3:43:31needs to do with this idea that we just

3:43:33got from Kpapathy. So anyways, on the

3:43:35right we have this cloud code running

3:43:36and on the left we have our Obsidian

3:43:38vault. And you can see it just created

3:43:39those two folders. So it created the raw

3:43:41and it created the wiki as you can see.

3:43:43Now, by default, it threw in four

3:43:45folders. It threw in analysis, concepts,

3:43:47entities, and sources. Once we start to

3:43:48populate stuff, we can talk to it to see

3:43:50if that's actually the way we want to do

3:43:51it or not. Because it's interesting in

3:43:53my personal kind of second brain, the

3:43:56wiki is literally just markdown files.

3:43:57There's no structure to it. And in some

3:43:59cases, that's good. Carpathy actually

3:44:01said, "Sometimes I like to keep it

3:44:02really simple and really flat, which

3:44:04means like no subfolders and not a bunch

3:44:06of over organizing." But then you guys

3:44:08did see in my YouTube transcript one,

3:44:10there were different subfolders. And I

3:44:12think that in this case it actually

3:44:13makes more sense. But you can see that

3:44:15it went ahead and it created a claw.mmd.

3:44:17It created an index and a log and then a

3:44:19few different folders in our wiki. But

3:44:20now it's saying, "Hey, let's go ahead

3:44:21and try it out. Drop in your first

3:44:22source into the raw folder and tell me

3:44:24to ingest it." Okay, so I'm at this

3:44:26website called AI2027. If you guys

3:44:28haven't read this before, it's kind of

3:44:29an interesting read. So go check it out.

3:44:31And now let's say I want to get this

3:44:33into my vault. What I could do is just

3:44:35copy the whole page, right? And it might

3:44:37just come through a little weird. or we

3:44:39can just get an Obsidian extension which

3:44:41lets us basically take articles right

3:44:42from the web and just put it right into

3:44:44our vault. Super easy. So, search for

3:44:46this extension called Obsidian Web

3:44:47Clipper. You would go ahead and add this

3:44:49to Chrome. So, then when you're in the

3:44:50article that you want, you basically

3:44:52just click on your extensions, you open

3:44:53up Obsidian Web Clipper, and then you

3:44:55can just chuck it into your vault. And

3:44:56then right here, you're going to want to

3:44:57set this to RAW because this is the

3:44:59actual folder that it's going to put it

3:45:00in. So you can go ahead and click add to

3:45:01Obsidian. Open Obsidian. And then now

3:45:03you can see in my RAW section, we have

3:45:06this AI 2027 source with the title, the

3:45:09source, and it's not super super

3:45:11populated yet because the LLM in cloud

3:45:14code is going to do that. So here is our

3:45:16file. I'm going to open up Cloud Code

3:45:18and say, awesome. I just threw in an

3:45:19article called AI2027 into the RAW. Can

3:45:22you please go ahead and ingest that? It

3:45:24might ask you some questions. It might

3:45:26also be helpful to before you start

3:45:27ingesting stuff say, "Hey, by the way,

3:45:29this project is specifically for my

3:45:30second brain." So, personal things,

3:45:32business things, whatever. Or this is

3:45:34just a research project. This is where

3:45:36I'm going to chuck you all the articles

3:45:37and all the things that I want to learn

3:45:38about and all the things that I know.

3:45:40So, there's different ways that you can

3:45:41set up the project as you saw with mine.

3:45:43One for YouTube, one for just personal

3:45:45second brain. So, now what it's doing is

3:45:47it's going to read through this article

3:45:48and then it's going to figure out where

3:45:50should I chuck everything into the wiki.

3:45:52It's not just going to create one MD

3:45:54file for this. it might create five or

3:45:56it might create 10. And there's going to

3:45:57be relationships between each of the

3:45:58different sections that it creates. So,

3:46:00it's kind of doing its own method of

3:46:01chunking. Now, one thing I want to call

3:46:03out real quick is with this extension,

3:46:05if you go here and you open up the

3:46:07options for it, you can see that you can

3:46:09actually change where by default the

3:46:12folders are dropped, which is in the

3:46:14location section. By default, it'll be

3:46:15going to a place called clippings, but

3:46:17just go ahead and change that to raw.

3:46:19Okay. So, here it came back with all

3:46:20these questions, right? It said, "Here

3:46:22are my key takeaways from this article,

3:46:23blah blah blah." And now it'll ask you,

3:46:25what do you want to emphasize from this

3:46:26article? What's your focus? How granular

3:46:28do you want to be? What's your plan? So,

3:46:30I'm just going to say, I want this to be

3:46:32extremely thorough. This is my passion

3:46:35looking at where AI is going to go. Um,

3:46:37and this whole project, by the way, that

3:46:38you're setting up in this vault is

3:46:40basically just going to be my place to

3:46:42dump in research about AI. So, help me

3:46:44keep all that organized so that I can

3:46:45query it and that I can, you know, keep

3:46:47my thoughts related. So that's just a

3:46:49quick example of what it might look like

3:46:51for you to give it some more context to

3:46:53continuously build your project. So I'm

3:46:55going to switch over over here to the

3:46:56graph view because I think it'll be

3:46:58interesting to see as it is starting to

3:47:00go through and create those different

3:47:01wiki files. It's going to go ahead and

3:47:03it's going to create all those

3:47:04relationships and we'll be able to watch

3:47:05it in real time. All right, so it's

3:47:07creating all of the wiki pages now and

3:47:09you can see that it said it's going to

3:47:10make about 25 because there's so much

3:47:12stuff going on in the original AI 2027

3:47:15article. Okay, so our first one just

3:47:17popped in here and there a second one

3:47:18just came through and now you can

3:47:20understand you're starting to see where

3:47:21do you have hubs or where do you just

3:47:22have little individual nodes so this is

3:47:24a major hub someone named Eli someone

3:47:27named Thomas Daniel and you can see all

3:47:29the different relationships here with

3:47:31things like AI governance with things

3:47:33like open brain superhuman coder okay so

3:47:36that ingest took about 10 minutes so

3:47:38sometimes you have to be a little

3:47:39patient with you know it reading through

3:47:40everything and organizing everything but

3:47:42it does a lot of heavy lifting of course

3:47:44when I uploaded the 36 6 YouTube

3:47:46transcripts in batch. It took about 14

3:47:48minutes. So, it kind of just depends,

3:47:50but it created 23 wiki pages. We have

3:47:52the source. We have six people, five

3:47:55organizations, and one AI systems page.

3:47:57Different concepts, so technical,

3:47:59alignment, and geopolitical. And then an

3:48:01analysis, and then it asks some

3:48:03questions about it so that it can help

3:48:04make the relationships and make the

3:48:06structure even better. Now, let's just

3:48:08open this one up a little bit deeper and

3:48:10see what it actually did in here with

3:48:12this stuff. So we have this is the

3:48:14source with all the main relationships.

3:48:16So as we start to add other articles, we

3:48:18will see other big kind of like nodes

3:48:20and maybe in some cases we'll have

3:48:21relationships between like compute

3:48:23scaling with different articles that we

3:48:25upload as well. So let's just see if I

3:48:26click into the main source we can see

3:48:28the tags that it got. We can see the

3:48:30authors and we can click around. So

3:48:32here's a link to OpenAI. Okay, what's

3:48:34OpenAI? Here's references in AI 2027.

3:48:36Here's some other connections with

3:48:37OpenAI like model spec. Okay, we're in

3:48:39modelsp spec. Let's take a look. We can

3:48:41see other things about model spec and we

3:48:43could also go to how the LLM psychology

3:48:45model works. So this is just super super

3:48:47cool all the relationships that we get

3:48:49and once again all of this stuff that

3:48:51we're looking at was derived from one

3:48:53article and automatically organized and

3:48:55related. So the question now is like

3:48:57what do we do from here? Do we query it

3:48:59inside of this environment? Do we query

3:49:00it from somewhere else? And that's

3:49:02completely up to the way that you want

3:49:03to use this. So, for example, with my

3:49:05YouTube project, I'm probably just going

3:49:07to keep this here and whenever I want to

3:49:08ask questions about YouTube or if I want

3:49:10to turn this into like a website, I can

3:49:12just do that from here. Or if I need to,

3:49:14I can point a different project at this

3:49:16folder since everything's here and it

3:49:18can crawl through the wiki. It can read

3:49:19the index and it knows how this stuff

3:49:21works because you can give it the claw

3:49:23MD so it understands the project as

3:49:24well. So, for example, in this one,

3:49:26which is just my second brain where we

3:49:28have all of the different things about

3:49:29like I drop in my meeting recordings, I

3:49:31drop in, you know, ClickUp channels,

3:49:33summaries, and things like that. This is

3:49:34something that I want to use in my

3:49:35executive assistant. So, what I did in

3:49:37my executive assistant here called Herk

3:49:392. If I go to this claw.md, you can see

3:49:41that we have a wiki path. So, whenever

3:49:43you need to read things about me and my

3:49:46business that you don't have already,

3:49:47you would basically go to my Herkbrain

3:49:49vault. You would go to that directory

3:49:51and then you would read through the

3:49:52wiki. You can read the hot cache, which

3:49:53I'll explain in just a sec. You can read

3:49:55the index. You can read the domain

3:49:57subindex. And then you can also just

3:49:59search through everything here. And I

3:50:00said don't read from the wiki unless you

3:50:02actually need it. Here are some things

3:50:03that you might do that you don't need to

3:50:05go read the wiki for. And all of this is

3:50:06my business knowledge. Now, if you guys

3:50:08remember, if you watch my video on

3:50:09setting up an executive assistant, I

3:50:11used to do this with context files

3:50:13inside of this project. And when I

3:50:15changed over to this method, I actually

3:50:16saw a reduction in tokens that I was

3:50:19actually calling in this project. So the

3:50:21thing about the hot cache, right, I

3:50:23didn't actually have this in my YouTube

3:50:25one. So if I go to YouTube, you can see

3:50:26there's no hot cache, but if I go to the

3:50:29herk brain in the wiki, you can see

3:50:31there's a hot.md right here. And this is

3:50:33basically just a cache of like 500 words

3:50:35or 500 characters that it saves, which

3:50:37is like what is the most recent thing

3:50:39that Nate just gave me or that we talked

3:50:41about. In the context of my executive

3:50:42assistant, this is really helpful. You

3:50:44know, it might save me from having to

3:50:45crawl different wiki pages. But in

3:50:48something like the YouTube transcript

3:50:49project, I don't really need a hot

3:50:51cache. So, another thing that I alluded

3:50:53to but didn't really cover was the idea

3:50:54of linting. So, Karpathi says that he

3:50:56runs some LLM health checks over the

3:50:58wiki to find inconsistent data, impute

3:51:01missing data with web searches, find

3:51:03interesting connections for new article

3:51:05candidates, things like that. So, it

3:51:07basically helps you run a lint, you

3:51:09know, every day, every week, whenever

3:51:10you want, which helps make sure that

3:51:12everything is scalable and structured in

3:51:14the right way. And it might even come

3:51:16back and say, "Hey, I don't fully

3:51:17understand this. Can you give me some

3:51:18more info or can you grab some more

3:51:20articles that might help me out here?"

3:51:21So now the final question about this

3:51:23that I wanted to cover is like, "Does

3:51:24this kill semantic search rag?" And the

3:51:27answer is no, but kind of yes. And it

3:51:30all depends on the goal of the project

3:51:32and the goal of the context, how much

3:51:34context you have. So here's a really

3:51:35quick chart that I had my claude code

3:51:37make. I was in my Herk brain where I

3:51:39dumped in a bunch of information about

3:51:41Karpathy's LLM knowledge and I just

3:51:43said, "Hey, can you please explain

3:51:45Karpathy knowledge as simple as

3:51:46possible, keep it super concise, and um

3:51:49compare it to typical semantic search

3:51:52rag." So, it found Carpathy's idea.

3:51:54Instead of a database, you just give the

3:51:56LM well organized markdown files and it

3:51:58compares it here to the actual semantic

3:52:01search rag. So, actually, I might as

3:52:02well just read it off from here. So it

3:52:04finds it by reading indexes and follows

3:52:06links rather than using similarity

3:52:08search. So we're getting a deeper

3:52:09understanding of relationships because

3:52:11they're links rather than just saying,

3:52:13"Hey, these chunks seem similar." As far

3:52:14as infrastructure, it is literally just

3:52:16markdown. So like I said, you don't even

3:52:17need the obsidian. You just need these

3:52:19markdown files. Whereas with semantic

3:52:22search, you need an embedding model. You

3:52:23need a vector database and a chunking

3:52:24pipeline. The cost over here is

3:52:26basically free. Your only cost is going

3:52:28to be tokens. Whereas over here, you

3:52:29might have ongoing compute and storage.

3:52:31And for maintenance, you just run a

3:52:33lint. You clean up things. You add more

3:52:35articles. You give it more context

3:52:37rather than having to re-mbed when

3:52:39things change. But right now, the

3:52:40weakness of course with the uh LLM

3:52:43knowledge wiki is that it doesn't scale

3:52:46huge across enterprises, right? Because

3:52:47it's just a bunch of files. Um and that

3:52:50is where the cost will probably get more

3:52:51and more expensive than going to

3:52:53something like standard semantic search

3:52:55or knowledger graph or light rag or

3:52:57whatever other tool is out there for

3:52:59that. So here you can see if you have

3:53:00hundreds of pages with good indexes,

3:53:02you're fine with wiki graph. But if you

3:53:03were getting up to the millions of

3:53:05documents, then you're going to want to

3:53:06actually do more of a traditional rag

3:53:08pipeline. Today I'm going to explain the

3:53:09different levels of building your own AI

3:53:11second brain. You can see here we have a

3:53:13visual of three very different types of

3:53:15data. This one is where we have our

3:53:17context really starting to form and

3:53:18we're starting to see some relationships

3:53:20and we're starting to see some different

3:53:22nodes and entities form. And then as we

3:53:24continue to scale this up, add more

3:53:25knowledge, more knowledge, more

3:53:27relationships, we start to get something

3:53:28that looks a little bit more like this,

3:53:30where we have clearly different

3:53:31clusters, and inside of all of these

3:53:33nodes, we can see how they relate to

3:53:34each other. And then over here, we're

3:53:35taking all of those relationships a step

3:53:37further, and we're able to then start to

3:53:39see how everything really pieces

3:53:40together rather than just having files

3:53:42that sort of link back to each other.

3:53:44This is relationship mapping. And so

3:53:46really the idea of an AI second brain

3:53:48has blown up because we're all trying to

3:53:50get as much information out of our heads

3:53:52into our systems as possible. That's the

3:53:54true value. Your moat is your data. It's

3:53:56your IP. But the process of organizing

3:53:58that into a system so that you can use

3:54:00it with a bunch of different AI models

3:54:02and so that it can actually recall

3:54:04things in a way that makes sense rather

3:54:05than just hallucinating or spending a

3:54:07bunch of your time and tokens trying to

3:54:08look through everything. That's the

3:54:10issue. So clearly all of this is my real

3:54:12data and this is what the actual project

3:54:13looks like. It is my Herku project. I

3:54:15have a bunch of folders and files here.

3:54:17And at the end of the day, that's

3:54:18basically all it is. It is markdown

3:54:20files that are organized in a way that I

3:54:21understand and that my agents

3:54:23understand. And so, yes, I'm going to

3:54:24walk you guys through what I have here

3:54:25and how it works. But I also have this

3:54:27other project where I'm going to show

3:54:28you if you're starting from scratch or

3:54:30if you feel like maybe you're in between

3:54:32level two and three, how we can actually

3:54:34look at the differences and what it

3:54:35might look like to scale up your own

3:54:37systems and start to add context in

3:54:39different ways. So, super excited to dig

3:54:41into this today and I don't want to

3:54:42waste any of your guys' time. So let's

3:54:43just start looking at these five levels

3:54:45and how they differ. All right. So every

3:54:47level of a claude code second brain and

3:54:49I'm going to be obviously kind of

3:54:50referring to claude code a lot but keep

3:54:52in mind this can be used with any AI

3:54:54model. I use my second brain all the

3:54:56time with codecs as well. I use it with

3:54:57Hermes agent. This can be used by

3:54:58different agent harnesses because it's

3:55:01just files and folders. So what is the

3:55:04actual job of a second brain? A lot of

3:55:05people probably define this differently,

3:55:06but the way that I think about it is

3:55:08that it's a place for me to save notes,

3:55:11meeting recordings, ClickUp threads,

3:55:13stuff like that. I can save it there and

3:55:15then it helps me basically ingest it and

3:55:17get it into the right spots so that it

3:55:19can actually find it later. And so

3:55:20that's really the thing to think about

3:55:22is can your agent find it again and

3:55:24could you find it again? Because if the

3:55:26answer is no, then you probably don't

3:55:27have the right routing or folder

3:55:29architecture set up, which is what I'm

3:55:31here to talk about today. And one other

3:55:32sort of mindset thing that I want to get

3:55:35out there before we dive into these five

3:55:36levels is that you kind of have to work

3:55:39backwards. You want to reverse engineer

3:55:41based on the question. So this will

3:55:42start to make more sense as we get into

3:55:44it. But really what you should be

3:55:45thinking about is how do I want to use

3:55:47this data in the future because how it's

3:55:50going to be accessed and recalled

3:55:52determines the way that you put it in in

3:55:54the first place. For example, a

3:55:56basketball hoop and a basketball. We

3:55:58know what shape the hoop is and we know

3:56:00that the ball needs to go through. So,

3:56:01why would we ever design the ball to be

3:56:04a giant square? Because it just wouldn't

3:56:07fit through the hoop. So, that would

3:56:08make no sense. So, you need to start

3:56:09with the end in mind a little bit. Once

3:56:11again, I will show you exactly what I

3:56:13mean by that as we continue on. Because

3:56:15remember, we're trying to get to the

3:56:16point where your second brain knows

3:56:18everything about your business, about

3:56:20you, your relationships. It knows

3:56:21everything to the point where it

3:56:23probably can recall stuff better than

3:56:25you can because it has a better memory

3:56:26and it can search through things way

The 5 Levels of a Second Brain

3:56:28faster than you can. So, we've got five

3:56:29different levels to talk about, and they

3:56:32each kind of have different questions.

3:56:34So, level one is, can you find the file

3:56:35or the info by looking for an exact word

3:56:38or name? Level two is, can you pull

3:56:40everything on a certain topic together?

3:56:42Level three is, I searched for different

3:56:44words than I wrote. So, semantic search,

3:56:46you're searching for meaning rather than

3:56:47an exact word match. And then trace

3:56:50relationship chains. Can you ask about

3:56:52topic X? And then trace that all the way

3:56:55back to topic A. And then level five is

3:56:57just kind of making this whole second

3:56:59brain thing super autonomous to the

3:57:01point that you don't even have to think

3:57:02about it. And by the way, this isn't me

3:57:04saying that number five is best. I have

3:57:06some arguments about why I do not

3:57:07currently sit on level five. The point

3:57:09I'm trying to make here is each level is

3:57:11different and you want to find the

3:57:13simplest level or the lowest level that

3:57:15actually fits your needs. If you don't

3:57:17have a painoint in your system, then I

3:57:19don't really think there's a need to go

3:57:21experiment or develop a new sort of, you

3:57:23know, architecture. If there's not pain,

3:57:26then why create more? Okay, so level one

3:57:29is pretty simple and this is where you

3:57:30always start. So you start with a

3:57:32claw.md or if you're using codeex or

3:57:34something, you would start with an

3:57:35agents.mmd. But you start with a

3:57:37cloud.mmd which is kind of, you know,

3:57:39that gets loaded up. That's almost like

3:57:40the system prompt for that session for

3:57:42that project. And then you've just got a

3:57:43bunch of folders and files. But the key

3:57:44part there is the cloudmd is kind of

3:57:47treated as a router. So yes, you've got

3:57:48some, hey, this is your role. Here is

3:57:50what's important. But you also have

3:57:52routing rules. If you ever need to find

3:57:54information about me personally, look in

3:57:55this folder. If you need information

3:57:57about our quarter one priorities, look

3:57:58in this folder. Because if you've ever

3:58:00had a point where you ask Claude to do

3:58:02something, and then it asks you, "Hey,

3:58:04can you give me more info? I don't know

3:58:05what you're talking about, but you know

3:58:06there's files and folders in your

3:58:08project, then you probably just didn't

3:58:09give Claude the knowledge to go look

3:58:12there." It's not just going to go search

3:58:13your entire codebase automatically. I

3:58:15mean, you wouldn't want it to do that

3:58:16because it's going to waste your time

3:58:17and your tokens. So, if it doesn't know

3:58:19if something lives somewhere, then it's

3:58:21probably not going to be able to find

3:58:22it. So, when this is properly set up,

3:58:24you will stop having to reexplain

3:58:25things. You will talk to it and it will

3:58:27just know where to go look and why. But

3:58:29the problems with this is that if it

3:58:30grows too big, it can start to get messy

3:58:32and feel ignored. And this is typically

3:58:34more of like an exact word type of

3:58:36search depending on the way that you

3:58:37route. So, if I open up my um example

3:58:40project here, let's open up level one.

3:58:43So, in level one, what you can see,

3:58:44pretend this is its own cloud project.

3:58:46We've got a clawmd. So let me click into

3:58:48that. We can see here it says this file

3:58:50loads automatically every time you open

3:58:52cloud code in this folder. It is the one

3:58:53file that tells the AI who you are, how

3:58:55you work, and where things live. At

3:58:56level one, this file plus a few folders

3:58:58is your entire second brain. So here's

3:59:00kind of like that basic knowledge. And

3:59:01then right here, it's this simple where

3:59:03things live in the context folder.

3:59:05Always true background about you and how

3:59:07you work. Read this first projects

3:59:09decision log. And that's basically it.

3:59:11So right here, you can see there's a

3:59:12context folder. We have an about me file

3:59:14which you could grow. We have stack and

3:59:16conversations file. We have decisions.

3:59:18So this is a decision log where you can

3:59:20have your cloudmd always append new

3:59:22decisions and the dates whenever you

3:59:24make a big change to your project or to

3:59:25your life or to your business. And then

3:59:27we have projects. So this is where you

3:59:28could have a markdown file or even

3:59:30folders within the projects for all of

3:59:32your ongoing projects, all of your

3:59:33ongoing clients, whatever it is, however

3:59:35you want to organize it. That's where

3:59:36you can have some projects. And you can

3:59:38even start to organize these things by

3:59:39dates if you want. So, if you want to

3:59:40just have one that's for like May and

3:59:42then you have all of those stuff and you

3:59:43have one for June. The thing that I

3:59:45really want to stress here with level

3:59:46one and the thing that I answer a lot in

3:59:48my community in the comments is that

3:59:50there is not yet a standard way that has

3:59:53been proven the best way to set up your

3:59:55projects or your second brain besides

3:59:56some of the most common things like your

3:59:58context and your cloudmd and your, you

3:59:59know, whatnot. But the point I'm trying

4:00:01to make there is don't see what I do and

4:00:05think that that's the right way or see

4:00:06what someone else you watch does and

4:00:08think that that's the only right way.

4:00:10All that matters is do you have proper

4:00:13routing in place and does it make sense

4:00:15to you and does it make sense to your

4:00:17AI? Okay, so let's say I have my Herk 2

4:00:20project right here and I need to find

4:00:21something in here but I can't ask AI for

4:00:23some reason. what I need to find is easy

4:00:25because I understand the drill downs.

4:00:27You know, I understand my base folders.

4:00:28And let's say I'm looking for the HTML

4:00:30slide deck I built for my ranking cloud

4:00:33code features video. I would come into

4:00:35here and I say, "Okay, I know that's a

4:00:36project." So, I'll go there. Within my

4:00:38projects, I've got another project for

4:00:39YouTube videos. I'll open that up. And

4:00:41now I know I made this video right here,

4:00:44May 30th Claude Code top 50 features. In

4:00:47here, I have the actual tier list deck.

4:00:49And when I open that up, now I have the

4:00:50slide deck. And not only can I find it

4:00:52easily, but my agent can find it because

4:00:54it all makes sense and I have routing

4:00:55rules. Real quick, guys, if you're

4:00:57watching this video, you're probably

4:00:58interested in building your own AI

4:01:00operating system. Lucky for you, I have

4:01:01a full free course on that in my free

4:01:03school community. The link for that is

4:01:04down in the description. Join the free

4:01:06school community. Hop in here, take the

4:01:077-day challenge, build your own AI

4:01:09operating system, and apply these

4:01:10principles into building your second

4:01:12brain, which will make your AI operating

4:01:14system even more powerful. So, links in

4:01:15the description. Let's get back to the

4:01:16video. Awesome. Okay, so that is how you

4:01:18start. Now, as you move up to level two,

4:01:21you might be able to start to work in

4:01:22some things like the LLM wiki, which is

4:01:24what I've got set up for a few different

4:01:26things. This is the whole Carpathy LLM

4:01:28wiki, which I did make a full video

4:01:29about. If you want to check that out,

4:01:30I'll tag that right up here. But this is

4:01:32when you start to have more files and

4:01:34and they start to take a bit of a

4:01:36different shape and you want to organize

4:01:37them together in a bit of a different

4:01:39way. So, it could be really good for

4:01:41researching all on a certain project. It

4:01:42could be really good for, you know, a

4:01:44few of the ones that I've got set up is

4:01:45my YouTube transcripts all live in their

4:01:47own wiki. I've got all of like my

4:01:48meeting transcripts that live in their

4:01:50own wiki. So, for example, this is the

4:01:51obsidian view of my wiki for all of my

4:01:54YouTube video transcripts. You can see

4:01:56here if I go to wiki, you can see

4:01:57there's main concepts like aentic

4:01:59workflows, AI coding market, context

4:02:02window, and all of these in here start

4:02:03to relate back to other tools and

4:02:06concepts and videos and stuff like that.

4:02:07So, we've got the sources, we've got

4:02:09platforms, we've got um context

4:02:11management techniques, and all of this

4:02:13was autocreated by our cloud code when I

4:02:16told it to ingest this YouTube

4:02:18transcript into our wiki. So, I'm not

4:02:19going to dive super super deep into all

4:02:21this right now, but definitely check out

4:02:22that YouTube video I linked. Now, what

4:02:24else is cool about this is this

4:02:26transcript wiki actually lives within my

4:02:28main Herk 2 project. So, here's Herk 2.

4:02:30If I go right here to other worlds and

4:02:33then I go down to YouTube OS and I click

4:02:35into the transcript wiki right here.

4:02:38This is what we were just looking at in

4:02:39Obsidian. We could see the concepts. We

4:02:41could see the comparisons. We could see

4:02:42sources, techniques. This is what we

4:02:44were looking at in Obsidian. So all

4:02:46Obsidian is is it basically just

4:02:47visualizes your markdown files. You see

4:02:50here wiki concepts, comparisons,

4:02:52techniques. This is what we were just

4:02:53looking at. All we get now is we just

4:02:55get a visual view of all that. And so

4:02:57the reason I wanted to bring that up as

4:02:58well is because I think a lot of people

4:03:00obviously get pretty infatuated by that

4:03:03visual view. And obviously I started the

4:03:05video with that because I think that's

4:03:06what hooks a lot of people in. But all

4:03:08that really matters is can your system

4:03:10grab that and give it to you. If you are

4:03:12a visual person and you really want that

4:03:13view, then by all means install Obsidian

4:03:16and set it up. It's super easy. But I'm

4:03:18saying that you don't always need that

4:03:19visual layer if it's not beneficial to

4:03:21you. I hardly ever open Obsidian just to

4:03:23be honest because I know that it all

4:03:25lives here and I know that my second

4:03:27brain and my OS can find all of that. So

4:03:29anyways, in level two here, let's look

4:03:30at this. It's very similar in shape to

4:03:33level one. It's just building on top of

4:03:34it because now we have our cloudMD which

4:03:37starts to route to some other things

4:03:38because it routes to the wiki and it

4:03:40still routes to context projects

4:03:42decisions, but it's also routing to

4:03:44references and memory. So we're just

4:03:46starting to add a bit more of these

4:03:47routing rules inside of the claw.md. We

4:03:50can grow the context. We can grow the

4:03:52decisions. We can grow projects and

4:03:53references. And we can also start to get

4:03:55this idea of memory. And what's really

4:03:57cool about this is you can turn on

4:03:58automemory in cloud code. And the AI

4:04:00will basically start to write this file

4:04:02and update it on its own. So you don't

4:04:04even have to think about it. If you come

4:04:05in here and you do /memory, it'll say

4:04:07automemory on or off. And if it's off,

4:04:09if you want to turn that on, just turn

4:04:11it on. And now one thing to think about

4:04:12is I mentioned earlier that we want to

4:04:14make our second brains tool agnostic.

4:04:17And this is one thing that's pretty

4:04:18specific about cloud code is it uses

4:04:20claw.mmd and it uses this memory.mmd and

4:04:23it keeps that updated on its own. So if

4:04:25you wanted to move this over to codeex,

4:04:26what you would do is you would first of

4:04:28all transition your claw.md. You'd make

4:04:30a copy of it called agents.mmd. As you

4:04:32can see here in my herk 2, I've got my

4:04:34if I scroll down claw.md right here and

4:04:36then I've got agents.mmd right here. And

4:04:38they're essentially the exact same file.

4:04:39Just so codex can read this one and

4:04:41cloud code can read this one. But

4:04:42because claude code keeps that

4:04:43automemory, all you need to do is make

4:04:45sure you have that memory MD file and

4:04:47just tell codecs, hey, by the way, for

4:04:49memories, look in our memory.mmd file.

4:04:52It's all about the routing there.

4:04:53Anyways, just felt like that was

4:04:54important to throw out. But at a certain

4:04:56point when you have these, you know,

4:04:57wiks, they do start to degrade a little

4:04:59bit because what's what's great about

4:05:00them is that they have indexes, right?

4:05:02So when your AI starts to look in the

4:05:04wiki, it knows, okay, if the user is

4:05:07asking about agentic workflows, I'm

4:05:08probably going to start here. And then

4:05:10from here, I'm going to drill down and

4:05:11read this to see what else is important

4:05:14to them. Maybe they're asking about the

4:05:15WAT framework, and then I can drill into

4:05:17that. And maybe from there, I need to

4:05:19learn a little bit more about the

4:05:19cloudmd system prompt, and then I will

4:05:21drill into that. So there are

4:05:23relationships here a little bit, but

4:05:25this isn't the same as like semantic

4:05:27relationships or knowledge graph

4:05:29relationships that have more meaning.

4:05:31This is more about just actually

4:05:33following a trail and reading the page

4:05:35in its entirety. And I'll be fully

4:05:37honest with you guys. I pretty much sit

4:05:40my entire Herk 2 project in this level

4:05:42in level two because this has been

4:05:44working really well for me. Like I

4:05:45mentioned earlier, I haven't felt a pain

4:05:47yet big enough to switch over to level

4:05:49two. And here's what I meant by that. My

4:05:50wiki has links. Isn't that a knowledge

4:05:52graph? Not exactly. Because this doesn't

4:05:56have connections of how they are

4:05:58related. like this is endorsed by this

4:05:59or this has cron to here. These just

4:06:02have connections because it's like a a C

4:06:05also. It's like backlinks. So, they're

4:06:07very similar and yes, they can achieve a

4:06:08similar effect, but it's still a little

4:06:11bit different. Anyways, let's take a

4:06:12look at level three, which is where you

4:06:14start to do things like semantic search.

4:06:16Whether you do that in Obsidian, whether

4:06:18you do that with Pine Cone or Superbase,

4:06:20however you start to grab the actual

4:06:22semantic search, that is what level

4:06:24three is. And so just as a quick visual

4:06:26for you guys, let's take a look at this

4:06:29quadrant cluster of images. So every one

4:06:32of these vector points is an image. And

4:06:35what we see in here as the payload is

4:06:37stuff like the file name, the URL, the

4:06:38name of the author or the artist and the

4:06:41URL. But we don't actually see like

4:06:43what's in the image. We don't get a

4:06:44description. So what we have to do is we

4:06:46have to organize these images by meaning

4:06:48or by similarity. So, when I open up

4:06:50this graph and we start to visualize the

4:06:52stuff here, what you see is that we have

4:06:54this main image, these owls, these kind

4:06:56of like I I don't even know. Um, it's a

4:06:58very trippy style, like hallucenic

4:07:00style. Anyways, then this one is kind of

4:07:02similar, right? It's got those colors.

4:07:04It's got the paint. This one is also

4:07:06similar, but they're not the same. They

4:07:08just share similarities. And as we start

4:07:10to expand these more and more, we can

4:07:12start to get into different styles. So,

4:07:14this one has like some creepy eyes and

4:07:15mushrooms or whatever. This one is kind

4:07:17of more down that fantasy lane. And as

4:07:19we start to build out more of these

4:07:20relationships and meanings, we can

4:07:22expand and grow away from them. And so

4:07:24quadrant really just gives you a

4:07:25visualization here. I mean, it's a it

4:07:27has clusters and vector store, but the

4:07:30reason I pulled this up as a demo is

4:07:31just because we start to see the actual

4:07:33relationships form here based on

4:07:35meaning. And that's what's important

4:07:37about semantic search is that we're no

4:07:38longer doing keyword matching. We're

4:07:40searching based on meaning. So here in

4:07:42my YouTube transcript second brain if I

4:07:45go to the smart lookup over here this is

4:07:47very different from just the regular

4:07:49search. So for example if I search here

4:07:51for um feedback let's say we're actually

4:07:56doing a match on the word feedback and

4:07:58it's only showing me where that word

4:08:00actually appears inside of our second

4:08:02brain. But if I come over here in the

4:08:04smart lookup and I search for feedback

4:08:06we are getting matches that have things

4:08:09in here that mean feedback. So live test

4:08:11results, cloud code skills, which was

4:08:13talking about evaluations and stuff. So

4:08:15there's a big difference between keyword

4:08:16matching and semantic search, you know,

4:08:18similarity matching. This one over here

4:08:20is saying X equals X. And this one is

4:08:22saying X is similar to X, Y, and Z. And

4:08:25so this all just goes back to vector

4:08:26databases. I've talked so so much about

4:08:29vector databases, so I'm not going to

4:08:30dive super deep in. And I've got so many

4:08:32resources on my channel, but basically

4:08:34what it is is we take a document. So

4:08:36let's just say YouTube transcript. We

4:08:38chunk it up and then each chunk is ran

4:08:40through an embeddings model. And the

4:08:41embeddings model puts that chunk of text

4:08:44onto like a three-dimensional space

4:08:46where space is related to meaning. And

4:08:49so it decides, okay, this chunk is about

4:08:50a company, so we're going to put it up

4:08:52here. This chunk is about finances, so

4:08:54it's going to go here. And we start to

4:08:55see these vectors form near other

4:08:57similar vectors. Now, do you guys

4:08:59remember how I said earlier like you

4:09:00want to think about how is the data

4:09:02going to be used? What type of questions

4:09:04are you going to ask? This is a reason

4:09:05why that's so important. So, think about

4:09:07this. Let's say I put my meeting

4:09:09transcript of March 5th meeting into my

4:09:12second brain and I put those in as you

4:09:14know vectorized chunks. So, let's say

4:09:16when I vectorize that meeting, we

4:09:18actually get, you know, like 20 chunks.

4:09:21It actually creates 20 chunks or however

4:09:23many that is. And then when I say, "Hey,

4:09:24Mr. AI agent, can you summarize the

4:09:27meeting on March 5th? It will basically

4:09:29search for March 5th meeting summary and

4:09:32it will pull chunks that are similar to

4:09:34March 5th meeting summary. And then even

4:09:36if it gets the right chunks, it's going

4:09:38to only summarize those five chunks.

4:09:40It's not able to look at the entire

4:09:42meeting summary or sorry like meeting

4:09:43transcript in entirety. So it doesn't

4:09:45really know a summary. It might be

4:09:47missing a lot of key information. Now,

4:09:48yes, there are things you can start to

4:09:49play with there like metadata and other

4:09:51things like that to make these results

4:09:52better. But at the end of the day,

4:09:55people kind of assume that a vector

4:09:57database was some magic solution where

4:09:59it could always pull back what you need.

4:10:00But that is very false. And I mean,

4:10:02think about it like this. Let's say we

4:10:03have a table and we say, "Hey, which

4:10:05week do we have the highest sales?"

4:10:07Okay, the agent looks for highest sales.

4:10:09It maybe grabs this chunk outlined in

4:10:11gray of data and then it looks at, okay,

4:10:13week six here was the highest sales, so

4:10:15that must be the answer. But in reality,

4:10:17you can see week 14 was higher, week 19

4:10:19was higher. So when you need something

4:10:21that has actual full context, then you

4:10:25can't do the vector database chunking.

4:10:27That's where you'd rather just have a

4:10:28markdown file of March 5th and then all

4:10:31this agent would have to do is read that

4:10:32entire markdown file and then give you a

4:10:35summary and that's just going to be more

4:10:37accurate. So in this project, if we open

4:10:39up level three, you can see it's very

4:10:40similar because you can still have

4:10:41context files, decision files, you can

4:10:44still have all that. And then you might

4:10:45identify, okay, actually this one

4:10:48specific unit of my business, maybe my

4:10:50YouTube transcripts, maybe I want just

4:10:52that to be a vector database, but I

4:10:54still want my context and my projects

4:10:55and my decisions to be markdown files.

4:10:58So another point I'm trying to make here

4:10:59is just because you have a second brain

4:11:01and just because you have a massive, you

4:11:03know, folder here with a bunch of

4:11:04folders and files doesn't mean that the

4:11:06whole folder needs to be one style.

4:11:09Doesn't mean that everything needs graph

4:11:11rag. Doesn't mean that everything is

4:11:12just LLM wiki. It means that you're able

4:11:14to decide based on the type of data and

4:11:16the way you use it, how can you

4:11:18structure this specific folder in the

4:11:20way you want it. So here we have a

4:11:21vector index folder and we click on the

4:11:22how search works. It works by chunking,

4:11:25embedding, search, hybrid, reranking.

4:11:28There's some things you can get really,

4:11:29really nitty-gritty on when it comes to

4:11:30semantic search. But what vector

4:11:32retrieval is really, really good at is

4:11:34looking at tons and tons of data,

4:11:35typically just like a lot of text, and

4:11:37when you need a very specific answer,

4:11:40something that's very similar. So, if

4:11:41you had a thousand rules that you needed

4:11:43to store, and you basically said, "Hey,

4:11:45um, can you remind me what rule 17 was?"

4:11:48That might be a really good use case for

4:11:50vector search because it's able to

4:11:51search for rule 17, pull in those

4:11:53chunks, and just give you a little

4:11:54snippet because it would be a waste of

4:11:56time and tokens for your agent to read

4:11:58the entire markdown file of all a

4:11:59thousand rules if you just needed rule

4:12:0217. So that's kind of the difference

4:12:03there. Like I said, I've got so many

4:12:05videos on vector stuff on my channel,

4:12:07but really you could say, hey to your

4:12:09cloud code agent, I have this data.

4:12:10Here's how I want to use it. Do you

4:12:12think this would be better for now as

4:12:13markdown files, or should I do semantic

4:12:15search? Like what would actually make

4:12:17more sense here? and it will help walk

4:12:18you through the way that you should

4:12:19actually set that up. So now I hope you

4:12:21guys are starting to understand why I

4:12:22said, you know, moving up on or I'm

4:12:25sorry, like moving up on levels, moving

4:12:27down doesn't necessarily mean better.

4:12:29It's all about figuring out what is the

4:12:30pain point with what you're currently

4:12:32doing and where would a different level

4:12:34help you out and fix that pain point.

4:12:36Okay, so now let's take a look at level

4:12:38four. This is where we start to get into

4:12:39like knowledge graphs and relationship

4:12:41graphs, which typically are going to be

4:12:43the most complex and sometimes the most

4:12:45expensive as well. If you're doing it on

4:12:46a certain platform, you could always use

4:12:48open source software. But anyways,

4:12:50knowledge graphs. And I also want to be

4:12:51upfront. I've played with these a lot,

4:12:53but I do not actually use these on the

4:12:55day-to-day because I found out just

4:12:57other ways to use routing files and wiks

4:12:59that fit my needs. Now, my work is very

4:13:02different than what a lot of your guys'

4:13:03work may be. Mine is very project based

4:13:05and it is very, you know, content heavy.

4:13:08I don't have a massive CRM to manage

4:13:10with a bunch of different businesses and

4:13:12clients, you know, and if I did, maybe a

4:13:14knowledge graph would make a lot more

4:13:15sense, and it probably would. But

4:13:16typically, the cool part about that is

4:13:18if you identified that you needed a

4:13:20knowledge graph, let's say for all your

4:13:22projects, you needed you wanted to put

4:13:23all of this in a knowledge graph, the

4:13:25data probably already exists here. And

4:13:27that's the thing about building out

4:13:29these relationships in your knowledge

4:13:31graph is that the system, whatever

4:13:33software you use, is typically going to

4:13:34be pretty good at embedding that and

4:13:36creating that. But the problem that you

4:13:38have to solve is you have to give it

4:13:39enough data. And so one thing that I

4:13:40really like to do is I like to have

4:13:42these brainstorm sessions as you can

Knowledge Graphs & the Grill-Me Skill

4:13:43see. And what I do with these brainstorm

4:13:46sessions is I use a skill called grill

4:13:47me. So if you see here I have a skill

4:13:49called grill me which I originally got

4:13:50from Matt PCO. I customize it a little

4:13:52bit. I'll leave the skill for grill me

4:13:55in my free school community. The link

4:13:56for that is down in the description. All

4:13:57you have to do is hop in here, go to

4:13:59classroom, click on all YouTube

4:14:00resources, and you can find all the

4:14:02skills and everything like that. But the

4:14:04skill, what that does is it basically

4:14:05just grills me. It interviews me

4:14:07relentlessly about a certain topic and

4:14:09it creates a brainstorm file here. It

4:14:11only stops when it knows everything

4:14:12about it. So if you wanted to start

4:14:14building up a knowledge graph for all

4:14:15your clients and businesses, just say,

4:14:16"Grill me about client A, grill me about

4:14:18client B, grill me about business A."

4:14:21And it would just ask you questions and

4:14:22you can feed it files, you can give it

4:14:24stuff, you can feed it in transcripts,

4:14:25you can feed it in, you know, contracts,

4:14:27whatever it is. And that's how you can

4:14:28start to form a lot of data. Hey guys,

4:14:31me again. Real quick, I'm editing this

4:14:32video and I realized that I needed to

4:14:33throw out one thing here, which is that

4:14:36obviously if you're putting all of this

4:14:38data and you're sending it all to

4:14:40Enthropic to Claude models, then that's

4:14:42not private. So, if you feel comfortable

4:14:44with that, that's fine. I am putting a

4:14:46lot of my data in there and it is my

4:14:48business stuff and that's what I'm

4:14:50doing. But if you don't feel comfortable

4:14:52with that or you, you know, don't want

4:14:53to send client data, of course you

4:14:54don't, then maybe you want to do that

4:14:56through open source models and maybe

4:14:58cloud code isn't where you have this

4:14:59second brain that has every single piece

4:15:01of information about you and your

4:15:03business and your client's business. So

4:15:04the point I'm trying to make here is

4:15:06just this is what I'm doing. I'm

4:15:07obviously aware of the fact that my data

4:15:10goes to Enthropic when I process it

4:15:12through Claude. And if you guys are

4:15:13doing that, then you should also be

4:15:14aware of that. But there are other

4:15:16options if you can't do that. So I had

4:15:17to throw that out there. I am planning

4:15:18to make a ton of videos here soon about

4:15:21local AI and open source models and all

4:15:22this stuff cuz it's a really really

4:15:24exciting space that I think is going to

4:15:25start becoming bigger and bigger. So

4:15:28yeah, keep that in mind. Back to the

4:15:29video. I think sometimes that's a

4:15:31misconception about how I got here and

4:15:34how people build their own AIOS or

4:15:36second brain is that they think the

4:15:39problem is the system not retrieving it.

4:15:40Great, which sometimes it is, but

4:15:42sometimes it seems like the bigger

4:15:43problem is getting everything out of

4:15:45your brain into the system. So before

4:15:47you blame AI, take a look at your

4:15:50folders and files and say, is this

4:15:52actually holistic? Is this does this

4:15:54have all the nuance that I have in my

4:15:56brain? Anyways, from there, when you

4:15:57open up level 4, you can see that it's

4:15:59it's, you know, very similar still.

4:16:01We're just adding on a few things. You

4:16:02can see here we've added an agent.mmd,

4:16:04which is the exact same as the cloud.MD.

4:16:06And what else is cool is you can

4:16:07literally just reference inside of your

4:16:08cloudmd at agents.mmd. And then you can

4:16:10delete all this because this basically

4:16:12just like injects that file into here.

4:16:14But I just wanted to show that. But

4:16:15anyways, you can see we're still

4:16:17following the same principles. We have a

4:16:19wiki. We've also added a knowledge graph

4:16:21layer. We've still got the same where

4:16:22things live with the routing with all

4:16:24these just regular folders and boring

4:16:25markdown. But boring is beautiful. You

4:16:27can see that our memory is still here.

4:16:29It's starting to grow and we just keep

4:16:31building on top of this. So, one thing

4:16:33we added here as you can see was our

4:16:34knowledge graph folder. And so, what

4:16:36happens here is we get different

4:16:37entities, right? So, like we can see,

4:16:38okay, Jordan is a person, Acme is a

4:16:40company. And then we can start to form

4:16:41relationships between all these things.

4:16:43So Jordan works at Acme. Acme is

4:16:46endorsed by Postpilot. Postpilot is a

4:16:48competitor of Cadently and it starts to

4:16:50build out not only these entities, but

4:16:52it shows you how they're all related.

4:16:54And so that's why when I said that I

4:16:56really like using, you know, this um

4:16:58what's it called? LM Wiki is because I

4:17:00have enough of that feel of all these

4:17:02relationships because I've put so much

4:17:04time and effort into ingesting these in

4:17:07the right way and giving it context. The

4:17:09thing about this one is that it has to

4:17:10read every single file it wants. Maybe

4:17:13it was looking at AI video production

4:17:15and all it needed to know was 11 labs.

4:17:17It still would have read this entire

4:17:19file first. And so that's where

4:17:21sometimes the knowledge graph is

4:17:22actually more lightweight in that sense.

4:17:24And this is the example I showed at the

4:17:26beginning of the video where we have

4:17:27light rag. And forgive me, I'm going to

4:17:29have to blur some of this stuff out cuz

4:17:30this is like legitimately my entire

4:17:31second brain and our business. But as I

4:17:33really zoom in here, and this kind of

4:17:35slows down my computer cuz there's so

4:17:36much. But what you'll notice is that we

4:17:39actually start to get relationships. I

4:17:40probably shouldn't have done this with

4:17:41so much data, but you can see like we

4:17:43have this collaborates with that. We

4:17:46have this builds that. And so if I

4:17:48really started to open up all of these

4:17:50little, you know, circles, we could see

4:17:53what was going on and how they're all

4:17:54related. We can see that our 7-day AIS

4:17:56challenge. It was provided from YouTube.

4:17:59It connects to the onboarding process of

4:18:01AIS Plus. It was developed by Aiden. And

4:18:04so we can basically follow around these

4:18:06relationships as you see. And even

4:18:08though it's pretty much the same data

4:18:09that you see here in Obsidian, we're not

4:18:10getting that same level of relationships

4:18:12between these different entities. So

4:18:13anyways, if you guys want to see, you

4:18:15know, a full breakdown video on

4:18:16something like light rag or um graphify

4:18:18or all the other solutions that there

4:18:20are out there for more of a knowledge

4:18:21graph, relationship graph, then let me

4:18:23know. But that is kind of the difference

4:18:24there. So if you don't need those sort

4:18:26of relationship chains and you're not

4:18:28worried about that semantic type of

4:18:30relationships, then you probably don't

4:18:31need to use something like a knowledge

4:18:33graph. And then level five, we have more

4:18:35of the always on brain OS and something

4:18:38like Gbrain. Gary Tan, CEO of Y

4:18:40Combinator, he created this thing called

4:18:42GBrain, which pairs really well with

4:18:44GStack. But GBrain is kind of the idea

4:18:46of everything we've talked about here,

4:18:48wikis, routing, relationships, tools.

4:18:50But GBrain has kind of that always

4:18:53element because it is like constantly

4:18:55syncing and refreshing memories and

4:18:57adding more stuff. So adding in Gbrain

4:18:59to something like a Hermes agent would

4:19:00be really, really good. You could still

4:19:02do it in cloud code, but you'd have to

4:19:03handle those crons and get all that

4:19:04stuff set up, which is why I don't

4:19:06currently run GBandra at the moment, but

4:19:08I have been playing around with it with

4:19:09my Hermes agent. So, anyways, the point

4:19:10here is that it's very similar to

4:19:12everything else we've just talked about.

4:19:14It's just having that auto updating

4:19:16feel, more of the autonomous always on

4:19:18feel. But I will say another thing that

4:19:20I kind that kind of scares me about that

4:19:22is you have this whole dilemma of, you

4:19:25know, when do you have too much context

4:19:27and when does it get to the point where

4:19:29it's actually doing more damage than

4:19:30it's doing good? And the reason I bring

4:19:32that up is because I am in complete

4:19:34control of what my second brain ingests.

4:19:36I will run a skill to go grab all of my

4:19:38meeting transfers from the week. I will

4:19:40say, "Hey, here's something. Help me

4:19:42figure out like help me brainstorm about

4:19:43this and then let's ingest it together."

4:19:44And for me, I really like being in that

4:19:46control because in my mind, there's a

4:19:48big difference between a few types of

4:19:50data. If you guys remember in my like

4:19:51AIOS videos, I've talked about the four

4:19:53C's. So, context, connections,

4:19:54capabilities, and cadence. And for the

4:19:56second brain, I mainly think about it as

4:19:58just these first two. So, context and

4:20:00connections. And so, when I think of

4:20:01context, that's stuff like, you know,

4:20:04what my business has done. So, if I come

4:20:05into here into my my second brain, and

4:20:07you can see here, if I go to um up at

4:20:10OTAAS, so OTAAS are basically just our

4:20:12projects for the quarter. And so here I

4:20:14can see all the Q1 ones, right? I can

4:20:15look at all those and I can click at

4:20:16them and see decisions that we've made

4:20:18in the statuses. And I can also see Q2

4:20:20OTAAS. So I can see what's going on

4:20:21here. And my second brain is able to see

4:20:23that because that has been basically

4:20:25those are locked in decisions. This is

4:20:26what we're doing this quarter. And then

4:20:28I'm updating the statuses of that stuff.

4:20:29So that's like context. That's what's

4:20:31going on in the business. But when it

4:20:32comes to connections, if I go back to

4:20:34this, this is more of like the real data

4:20:36that isn't as evergreen. This is stuff

4:20:38that changes. This is like Slack

4:20:40threads. This is emails. this is

4:20:42customer data and that type of data you

4:20:44don't want to ingest into a second brain

4:20:46because that's just noise then then you

4:20:48have to go back every month and like

4:20:49delete old stuff. So the way that I like

4:20:51to think about my actual second brain is

4:20:53stuff that I'm not going to delete. This

4:20:55is stuff that is like okay in a year

4:20:57will it be good for me to have this

4:20:58memory in here? Yes. Otherwise it's just

4:21:00adding noise. So when you're adding data

4:21:03into your project think about it like

4:21:05the context and connections. think about

4:21:07if this is kind of like more evergreen

4:21:08holistic data or if this is more things

4:21:10that are going to change next week. So,

4:21:12you probably shouldn't pull it in, but

4:21:14you should make sure that your second

4:21:15brain has access to go grab it. So, that

4:21:17way if I said to my second brain, "Hey,

4:21:20can you just take a look real quick at

4:21:21what John and I were talking about last

4:21:23week about, you know, OTAA number seven,

4:21:25it would first go to our OTAA file and

4:21:27it would search through there and it it

4:21:28would try to find it there. If it

4:21:30couldn't find it there, it would look

4:21:31through the wiki and it would look

4:21:32through meeting transcripts and see what

4:21:33we talked about there. And if it

4:21:34couldn't find it there, it would finally

4:21:36go to ClickUp itself, pull real data in

4:21:38from me and John's conversations and see

4:21:40if the answer lived there. And so that

4:21:41in my mind is still a second brain

4:21:43because I'm able to ask a vague question

4:21:45and the second brain knows exactly where

4:21:47to look in what order to find that

4:21:48real-time data and then give me back the

4:21:50answer that I need. That's the question

4:21:51I ask myself is does this thing

4:21:53understand where my data lives and where

4:21:55to look and can it give me accurate

4:21:56answers. So as far as finding your

4:21:58level, remember your whole project

4:22:00doesn't fit into one level. Maybe this

4:22:02folder is level two. Maybe this folder

4:22:03is level four. Maybe this folder is

4:22:04level three. Here are some things to

4:22:06think about. If you are reexplaining

4:22:07your setup and you need to find things

4:22:09by exact words or files, look at level

4:22:11one. If you have 30 plus notes and you

4:22:12keep forgetting what's in them, look at

4:22:14level two. That's where you sort of like

4:22:15ingest them and get that wiki with

4:22:17relationships. If your project is just

4:22:19completely whiffing on notes that you

4:22:20know exist and your routing isn't

4:22:22working, then maybe you want to look for

4:22:23something more like a semantic search

4:22:25that doesn't rely on an exact word level

4:22:27match. If you're looking for

4:22:29relationships and to be able to follow

4:22:30chains of questions and thoughts, then

4:22:32you probably want to look for something

4:22:33like a knowledge graph. And if you're

4:22:34running agents offline and you've got so

4:22:36much data and you want to sync up a

4:22:37bunch of Hermes agents together, then

4:22:39you probably are looking for something

4:22:40like Level Five, something like Gbrain.

4:22:42And another topic that I get some

4:22:43questions about, which I'm not going to

4:22:45fully address in this video, but I will

4:22:46briefly bring up is the fact that you

4:22:49are building your own second brain OS.

4:22:51So are other people on your team. The

4:22:53next question is how do you actually

4:22:55make sure that everyone's data is

4:22:56syncing together and how do you have

4:22:58more of like your team second brain?

4:23:00There's a lot of different ways to solve

4:23:01that. I think once again it's not an

4:23:03issue of oh do we use Google Drive or

4:23:05notion or GitHub or cloud plugins. I

4:23:08think the issue to figure out with your

4:23:09team is how do we actually make sure

4:23:11that we all habit shift so that this

4:23:13stuff is actually useful and not just

4:23:15noise. How do we make sure that process

4:23:17owners are updating their docs and

4:23:19syncing their stuff there? How do we

4:23:20make sure that other people are pulling

4:23:22from that rather than always just

4:23:24pinging the same people for questions

4:23:25and answers all the time? I think the

4:23:27adoption and the change management

4:23:28question is the bigger one. The tech and

4:23:30the way it actually functionally rolls

4:23:32out is a little bit less. But what I do

4:23:34know is that you getting set up with

4:23:36your own first and understanding how it

4:23:38works, how you should route, how you

4:23:40should make the decisions of where the

4:23:41data should live, that's the first

4:23:43hurdle. You can only solve the teamwide

4:23:45problem once you feel comfortable about

4:23:46the way you run it every single day and

4:23:48that it works for you. All right, sweet.

4:23:51So, you guys have heard me earlier in

4:23:52this course talk about one of my skills

4:23:53called the grill me, which was inspired

4:23:55by Matt PCO's grill me skill as well.

4:23:58So, now that you're thinking about

4:24:00building out your second brain, I want

4:24:02to talk about this grill me skill that

4:24:04really helps me get more context into my

4:24:07systems, but also helps grill me on

4:24:10before I'm going to build an automation

4:24:11or before I'm going to build a new

4:24:13skill. Whenever I want to extract what's

4:24:14in my brain and get it into my second

4:24:16brain and get it into my AIOS, I like to

4:24:19use this grill me skill. So, let's talk

4:24:20about that real quick. The toughest part

4:24:22about building good skills and building

4:24:24a good operating system is trying to get

4:24:26everything from your brain into your

4:24:28system. So, for example, what you're

4:24:30looking at here is after months and

4:24:32months of me building up all of the

4:24:33knowledge that lives inside of my AIOS.

4:24:35It's basically just the idea that if

4:24:37everyone's using the same model, so if

4:24:38everyone's using Claude Opus 4.8,

4:24:40then everyone's going to be using the

4:24:42same prompts and getting the same output

4:24:44because the model is fundamentally the

4:24:45same for everybody. So what really makes

4:24:46the difference is when you add context

4:24:48into that model and you give it your

4:24:49taste, your voice, your decisions, and

4:24:51that's how you get outputs that actually

4:24:53sound like you. But once again, the real

4:24:54challenge is still the extraction,

4:24:56getting everything from your head into

4:24:58the AI system so that your skills can

4:25:01use it and that your context is better.

4:25:02And if you guys have been following me

4:25:03for a while and you've seen videos I've

4:25:05made about like discovery calls and and

4:25:07scoping out projects, that's the

4:25:09toughest part is especially if you're

4:25:11working with a client, asking them so

4:25:13many questions about this process to the

4:25:14point where they might even get annoyed

4:25:16because you're asking so many questions.

4:25:17But that's just what you have to do.

4:25:19It's the difference between a system

4:25:20that is successful 95% of the time and

4:25:22one that's only successful 80% of the

4:25:24time. So this one skill we're going to

4:25:25look at today is called grill me. It

4:25:27basically takes what's in your head into

4:25:29reusable context for your AI. So what

4:25:31happens is all of that knowledge that's

4:25:33in your head that you might think,

4:25:34"Okay, I'm just going to brain dump into

4:25:36clawed code for 5 minutes and it will be

4:25:37good enough, it's not ever good enough."

4:25:39So what this does is it basically

4:25:41relentlessly asks you questions. It

4:25:43grills you until it knows pretty much

4:25:45everything about the process. It'll ask

4:25:47you a question, you answer it, and then

4:25:49it basically will checkpoint and it will

4:25:50write everything back to a knowledge

4:25:52dock and it will just keep going over

4:25:54this loop endlessly until the knowledge

4:25:56dock is good enough and there's no gaps

4:25:58or holes in that knowledge. And so, like

4:26:00I said, this results to better skills,

4:26:01better context, and better projects. And

4:26:04originally, this skill was built by Matt

4:26:05PCO. And what's cool is if you look at

4:26:07it, it is a super simple prompt. It's

4:26:09like four to five sentences. Interview

4:26:11me relentlessly about every aspect of

4:26:13this plan until we reach a shared

4:26:15understanding. Walk down each branch of

4:26:17the design tree, resolving dependencies

4:26:19between decisions one by one. For each

4:26:21question, provide your recommended

4:26:22answer. Ask questions one at a time. If

4:26:24a question can be answered by exploring

4:26:26the codebase, explore the codebase

4:26:27instead. And I like to look at that

4:26:28because it makes you realize that a

4:26:30skill doesn't have to be super

4:26:31complicated automation. A skill can just

4:26:33be a prompt that you don't want to have

4:26:35to say every single time. And of course,

4:26:36naturally, what did I do? I destroyed

4:26:38that. I ruined the skill. I made it a

4:26:40little bit more complex, but I added

4:26:42something that I think makes it much

4:26:43better. So, if I go into mycloud, I go

4:26:45down to my skills and we look for the

4:26:46grill me right here and I open up the

4:26:48skill.md. You can see it's a little bit

4:26:50longer now. But basically what I did is

4:26:52I worked in that whole element of

4:26:54checkpointing after every single

4:26:55question because originally the skill

4:26:57doesn't do that and what happens is if

4:26:59you are talking you know if it's

4:27:01grilling you for an hour plus which

4:27:02sometimes it will and that's a good

4:27:03thing and as the condex window starts to

4:27:05fill up I started to get worried that it

4:27:07was going to misremember some of my

4:27:09answers from earlier. So I just found

4:27:10myself telling it manually hey write

4:27:12this to a doc write this to a doc

4:27:14checkpoint every time. And so I figured

4:27:15okay why not just work that into the

4:27:17skill. So now what the skill does is it

4:27:19creates a folder called brainstorms and

4:27:21it does this at the root of your

4:27:22project. So if I go down here, you can

4:27:24see I've got a brainstorm file or sorry

4:27:26a brainstorm folder right here with

4:27:27these four brainstorms. And so it will

4:27:29create that for you if you don't have

4:27:30it. But if you do have it, it will just

4:27:32chuck a doc in there, a markdown file

4:27:34right away. And so then if I open up

4:27:36like for example this packaging one

4:27:37which I was doing, it will find like the

4:27:40algorithm, the key decisions, but then

4:27:42it will also show you the step-by-step

4:27:44Q&A log of the questions that it asked

4:27:46and what I answered with and the key

4:27:47highlights. And then as soon as we

4:27:49finally got to the end of that packaging

4:27:50grill me session, it said, "Hey, I

4:27:52noticed you have this packaging guide

4:27:54and you have a packaging skill and

4:27:56there's a lot of nuance here that we

4:27:57talked about that's not in there. So do

4:27:59you want me to update both of those?"

4:28:00And then I said yes. And now those

4:28:02skills and docs are so much better. I

4:28:04also did one where I said, "Hey, I want

4:28:05you to understand everything about the

4:28:07business." And we walked through from

4:28:08beginning to end, all the decisions, all

4:28:10the processes, and now my OS just feels

4:28:12like it knows even more about the way

4:28:14the business works. And so, if you think

4:28:16about it like this, right, like nothing

4:28:17is going to be perfect on the first try.

4:28:19And so, let me just do a quick

4:28:21visualization. This is kind of the old

4:28:23way when you're building a skill, right?

4:28:24So, we've got iterations down here.

4:28:26Let's say by iteration one, after you've

4:28:28knowledge dumped in your brain and you

4:28:31want to build a skill, you maybe get

4:28:32somewhere. or let's just say around here

4:28:34where you're about like 70% successful

4:28:36on iteration one and then what happens

4:28:38is you run the skill and you make a

4:28:40small improvement and now you're up

4:28:41about I don't know right here like you

4:28:43go up from 70% to 75 and then every time

4:28:46you iterate you get a little bit better

4:28:48with each iteration until maybe you cap

4:28:50at the point where you're about like 95%

4:28:53good and this could be 10 iterations it

4:28:55could be 30 iterations it however many

4:28:56it takes for your skill to feel a bit

4:28:58more battle tested and honestly I don't

4:29:00think you ever get to 100% because as

4:29:02your business evolves and as you evolve,

4:29:04the skill keeps evolving. So like all my

4:29:06skills that I've been using for months

4:29:07and months, I'm pretty much still

4:29:10changing a lot. But the whole idea is

4:29:12what if on iteration one because you do

4:29:14this grill me and you spend extra time

4:29:16up front, you're able to jump right up

4:29:18here to like 90 at the beginning. And

4:29:20yes, it's not perfect. You're still

4:29:21going to iterate a little bit, but

4:29:23you're just there a lot quicker, which

4:29:24gives you more opportunity to find

4:29:27better ways to iterate on it. So that's

4:29:28my horrible visual of why I think this

4:29:31is valuable. It just goes back to that

4:29:32whole idea of if I had six hours to chop

4:29:34down a tree, I would spend the first

4:29:36four sharpening the axe where upfront,

4:29:38yes, maybe it feels boring or

4:29:40repetitive, but that's what you need to

4:29:42do is get all that context in there

4:29:43because it helps downstream so much

4:29:45more. So anyways, if you guys want to

4:29:47grab the grill me skill, you can look it

4:29:48up here from Matt PCO. Or if you want my

4:29:50version, you can come to my free school

4:29:52community. The link for that is down in

4:29:53the description. Just join the

4:29:54community, go to the classroom, click on

4:29:56all YouTube resources, and it will be

4:29:57right in there for you to find along

4:29:59with all my other free resources. And

4:30:00then it's as simple as saying, "Hey,

4:30:02grill me about this." Or, of course, you

4:30:03can invoke it with a slash command.

4:30:05Right there, you can see, "Grill me."

4:30:07But I could just say something as simple

4:30:08as, "Hey, I need you to grill me about

4:30:10the way that I think about applying AI

4:30:12to my own business internally in a safe

4:30:15way that won't damage the business." You

4:30:18can see it'll obviously load up that

4:30:19grill me skill. We're going to see in a

4:30:21second that it's going to create the

4:30:22capture file so nothing gets lost. Right

4:30:24there we have applying AI internally.

4:30:26And this is what it looks like. It's

4:30:28going to set up the discovery notes, the

4:30:30summary key decisions, um, Q&A log, and

4:30:32any open flags. And what's cool about

4:30:34this is it'll flag things that you need

4:30:36to go find. So, when I was running

4:30:38through this funnel map, you know, there

4:30:39were some things going on in the

4:30:40business that I don't actually know

4:30:42super well. Like, I can't explain the

4:30:44same way as the actual stakeholder or

4:30:45operator that does that process can

4:30:47explain it. So, it said, "Hey, here's

4:30:49some things to flag. Go reach out to

4:30:50this person and have them send you

4:30:52information and then come back and drop

4:30:54that into me and then we'll update this

4:30:56brainstorm." So that's basically how it

4:30:57works. It might ask you five questions.

4:30:59It might ask you 30. It's just going to

4:31:01go until you guys feel like you have the

4:31:02same shared knowledge and that it is a

4:31:04good stopping point. And the cool thing

4:31:06is because these are saved as docs. You

4:31:08can reference them later. But you could

4:31:09also come back to like for example

4:31:10packaging. Let's say I I find a major

4:31:13breakthrough in the way that I package

4:31:14my content. I would just come back to

4:31:16this doc and say, "Hey, grill me again.

4:31:19Here's some new things I found. Let's

4:31:20update all this information." All right.

4:31:22Let's talk about agent teams. What do I

4:31:24mean by this? I basically just mean how

4:31:26can you just leverage

4:31:28a bunch of cloud agents running at the

4:31:30same time creating a team and typically

4:31:33when I want to go for an agent team I've

4:31:35got one reason and that is because I

4:31:38want multiple perspectives. I want

4:31:41multiple different types of agents that

4:31:43have specialties in different areas to

4:31:45collaborate on something together. Now

4:31:47there is one important thing to

4:31:48understand about agent teams. There is a

Sub-Agents vs Agent Teams

4:31:51big difference between sub agents and

4:31:54agent teams. Take a look at this visual.

4:31:56On the lefth hand side, we have sub

4:31:57aents. On the right hand side, we have

4:31:58agent teams. Now, we've already talked

4:32:00about sub aents. You guys understand

4:32:01this. The main agent orchestrates sub

4:32:03aents with fresh context windows. And

4:32:05the sub aents cannot talk to each other.

4:32:07They can only talk back to the main

4:32:09agent. They can only report to the main

4:32:11agent. But in agent teams, look at this.

4:32:13The main agent spins up the team and

4:32:15there's a shared task list. And now all

4:32:18of these specialized teammates can

4:32:20communicate between each other and they

4:32:22can claim tasks off the list and they

4:32:24literally can work together and talk to

4:32:26each other and report back to the main

4:32:28agent. So it's just a lot more of a team

4:32:30rather than like individual workers in

4:32:33cubicles that don't talk. These are

4:32:35actual, you know, people sitting around

4:32:36one desk having a meeting talking and

4:32:38getting work done. So it's very cool,

4:32:40but it is a little bit more token

4:32:42intensive. So I don't use them all the

4:32:45time. Like I said, it's a very specific

4:32:46scenario when I want to have a bunch of

4:32:48different perspectives collaborating

4:32:50together in real time. Now, if you want

4:32:52to do stuff in parallel, you're probably

4:32:53better off just spinning up a dynamic

4:32:56workflow. So, a dynamic workflow is

4:32:57really cool because what it does is it

4:32:58takes the main session and it basically

4:33:02creates these dynamic workflows of

4:33:04agents that will do different phases. So

4:33:06maybe it'll spin up five for the

4:33:07planning phase and then maybe it'll spin

4:33:09up like 10 for the next phase and it

4:33:10will just dynamically spin up more

4:33:12phases of sub aents based on the results

4:33:15of the previous session. So it is very

4:33:18cool. It's it's also quite token

4:33:19intensive, but it's a great way to do

4:33:21like verification loops and to make sure

4:33:23that everything is working as it should.

4:33:25So um I do have videos on my channel

4:33:26about dynamic workflows. I'll tag one

4:33:28right up here if you want to check out

4:33:29like kind of I break down how it works.

4:33:31But those are all sub agents still. Now,

4:33:33what if we want agent teams that

4:33:35literally, as we know, collaborate with

4:33:37each other, talk to each other, and all

4:33:39report back to the main session, and

4:33:41maybe they have some sort of shared task

4:33:42list together. I mainly have one key use

4:33:46case when I make agent teams because

4:33:48typically I can I find that things can

4:33:49be done in parallel. But let me talk

4:33:52about my use case here. So, I like to do

4:33:56councils or war rooms or, you know,

4:33:58something what I call a roast. The idea

4:34:00is whenever I'm having a big decision or

4:34:03whenever I'm trying to analyze if

4:34:04something is going to resonate with the

4:34:06audience or you know if there's any

4:34:07holes in my plan, I like to spin up a

4:34:09debate team of different agents that

4:34:11literally talk to each other and debate

4:34:13and they go back and forth and chat and

4:34:15chat and chat until they reach some sort

4:34:17of consensus. And I just think that it's

4:34:19not only pretty fun, but it gives me

4:34:20different angles and then I'm able to

4:34:22read the debate and I'm able to read

4:34:24what did different perspectives bring

4:34:25up. Now, before we actually do that, I

4:34:28have to show you how you set up agent

4:34:29teams because if you go to the

4:34:30documentation, you can see that this is

4:34:32an experimental feature that is disabled

4:34:34by default, at least at the time of

4:34:35making this video. So, you have to

4:34:37enable them by adding a config to your

4:34:39settings. So, look at this. All you have

4:34:41to do is you have to add this

4:34:43environment variable cloud code

4:34:44experimental agent teams equals 1. So,

4:34:46what I'm going to do is copy this. I'm

4:34:48going to go into our knowledge work

4:34:49project that we've been working on

4:34:50together. You can see in here if I go to

4:34:52the files and I go to my.claude. We

4:34:54don't yet have a settings.json file. So

4:34:57we're going to have to create that. But

4:34:58here's what I'm going to say. Hey

4:34:59Claude, I want to test out agent teams

4:35:01which is currently an experient or

4:35:03experiential an experimental feature

4:35:05from cloud code. So take a look at this

4:35:08environment variable. And I'm just going

4:35:10to paste that in. The documentation told

4:35:13me that we have to put this inside of

4:35:14our local settings, the JSON file for

4:35:17this project if we want to use agent

4:35:19teams in this project. So inside of my

4:35:20do.claude create the settings file and

4:35:23add this to the config so that we can

4:35:25actually use agent teams. Okay. So I'm

4:35:27going to shoot that off and hopefully

4:35:29it's able to understand that request.

4:35:30It's able to create us that settings

4:35:32file and then we'll be up and running

4:35:33with agent teams. You can see it's even

4:35:35running a skill right here that's called

4:35:37update config. Okay, awesome. So it

4:35:39created that file. If we go in here and

4:35:41we just verify that in thecloud we have

4:35:43a settings.local.json and there it is

4:35:45right there. Perfect. Now, what we

4:35:47probably need to do is reset the

4:35:49session. So, I'm going to clear that

4:35:50out. A lot of times when you add a new

4:35:51config, you have to start a new session

4:35:53in order to be able to have those

4:35:54changes actually take effect. So, let's

4:35:58see what we can do real quick. I pulled

4:35:59up this report. It's a 2026 CEO study by

4:36:02IBM. They surveyed a bunch of CEOs and

4:36:04asked about some AI stuff, which I've

4:36:05broken this down in a few different

4:36:07videos. It's super super interesting.

4:36:08So, if you want to check that out, just

4:36:10Google this 2026 CEO study IBM and give

4:36:14it a read. Super interesting. Anyways,

4:36:16what I did though is I downloaded this

4:36:18PDF. So, I'm going to just pull up my

4:36:19downloads real quick. And what I like to

4:36:22do is I like to just copy the path to

4:36:24the file that I want my agents to look

4:36:27at because it can obviously access your

4:36:28downloads. So, I copied the path. I'm

4:36:30going to go back into Claude, paste that

4:36:31in there. Now, I'm going to say the

4:36:33following.

4:36:35All right. So, I just read this report

4:36:36and I think it's really interesting, but

4:36:38I'm having trouble understanding how to

4:36:40apply the insights to my day-to-day. So,

4:36:42what I would like you to do is I would

4:36:44like you to create an agent team using

4:36:46the team create function to create an

4:36:48agent team. I want this agent team to

4:36:50have different personas. So, I'm

4:36:51thinking maybe like a small business

4:36:53owner, a large enterprise business

4:36:56owner, a CEO, and

4:37:00maybe a entry-level employee. And then

4:37:02any other personas that you think would

4:37:04be interesting to have inside of this

4:37:05discussion because I want them to debate

4:37:08about this report. I want them to

4:37:09analyze what stats did they think were

4:37:11the most interesting and what was the

4:37:12most concerning and I want them to go on

4:37:15a couple rounds of debates so that they

4:37:16can basically give me an analysis of how

4:37:19I should use it for me and my business.

4:37:21Now I know you don't know too much about

4:37:23me at the moment. So go ahead and look

4:37:25through my Herk 2 project so that you

4:37:27can see who I am and what my business

4:37:29does and then make sure all of the

4:37:31insights and the debate are tailored

4:37:33towards me personally for me and my

4:37:34business. Okay. So, the reason why I

4:37:37said that so specifically up at the

4:37:39beginning where I said use the team

4:37:40create function in order to create an

4:37:42agent team is because sometimes if you

4:37:43say an agent team, it might just spin up

4:37:45a bunch of sub aents. So, you have to be

4:37:46specific about agent teams that can

4:37:48actually talk to each other. And the

4:37:49good news is you'll actually be able to

4:37:51see when it does that. Okay, so one

4:37:54thing I wanted to call out is that

4:37:55agents don't like to read PDFs and like

4:37:57HTML as much because there's a lot of

4:37:58metadata. So, what it did here is it

4:38:00converted that PDF to text. If you see

4:38:03right here, it converted it to text and

4:38:04then it read the text. So anyways, you

4:38:07can see here it says, "Before I spin up

4:38:08the team, let me stage a shared brief."

4:38:10So all personas debate the same facts

4:38:13and they all tailor to you specifically.

4:38:14So it's going to write up that brief and

4:38:16then it will spin up the agent team and

4:38:17I will point that out to you guys. Okay,

4:38:19here we go. So it is launching six

4:38:21distinct personas round one and it's

4:38:23going to run all six in parallel. So

4:38:25that word kind of scares me because I'm

4:38:27not sure if it fully understood that we

4:38:29want the team. Let's see what it does

4:38:31here. Now, as you can see these

4:38:32different personas being spun up. What's

4:38:33cool is you can click into them and you

4:38:35can see the actual prompt that was shot

4:38:37off. So, this is the prompt that was

4:38:38sent off to this specific agent, but it

4:38:42looks like this might not be a team. It

4:38:44looks like it's just spinning up six sub

4:38:46aents. So, I'm going to stop this real

4:38:47quick and just verify that it, you know,

4:38:49it understands me correctly. And that is

4:38:51something that you should do. Watch your

4:38:52agents as they're working and they're

4:38:54building things. And if it feels like

4:38:55they're going off the track that you're

4:38:57trying to put them on, then stop them

4:38:59and explain. So, it looks like you're

4:39:01creating just sub agents and you're just

4:39:03running those in parallel, but they

4:39:05can't actually talk to each other. And I

4:39:07wanted you to use the agent team

4:39:08function, team create function. So, you

4:39:11can actually create an agent team that

4:39:13can all talk to each other together. So,

4:39:14that's super important. Please make sure

4:39:16that you're doing it that way. Okay. So,

4:39:18I was correct. It was doing it wrong and

4:39:20it was able to do a little more research

4:39:21and correct itself. Now, quick quiz

4:39:23question. What would you do now? If you

4:39:27said build a skill around agent teams or

4:39:30if you said something like put this in

4:39:31the cloudmd, then I would say you're

4:39:33right. Whenever it misunderstands you,

4:39:35correct it and tell it to update

4:39:37instructions, update skills or create a

4:39:39skill so that that misunderstanding

4:39:40doesn't ever happen again. Remember? So

4:39:43that's what you should do after this

4:39:44message or even start up a new session

4:39:46and say, "Hey, here's what happened and

4:39:47here's what you did and we need to make

4:39:48sure that it doesn't happen again." So

4:39:50anyways, let's see what it's doing now.

4:39:52It has these six different personas that

4:39:54are being spun up and these are personas

4:39:57that are going to be able to actually

4:39:58talk to each other. You can see that

4:39:59it's sending off different messages to

4:40:01these different personas. So anyways,

4:40:03now that we know that they're able to

4:40:04actually talk to each other and debate

4:40:05the way we wanted them to, I'll check in

4:40:07with you guys when this is completely

4:40:09done. Now, the other thing to remember

4:40:10real quick about this is that this isn't

4:40:12going to fill up too too much of our

4:40:14actual context window, but this will eat

4:40:16at our 5-h hour limit because all of

4:40:17these agents, you know, they're on their

4:40:19own context windows and they're eating

4:40:20tokens and they're talking and agent

4:40:22teams are expensive. But just wanted to

4:40:23call out once again that these agents

4:40:26are talking not in our main sessions

4:40:28context window. All right, so that

4:40:29finished up. I'm not going to read this

4:40:31entire thing and every single round of

4:40:32debates because that would be boring and

4:40:33take forever. Let's just go over some of

4:40:35the key facts. So, six personas, three

4:40:37rounds, real cross talk. We had a small

4:40:40business owner, we had a chief AI

4:40:41officer, we had founder, CEO, we had a

4:40:43bunch of different roles, right? So, as

4:40:45far as the stats, each of the different

4:40:46personas pulled out one that was the

4:40:47most interesting and one that was the

4:40:49most concerning. We saw the team's

4:40:51collective verdict after they argued it

4:40:53was that the most interesting stat was

4:40:55the reality gap. 10% today versus 72% by

4:40:582030. It's the one honest number in the

4:41:00deck and it's your product market fit

4:41:02written in a footnote. The most

4:41:04concerning stat was the 25% use versus

4:41:0686% skills adoption gap. It's your own

4:41:09risk. The same disease as your 20% AI

4:41:11plus churn and your single most sellable

4:41:13lesson all at once. And the most

4:41:14overrated was the plus 17% headline. So

4:41:16anyways, they had to agree on this

4:41:18stuff. They had to all come to a

4:41:19consensus on these stats. And now it

4:41:22gave us basically actionable steps

4:41:24because it knows me. So audit your own

4:41:26agents before you sell a cert about

4:41:27auditing agents. Turn the Nate to John

4:41:29handoff into a one-page decision rights

4:41:31map. fix 20% churn, ship a free AI

4:41:34adoption at audit, and adopt Gordon's

4:41:35credibility guardrail on every citation.

4:41:37We could dig into this, right? And we

4:41:39can have a full report written up, but

4:41:41the point I'm trying to make here is

4:41:43getting different personas is really

4:41:44nice because you have subject matter

4:41:46expertise in one or maybe a few areas,

4:41:48but you don't you can't see everything.

4:41:50You can't see around every corner

4:41:51because of your experience and because

4:41:52of your knowledge, but other people can.

4:41:55And Stanford actually proved this. They

4:41:57have a research method called the storm

4:41:58method where they have different

4:41:59personas attack the angle and find the

4:42:02holes in it and then it has been proven

4:42:04that it's much better research and much

4:42:06more thorough research. So, I did a

4:42:08video breaking that one down as well.

4:42:09It's called the storm research method

4:42:11and I'll tag that video right up there

4:42:12if you want to check it out for next

4:42:14time you're doing research. But just

4:42:15thinking about the idea of using

4:42:17different agents as individual

4:42:19specialized experts that can help you

4:42:21create better plans, create better

4:42:23products, create, you know, have better

4:42:24ideas. What's really cool about this,

4:42:26this wasn't planned, but the next thing

4:42:27I wanted to talk about on here was

4:42:29artifacts. So, it's cool because at the

4:42:32end of this message, Claude says, "Do

4:42:33you want me to package this into a

4:42:34sharable artifact, a clean one page that

4:42:36you can revisit or send to other

4:42:38people?" So, basically, the way that you

4:42:40used to share information is you would

4:42:42create slide decks or you would create

4:42:44like a little memo or I don't know,

4:42:46however you like to send information to

4:42:48your team, that's what you would do. And

4:42:50a lot of times when you would send those

4:42:51artifacts, they would be static, meaning

4:42:52you would download it, you'd send it

4:42:54over, they would open it, and if you

4:42:55made changes on your end, it would kind

4:42:57of, you know, you'd have to send them an

4:42:58updated version. But Claude recently

4:43:00dropped these things called artifacts

4:43:01where it's able to package everything up

4:43:03into a pretty HTML style and then it

4:43:05will just give it to you on an actual

4:43:06URL, meaning it's live on the web and

4:43:08you don't have to host it. It's

4:43:09literally just Claude will host it for

4:43:11you. So that way whenever you have

4:43:12artifacts and whenever you've been

4:43:13brainstorming with Claude for a while,

4:43:15you can say, "Hey, put that into a quick

4:43:16artifact so I can send it to my whole

4:43:18team." And then what's cool is if you

4:43:19keep updating it on your side, as soon

4:43:21as you update the artifact, whoever is

4:43:23watching it, it will update on their

4:43:24side, too. So, it's a really nice thing

4:43:27to be able to utilize, especially if

4:43:28you're working on projects with your

4:43:30teams. I'm not going to spend too much

4:43:31time here because it's a pretty simple

4:43:33concept, but I definitely wanted to

4:43:34bring it up. So, on this lefth hand

4:43:36side, you can see if I click on

4:43:37artifacts, I only have one right now

4:43:38because it's a pretty new feature, but

4:43:40let me open up this artifact to show

4:43:41you. This is a URL. So, if I gave you

4:43:43guys this URL, you could actually see

4:43:45this as well. I guess actually you have

4:43:47to be in my organization to see it, but

4:43:48either way, the point is it's live. It's

4:43:50not a local host. It's a real URL. And

4:43:52so this one I had it spin up to prove to

4:43:54me that the spacing on our book was

4:43:56correct. So it was proving to me against

4:43:58like The Great Gatsby and it was showing

4:43:59me the indentation and the spacing and

4:44:01all that kind of stuff. And this is not

4:44:03itself a really impressive artifact. I

4:44:05just wanted to show you that Claude

4:44:07basically hosts these. You can switch

4:44:08between them. You can rename them. You

4:44:10can see the different versions. You can

4:44:11copy the actual prompt to edit the

4:44:13artifact. And like I said, if I go back

4:44:15into the app, you can see that you will

4:44:17be able to manage and view all of your

4:44:19artifacts right here. Copy the link,

4:44:20send them over to your team. All of

4:44:22these things over here, these are not

4:44:23artifacts. These are just different

4:44:24chats or different projects. These are

4:44:26the artifacts. All right. So, we have

4:44:28our artifact fully built out. As you can

4:44:30see, all I had to say was yes, turn that

4:44:32into an artifact. So, it used all the

4:44:34context and it used all of the rounds of

4:44:36debating to help us build this out. Um,

4:44:38let me just go ahead and open this up on

4:44:40an actual URL. So, here is the actual

4:44:43link. As you guys see, this is something

4:44:44that I could send to my team very

4:44:45easily. I'm going to open that up here.

4:44:47Rewiring the seauite translated for one

4:44:5015 person company. So, this was our

4:44:51agent team debate on this study. We can

4:44:53see the verdict. We can see the stats

4:44:55each seat fought over. We can see the

4:44:57round table with the different personas.

4:44:59We can look at the five moves. So, we

4:45:00could really just dig in here and I

4:45:02could obviously, like I said, if I

4:45:03wanted to show my team what I had worked

4:45:05on today or show them something

4:45:06interesting that I built, I would just

4:45:07send that over. Super super easy, super

4:45:09super quick. Awesome. So, that is

4:45:11artifacts. Very very cool. Let me go

4:45:13ahead and cross this out. We are really

4:45:15making some great progress on this

4:45:17course today. So the next thing you can

4:45:19see down here is routines. And routines

4:45:21are absolutely awesome in the desktop

4:45:23app. It's really, really easy to manage

4:45:25them. I click over here on routines. You

4:45:27can see different routines that I have.

4:45:29And what you'll notice over here is that

4:45:30some are paused. You'll notice that some

4:45:32are cloud. And then you can also spin up

4:45:34ones that are local. And so really the

Scheduled Automations & Cloud Routines

4:45:36big difference is that the local

4:45:37routines, they have to be running

4:45:40locally. So your cloud code app has to

4:45:42be open and your computer has to be on.

4:45:44But if you put them in the cloud, then

4:45:46all of this can be turned off and

4:45:47they'll still be running on the cloud

4:45:49whenever you want them to. So if you

4:45:51want them triggered on a specific, you

4:45:52know, day and a certain time, it can be

4:45:54that. It can also be triggered on

4:45:56certain actions. Now, the one thing is

4:45:58you are limited on how many cloud

4:45:59routines you can have active. I believe

4:46:01it's like 15 per day can be triggered,

4:46:04but they're super easy to set up. And

4:46:05what's awesome is you get the full

4:46:06agentic loop. So, I'm about to shoot you

4:46:09guys over into a video where I break

4:46:10down these routines and how to set them

4:46:12up. It's completely awesome. Cloud Code

4:46:14has finally brought us routines, which

4:46:16basically means you can inject a prompt

4:46:18into Cloud Code, but it can be running

4:46:19on the web, so your laptop does not have

4:46:21to stay open. And I'm so excited about

4:46:23it. I've already been playing around

4:46:24with it. I've been migrating my

4:46:25automations over there, but there are a

4:46:26lot of little gotchas. So, I'm here to

4:46:28explain exactly how you can actually set

4:46:29up these automations so that they work.

4:46:31So, today, April 14th, Claude tweeted,

4:46:33"Now in research preview, routines and

4:46:35cloud code. You configure a routine

4:46:37once, which is basically like a prompt,

4:46:38and it can run on a schedule, from an

4:46:40API call, or in response to an event,

4:46:42and it runs on Anthropics web

4:46:44infrastructure. So, that's awesome. So,

4:46:46you can call a routine from an API, you

4:46:48can have GitHub events trigger it, or

4:46:50they can be scheduled, which are like

4:46:51the scheduled automations that we

4:46:52already have, but now they run on the

4:46:54web. So, you really can create these

4:46:55from anywhere. You can do it right here

4:46:57as a scheduled trigger to run scheduled

4:46:59remote agents, which is in the terminal.

4:47:01You could also go to cloud.ai/code. So,

4:47:03you could do it on the web. web. And

4:47:04right here, you see I have three web-

4:47:05based routines right here. Or what I'm

4:47:07going to be showing you guys today is

4:47:08just doing it in the desktop app.

4:47:10Because right here, if I go to my

4:47:11scheduled tasks, you can see that I've

4:47:13got some like these four that are local.

4:47:15And then I've got these four that are

4:47:16running inside of a GitHub repository.

4:47:18So these are the remote ones. If I go up

4:47:20here and click on new task, this is

4:47:22where we could set up a new local task

4:47:24or a new remote task. It's very similar.

4:47:26You set up the name, you set up what

4:47:28Claude should do, and this is the actual

4:47:30prompt. So I'll talk more about that in

4:47:31a sec. But then you would configure your

4:47:33model, your repository, and your cloud

4:47:36environment. You set the cadence hourly,

4:47:38daily, weekdays. I think the minimum is

4:47:40once an hour. Like you couldn't go like

4:47:42every 10 minutes or something, but still

4:47:44not bad at all. This is where you could

4:47:45configure all of your connectors. So if

4:47:47you need to connect Slack or Gmail or,

4:47:49you know, whatever it is, you can

4:47:50connect them right here. But you can

4:47:52also just do your regular API endpoints

4:47:54with your API keys. And then of course,

4:47:56you've got your permissions. So you can

4:47:57choose how Claude should be acting. Now,

4:48:00the one thing about these are these are

4:48:02meant to be a oneshot prompt. You're not

4:48:04around. So, you probably want to make

4:48:05sure that it doesn't ever have to stop

4:48:06and ask you questions. Otherwise, what's

4:48:08the point of the automation? So, like I

4:48:10said, there's tons of things to dive

4:48:11into here, and I'm not going to try to

4:48:13bore you guys, but some of this is

4:48:14really important because when I first

4:48:15got this set up, my automations weren't

4:48:18just migrating over and working. So, I'm

4:48:19going to tell you guys the issues that I

4:48:21ran into, and hopefully answer

4:48:22everything that you need to know so that

4:48:24you won't have to go into the comments

4:48:25and ask these common questions. I can

4:48:27just answer them right here for you. So,

4:48:28let me just first of all, real quick,

4:48:29show you guys what I tested out. The

4:48:31first thing I wanted to test out is if I

4:48:33came in here and I created a new routine

4:48:36for just shooting a message to my

4:48:38ClickUp. Obviously, that's not any

4:48:40value, but I just wanted to see how it

4:48:41worked because what I wanted to do is

4:48:42see if I could do this without adding my

4:48:44connector of ClickUp. And I was able to

4:48:47actually get this to fire off, but it

4:48:48didn't work right away. So, let me show

4:48:49you guys what I ran into. So, the way

4:48:51that this works is you need a GitHub

4:48:53repository to sync it to in order for

4:48:55this to actually run. So, it's going to

4:48:56clone my Herk 2 project right here in

4:48:58the web. It's going to be able to read

4:49:00my cloud.mmd. It's going to be able to

4:49:01read my scripts and my skills. And then

4:49:03after it finishes the job, it basically

4:49:05just destroys that little cloud GitHub

4:49:07clone. But as you guys know, you don't

4:49:09push your secrets into GitHub because if

4:49:12you see here, my my Herk 2 project, this

4:49:14is my ENV file with all of my API keys

4:49:17and this is listed in the git ignore,

4:49:18which basically says, hey, when you push

4:49:20to GitHub, you don't include these

4:49:22files. So what that means is in here if

4:49:24this is only looking at your GitHub

4:49:25repo, there's no ENV. So how do you get

4:49:28your API keys into this routine that

4:49:31runs on the web? Well, what you do is

4:49:33inside of this scheduled task, you have

4:49:36a cloud environment. So if I click on

4:49:38this one, you can see this one is called

4:49:39Nate Cloud. So if I open up the

4:49:41settings, what do you see? You have the

4:49:43name of this cloud environment, you have

4:49:44the network access, and you have

4:49:46environment variables. So right here is

4:49:48where I put in my YouTube API key, my

4:49:50ClickUp API key, any of the other API

4:49:52keys that I need to give this cloud

4:49:54environment access to. And then the

4:49:56other thing you have to do is you have

4:49:57to look at the access levels because

4:49:59right here you can see that this one is

4:50:00on full, but by default this will be on

4:50:03trusted, I believe. And that means you

4:50:05can only download packages from verified

4:50:07sources from Anthropic. And when we talk

4:50:09about this later, I'll have a link which

4:50:10you can go see all of them. You could

4:50:12even do custom if you wanted to allow

4:50:13specific domains that aren't on that

4:50:15list. But in order for ClickUp to work

4:50:16in this case, I had to go on full

4:50:18because when I went on trusted, it said,

4:50:19"Hey, we can't actually do that." But

4:50:21when I changed this to full, it let me

4:50:23send a message to my ClickUp. And that

4:50:24is how I got this message right here

4:50:25that says, "Just testing that the remote

4:50:27tasks work and the credentials work." So

4:50:29basically, when these run, whatever you

4:50:31have here as your instructions is what

4:50:33gets prompted. And that's exactly the

4:50:35same way that the scheduled tasks

4:50:36locally work. So right here, you can see

4:50:38I say send a message in the internal

4:50:39ClickUp channel. And right here, the

4:50:41actual thing that it says was send a

4:50:43message in the internal ClickUp channel.

4:50:45So, think of a scheduled task or a

4:50:47routine as you basically typing in a

4:50:49prompt and then someone coming in to

4:50:52your laptop and typing it in for you.

4:50:54So, it's the exact same type of

4:50:55interaction as you talking to cloud

4:50:57code. But that's why once again, you

4:50:59want to make sure it's specific enough

4:51:00so that it can basically oneshot it.

4:51:02Okay. So, let's take it a little deeper.

4:51:04Now, what I tried to do is I did another

4:51:05one which I wanted it to be able to use

4:51:07the YouTube data API in order to grab

4:51:10some YouTube comments for me and give me

4:51:12a little analysis in, you know, ClickUp

4:51:14or whatever. So, this is the prompt I

4:51:16said, right? Analyze 50 of my most

4:51:18recent comments from YouTube and give me

4:51:19a quick bullet rundown. My YouTube API

4:51:21key is available as an environment

4:51:23variable. Use it directly from the

4:51:25environment. Don't look for av because

4:51:28what happens is in your repo, right? So

4:51:30in this Herk 2 project, um, when I

4:51:32normally run this, it grabs all my API

4:51:34keys from thev and maybe it reads the

4:51:36claw.mmd and realizes that's where a lot

4:51:38of those live. So by default, it's maybe

4:51:41going to try to look in thev and it's

4:51:43not going to be smart enough to figure

4:51:44out. And so for ClickUp, it was fine. It

4:51:46figured it out. But for some reason with

4:51:48this YouTube one, it didn't. So I had to

4:51:49explicitly tell it, hey, look in the

4:51:51environment variable rather than in the

4:51:53env. So you can see this first time I

4:51:55ran it 1241, I didn't say that and it

4:51:58couldn't do it. It said like, "Hey, I

4:52:00can't find that. I'm getting an error."

4:52:01And I even tried to tell it here and it

4:52:03still didn't work. But then on this most

4:52:05recent run, when I updated the prompt a

4:52:06little bit, it was able to fetch it

4:52:08right away using the API key. And now I

4:52:11have a remote, you know, routine that

4:52:13would work. Obviously, I need to update

4:52:15this. I'm going to migrate over my other

4:52:17automations, but this was just for

4:52:18testing purposes. And then another one

4:52:20that I do is I have some automations

4:52:23here which basically opens up a browser

4:52:24using Playright CLI and it does some

4:52:27stuff in my school community because

4:52:28there's no publicly accessible API.

4:52:30We've kind of figured out a way to

4:52:32automate it without using browser. I'm

4:52:34not really going to dive into that right

4:52:35now. But what I wanted to tell you guys

4:52:36about that is I tried to basically move

4:52:39over this school wins engagement post or

4:52:41sorry automation into a remote session.

4:52:44So, I copied the exact same prompt that

4:52:46was in my regular scheduled task. And

4:52:48then I just added this little snippet at

4:52:49the end. But what happened is this

4:52:51wasn't working because it basically

4:52:53said, "Hey, you know, like when you do

4:52:54this, it spins up a browser, but there's

4:52:56no cookies because all of this is

4:52:57running remotely and all I have to look

4:52:59at is the GitHub repo. I can't look at

4:53:01the local, you know, cookies that we've

4:53:03used in the last couple sessions of this

4:53:05automation." And so, it doesn't seem

4:53:06like this would work because once again,

4:53:08it has no access to that stuff. So if I

4:53:11wanted to do an automation like this, I

4:53:13would have to use um an endpoint that

4:53:15takes authentication in the form of like

4:53:16actual cookies or a header or you know

4:53:19like an API key because every single one

4:53:21of these runs is going to be stateless

4:53:23and after the run the GitHub clone just

4:53:25gets deleted. Now the exception of that

4:53:27is if the automation is changing

4:53:29something in your codebase or doing a

4:53:30review. If it does do that it will

4:53:32create a new branch for you or it will

4:53:34give you some sort of output and not

4:53:35just delete everything that it just did.

4:53:37But for an automation like this it would

4:53:38just delete it. But hopefully after you

4:53:40guys have seen those examples, you now

4:53:42have the ability to come in and you know

4:53:44make some changes if you need in order

4:53:46to make sure that your automations are

4:53:48running. And what I mean by that is you

4:53:50understand this should be a very

4:53:52specific prompt. This is how you change

4:53:53the model. You have to have a GitHub

4:53:55repo. You can change the settings for

4:53:56your cloud environments right here. You

4:53:59set the schedule. You add any connectors

4:54:00you might need, which would honestly be

4:54:02a little easier if you added just like a

4:54:04Slack connector. And then you can set

4:54:05your permissions here. Now, the other

4:54:07thing to be aware of is you do have

4:54:09limits. So, if I come over here to my

4:54:11settings, you can see if I go to my

4:54:12usage, we have our regular session

4:54:14limits, our model limits, but for

4:54:16additional features, we have daily

4:54:17included routine runs. And I haven't run

4:54:19any yet on the actual schedule. I've

4:54:21just been testing them. Um, but we are

4:54:23at zero for 15. So, I could only have 15

4:54:26automations running with routines per

4:54:29day because I'm on the max $200 a month

4:54:31plan. Your limits would be less if

4:54:33you're on Pro. I think maybe three or

4:54:35maybe five. I'll I have that information

4:54:36later on, but just something to keep in

4:54:39mind. All right, so let's just dive into

4:54:40a little bit more of the details here

4:54:42that may answer some questions you guys

4:54:43have. I think it's pretty clear at this

4:54:45point what it is. Um, I'm going to give

4:54:47you guys this entire doc as well as

4:54:49anything else I've talked about in my

4:54:50free school community. The link for that

4:54:51is down in the description. So, some of

4:54:53the stuff I may not cover. If you want

4:54:55to read more about it, then just go

4:54:56ahead and grab that free resource. So,

4:54:58we know what it is. I think we know how

4:55:00it works, right? Like you define a

4:55:01routine, which is a prompt. You connect

4:55:03a GitHub repo. You could also trigger it

4:55:05by APIs or by a GitHub action and then

4:55:08you can connect your connectors and

4:55:10basically it acts as you talking to your

4:55:12own cloud code. Because of the fact that

4:55:14this is working off of a cloned repo,

4:55:16it's going to read the cloud.MD file

4:55:18automatically every time. So if you have

4:55:21a massive project like a Herk 2 project

4:55:23for example with tons of context and

4:55:24tons of stuff maybe you don't want to

4:55:26put that repo into the cloud to be a

4:55:29routine run because there's a lot of

4:55:32context in that cloudmd and in that

4:55:34whole GitHub repo that might not matter

4:55:36for this automation. So maybe you're

4:55:37better off setting up a specific GitHub

4:55:40repo per scheduled routine. But of

4:55:42course, cloud.md best practices putting

4:55:45in the information that's important

4:55:46because this stuff is going to drain

4:55:48your cloud code session limits the exact

4:55:51same way as it would if you were open up

4:55:54in cloud code just talking to it. So

4:55:56once again, three trigger types,

4:55:57schedule API, which I think is really

4:55:59cool. You could have a different

4:56:00automation make a post request to some

4:56:02sort of routine. And then of course

4:56:04GitHub so you can have it automatically

4:56:06fire off kind of on a web hook based on

4:56:09new PRs, new pushes, new issues, new

4:56:11releases, things like that. So how does

4:56:13this compare to what already exists? We

4:56:15have routines which is the new feature.

4:56:16We have desktop scheduled tasks and then

4:56:18we have something like just a /loop

4:56:20command. So routines run on anthropics

4:56:23cloud and these other two run on your

4:56:25machine. Do you need the machine on? No,

4:56:27for routines that's huge. But for

4:56:29desktop scheduled tasks and for loop,

4:56:31you need your machine on. Do you need a

4:56:32session open? No, that's the same across

4:56:34all three. Do they survive across

4:56:36restarts? The first two do, but loop

4:56:38does not. That has to live within a

4:56:40specific session. Local file access, no,

4:56:42for the routines because it works off of

4:56:44the GitHub repo. And for the next two,

4:56:47yes, you have local file access.

4:56:48Permission prompts with routines, it's

4:56:50fully autonomous. And for these two,

4:56:52they are configurable. And then the

4:56:53minimum interval routines is 1 hour. And

4:56:55these two are both could go every minute

4:56:57if you want. Okay, so let's talk about

4:56:59the environments. Obviously, your ENV is

4:57:01get ignored unless you push it into the

4:57:03GitHub repo. You know, ultimately, if

4:57:05you push it into a private repo, you're

4:57:07probably okay, but you want to be

4:57:08really, really, really careful because

4:57:10then, you know, there's history there

4:57:12and if other people, you know, end up

4:57:14collaborating on it, you just don't want

4:57:15to do that. So, you want to put your API

4:57:17keys in the environment variable like I

4:57:19showed you guys earlier. You want to

4:57:20look at the network access, whether that

4:57:22is full or trusted or none or custom,

4:57:24and potentially some setup scripts. So,

4:57:26that's not something I showed you guys

4:57:27yet. If you're creating a new remote

4:57:28task, you can do a setup script, which

4:57:31is basically just a script that will run

4:57:32when this new session fires up before

4:57:34cloud code launches. So if you need to

4:57:36install any packages or anything like

4:57:37that. Okay, so what's the difference

4:57:39between trusted and full? So trusted

4:57:42only reaches the known vetted services

4:57:44from Enthropic, which I thought I linked

4:57:46right here, but I just linked it there.

4:57:48This basically shows you all of the

4:57:49different domains that are allowed. So

4:57:51right here you can see we've got

4:57:52enthropic services, we've got version

4:57:54control, we've also got some cloud

4:57:56platforms like Google, stuff like this

4:57:58right here. These are the ones that are

4:57:59kind of already verified. So what is the

4:58:01risk of going on full? Well, if claude

4:58:04reads malicious content during a run,

4:58:06then it theoretically could be tricked

4:58:08into sending data to an external server

4:58:10and with trusted that outbound request

4:58:12would get blocked. Now practical risk

4:58:14for private repos where you control the

4:58:15inputs is very low, but I definitely

4:58:18just wanted to at least acknowledge

4:58:19that. So connectors, this is different

4:58:21than just adding your API key. This is

4:58:23more of like the connectors you would

4:58:24add to your actual claude chat or like

4:58:26claude co-workth into like Slack or

4:58:29ClickUp or stuff like that. Here are

4:58:31some security details. I'm not going to

4:58:32go super deep into this. You could also

4:58:34do some more research and download this

4:58:35doc. But of course, there are some

4:58:37things to be thinking about like your

4:58:38API triggers or what's going on with

4:58:40your GitHub repos and the branches

4:58:42because once again, everything is going

4:58:44to be running as you. So if you're not

4:58:46testing out these routines before you

4:58:47just kind of send them off every hour or

4:58:49something, you just have to be thinking

4:58:51about what could happen without

4:58:52permissions and you know stuff like

4:58:53that. Limits and quotas. So it looks

4:58:55like on pro you can have five runs a

4:58:57day. On max you can have 15 runs a day

4:58:59and on team and enterprise you can have

4:59:0125 routines a day. If you hit the cap

4:59:04the orgs with extra usage enabled can

4:59:06exceed it on metered overage. And then

4:59:08we have the minimum scheduled interval

4:59:10which is one hour. And there are also

4:59:12resource limits. So every one of these

4:59:14routines in the cloud runs on four

4:59:16vCPUs, 16 gigs of RAM, and 30 gigs of

4:59:19disk space. So once again, just be

4:59:21thinking about are you putting an

4:59:22absolutely massive GitHub repo up into

4:59:24the cloud right now to run. That could

4:59:26just be wasting resources for no reason.

4:59:28So what persists versus what gets

4:59:30destroyed, the cloud branches gets

4:59:31pushed to your GitHub repo and the

4:59:34session also stays. So as you saw, if I

4:59:36came into here and I looked at all of

4:59:38these tasks, I could see all of the past

4:59:40runs and I could go look at them to see

4:59:41if something's going wrong. but the

4:59:43actual cloud environment that gets

4:59:44cloned will be destroyed. Basically, the

4:59:47rule of thumb here is if something's

4:59:48local or if cloud code can't reach it in

4:59:51your GitHub repo or via an API, then it

4:59:54won't work. We already talked a little

4:59:56bit about writing good prompts, but you

4:59:57definitely want them to be more

4:59:58specific. For example, with my um

5:00:01scheduled automation here, this is much

5:00:03more specific, right? I have a skill

5:00:04that I want to run. I give it the order

5:00:06of operations, but something more like

5:00:08this YouTube comments one, this is not

5:00:10what you'd want to put in there unless

5:00:12you were defining a skill to just let it

5:00:14run because once again, this is supposed

5:00:16to be a oneshot prompt. So, you wanted

5:00:17to make sure it gets it right on the

5:00:18first try. Okay, so why is this so

5:00:20exciting and why does this beat normal

5:00:22automation? Because we are actually

5:00:24keeping the agentic framework. If you if

5:00:27you know when I talk about the WAT

5:00:28framework where we have workflows and

5:00:30agents and tools, when we actually push

5:00:32those automations to the cloud and it's

5:00:34just a you know sort of a Python script,

5:00:36we're losing the agentic piece. We're

5:00:38only sending off really the tools and

5:00:40the workflow. But in this case, we're

5:00:42keeping the WA and the T all running

5:00:44together because the agent is looking at

5:00:47the, you know, cloudm. It's looking at

5:00:48its scripts and it's figuring out what

5:00:50to do. And if it runs in errors midrun,

5:00:52it will selforrect. And if you configure

5:00:54it the right way, it will be able to

5:00:56sort of like leave a memory trail and it

5:00:58can leave like, you know, updates even

5:01:00though each run is stateless. You can

5:01:02still have them kind of continuously get

5:01:04better. And real quick, let's speedrun

5:01:06through these common questions. Do I

5:01:07need to know cron syntax? Nope. You just

5:01:09can schedule a natural language. Super

5:01:11easy. Can it access my local files?

5:01:13Nope. It only gets what's in your GitHub

5:01:14repo or your APIs. What model does it

5:01:17use? You can choose any of the models as

5:01:19you guys saw. Can you watch it work in

5:01:20real time? Yes, you can hit run now and

5:01:22then you can obviously watch it go right

5:01:24there. Same way you would in Claude. You

5:01:26can even talk to it after it's done or

5:01:28interrupt it and then continue going.

5:01:30Can it use my MCP service? Yes, that is

5:01:32what the connectors are. Can teammates

5:01:35use my routines? Nope. These belong to

5:01:37your individual account. You might be

5:01:38able to share those if you're on a team

5:01:40plan, but I haven't actually yet tested

5:01:41that myself. What's the cost? It's just

5:01:43your normal subscription usage. So, keep

5:01:45that in mind. What happens when a run

5:01:47fails? Every one of them will be stored

5:01:49in your history. So you can go see why

5:01:50they failed. You could maybe even have

5:01:52it at the end of every single routine,

5:01:54say, "Hey, if this does fail, just shoot

5:01:55me a Slack message to let me know."

5:01:57Things like that. And can I test a run

5:01:59before going live? Yes, in fact, you

5:02:00should test it multiple times before it

5:02:02goes live. You just go into the routine,

5:02:04you hit run now, and then it will pop up

5:02:06as running. And then you just watch it,

5:02:07you know, watch it go through its order

5:02:09of operations, and you can inject, and

5:02:10you can help it correct itself so that

5:02:13you have confidence that once it shoots

5:02:15off the prompt next time, you won't have

5:02:17to get in the way at all. But anyways,

5:02:18that's going to do it for this one. I

5:02:20hope that those tips and some of the

5:02:21examples that I showed you were helpful

5:02:23and now you can go off and try to

5:02:24migrate your scheduled tasks or any

5:02:26other automations that you've been

5:02:27meaning to build into these web- based

5:02:29routines and not have to keep your

5:02:31hardware on. Okay, so now that we've

5:02:34talked about routines, there are some

5:02:36other ways that you can actually go

5:02:37ahead and deploy automations, especially

5:02:39if they are more code-based, meaning

5:02:41they're more deterministic than

5:02:42nondeterministic. you only really want

5:02:44to go for a routine if you need that

5:02:46full agentic loop and you need like a

5:02:48legit clawed code. But sometimes you

5:02:50don't need clawed code. Sometimes you

5:02:51just need something that's really simple

5:02:53like a Python script that will execute a

5:02:54command or moving data from one platform

5:02:56to another on a web hook or something

5:02:58like that. So let's talk about other

5:03:00ways that you can deploy these sort of

5:03:01like clawed agents. All right, so

Building a Research Automation

5:03:04remember how we talked about this AI

5:03:05systems pyramid a little bit earlier in

5:03:07this course. Where'd it go? Up here. And

5:03:10now that you understand routines, you

5:03:11know that that's basically us, you know,

5:03:13opening up Claude and actually sending

5:03:15it a prompt here and we get that full

5:03:17agentic loop inside of Claude code

5:03:19because we're using the harness and

5:03:20we're using the model because it can use

5:03:22our skills and our files and look

5:03:23through everything. So routines are

5:03:24insanely powerful and I love them. But

5:03:27the thing is you don't always need a

5:03:28routine because once again you want to

5:03:31have it as simple as possible. And

5:03:32routines are basically a mix of the

5:03:33chatbot but also the agent because but

5:03:36realistically what happens is we have

5:03:37this agentic loop where we don't exactly

5:03:40know what it's going to do and why. So

5:03:43if we can make these routines a little

5:03:45bit more deterministic then we probably

5:03:47would like to and on top of the fact

5:03:49that if you're doing cloud routines you

5:03:50have a limited amount of how many can go

5:03:52off per day. So it's always nice to try

5:03:54to find only use these routines when you

5:03:56actually do need them. So, let me talk

5:03:58about a real quick example of let's say

5:04:00we wanted to do a daily AI briefing.

5:04:02What would that look like? Well, we

5:04:05probably would have something like this.

5:04:06The trigger would be maybe 6 a.m. And

5:04:09then from there, what we would do is we

5:04:10would do research. So, research on like

5:04:13the AI space. Now, maybe we have

5:04:14multiple sources of research. Maybe we

5:04:16want to do, you know, X and we also want

5:04:19to research um just in general like

5:04:21Tavly. So, maybe there's two different

5:04:22sources, you know, just the web, maybe

5:04:24even LinkedIn. And then what we would do

5:04:26is we'd maybe consolidate that research

5:04:28and we'd send that into an AI model who

5:04:30would like write the report, right? So

5:04:32this would write the AI briefing and

5:04:36then from there what would happen is we

5:04:38would want to get that sent to us

5:04:39somehow. So send to user. This is

5:04:43basically the order of operations that

5:04:46we need for this briefing. In the

5:04:48morning wake up do the research write

5:04:51the brief send a user. So because this

5:04:53is such a linear predictable process,

5:04:56even though let me just actually um I

5:04:59mean this is like the main AI step,

5:05:00right? So I'll just call kind of call

5:05:02this blue. Even though there's AI inside

5:05:04of it, this is still very much a linear

5:05:06predictable workflow. So there's no need

5:05:10to go for a routine here where we would

5:05:12have, you know, an AI agent step and the

5:05:15agent would be responsible for doing all

5:05:17of the research and the writing and the

5:05:20sending. Right? This is what this would

5:05:23look like more as an agent because it

5:05:26has access to all these tools and it can

5:05:27do things in different orders where like

5:05:29this would totally work as a morning AI

5:05:32briefing, but it's not as efficient and

5:05:34we could definitely do it like this,

5:05:36right? Like we're not really going to be

5:05:37losing quality here. So, this is where

5:05:39we might want to do something like this

5:05:41and host it on modal or trigger.dev. Two

5:05:44tools that I do like to use. So, I'm

5:05:46going to show you guys a quick example

5:05:47of us building this out and it's going

5:05:48to be super simple and we're going to

5:05:50build this out in modal. So, real quick

5:05:52before we start doing this, if you don't

5:05:54have a modal account, go ahead and get

5:05:56signed up. modal.com. It's like I think

5:05:58you get five free bucks to start with

5:06:00and if you put in a credit card, you'll

5:06:01get an extra 25. So, it's super super

5:06:03cheap because it only actually charges

5:06:05you per run and it's pennies. So, you

5:06:07can see it's going to be pretty cheap.

5:06:09So, go to modal.com. You can sign up

5:06:11with the GitHub account that you created

5:06:13earlier if you built the websites out.

5:06:15And yeah, now we can actually build out

5:06:17this automation. So what I'm going to do

5:06:18here is I'm just going to start talking

5:06:20to our cloud code in a really simple

5:06:22way. I am looking to build an automation

5:06:25and we're going to ultimately have this

5:06:27deployed on modal. So it's going to be a

5:06:29Python script. All I want this to do is

5:06:31every morning at 6 a.m. Central time, I

5:06:34want this to fire. I want it to do

5:06:36research for me on the AI space. What

5:06:38I'm specifically looking for are any new

5:06:41AI news like announcements, any stories.

5:06:44So if the, you know, any companies have

5:06:46come out with a case study or if there

5:06:48was a a big failure or something like

5:06:50that or any acquisitions or IPOs, I also

5:06:52want to know if there's any new models

5:06:54or new tools or anything like that. So

5:06:56basically just a concise news briefing

5:06:59of what's going on in the AI space. And

5:07:01then I just want it to write that up in

5:07:02a nice way for me and shoot that over to

5:07:05me in ClickUp. So that is what the

5:07:07automation is supposed to do. I would

5:07:08like to use Opus 4.8 8 as the model that

5:07:12actually writes the email for us or the

5:07:14the daily brief. So with that

5:07:17information, let me know what questions

5:07:19you have. Let me know what API keys

5:07:21you're going to need for me. And then

5:07:22once we build this out, we'll go ahead

5:07:24and push that to modal, which I will

5:07:25also need your help with because I've

5:07:27never used it before. Okay, so that was

5:07:28my prompt. If you guys read this, you

5:07:30can understand exactly what I'm saying

5:07:31here, right? It's not technical at all.

5:07:33And now it's going to help us plan out

5:07:34this automation and then just actually

5:07:36go ahead and build it for us. I think

5:07:37the only thing that you guys might not

5:07:38have said without knowing is that it's

5:07:40going to be a Python script. But Claude

5:07:43would have done research on modal and it

5:07:44would have made sure that it built you

5:07:46the right type of file to send over to

5:07:48Modal. So here's what it's saying. It's

5:07:50going to need an anthropic API key

5:07:52because it's going to obviously need to

5:07:53call on Opus. It's going to need my

5:07:55ClickUp token so that it can send me um

5:07:58you know an actual message in ClickUp.

5:07:59And then it's going to need my Tavly key

5:08:01which I already have because it's going

5:08:03to use Tavi to do the research. And then

5:08:04it's going to need the modal account. So

5:08:06we'll need to give a modal token to

5:08:08authenticate. The first thing is how

5:08:10should the script gather the AI news

5:08:11each morning? We'll just say tavly plus

5:08:13opus. That works fine. How should the

5:08:15finished brief show up in ClickUp? I

5:08:17would like it to be a DM sent to the

5:08:20Nate Herk user in ClickUp. Now this is a

5:08:23permissioning thing. So we'll talk about

5:08:25that to make sure that we're more

5:08:26confident that it's going to be sent to

5:08:28only me in ClickUp. But I'll hit next

5:08:29for now. And then how long in detail

5:08:31should the brief be? I want it to be

5:08:33very very scannable. So we'll do this

5:08:35one. So, while all of that's happening,

5:08:37let's go ahead and start collecting

5:08:38these API keys. So, actually, instead of

5:08:39using an anthropic API key, let's use

5:08:42Open Router. And the reason why is

5:08:43because Open Router is way more

5:08:44flexible. So, if you haven't got an

5:08:46account here, go to open router.ai. And

5:08:48what you'll see here is that it has tons

5:08:50of different models, right? It has one

5:08:52API for all the models, higher

5:08:54availability, and it's just really cool.

5:08:56Basically, what that means is you can

5:08:58have a credit card in here and then you

5:09:00don't have to create an account for API

5:09:02usage, for anthropic, for Google, for

5:09:04OpenAI, for whatever one comes next

5:09:06because Open Router has basically all of

5:09:08the models. So, it's just nice for me to

5:09:10be able to stay organized and watch all

5:09:11of my activity in one spot rather than

5:09:13managing multiple different dashboards.

5:09:15So, when you get in Open Router, you're

5:09:17going to go to your credits. You're then

5:09:19in here going to go to your API keys,

5:09:22and then this is where you're going to

5:09:23create a new key. And we're going to

5:09:25call this our knowledge work demo. Here

5:09:29is where you can have a credit limit as

5:09:31far as price. You can have this expire.

5:09:33And I'm not going to touch any of that

5:09:35right now. I'm just going to go ahead

5:09:36and create this API key. And then, of

5:09:38course, it's going to give us one that

5:09:39we can go ahead and copy. So, I'm going

5:09:41to copy this API key. I'm going to go

5:09:42into Claude. We're going to open up ourv

5:09:45file. And then in here, what I'm going

5:09:47to do is I'm going to make this a little

5:09:48bigger so you guys can see better. I'm

5:09:50basically just going to add manually

5:09:52open router. So, I'm just going to do in

5:09:54all caps open router_appi

5:09:59key equals and I'm going to paste in

5:10:01that key. The next thing I'm going to do

5:10:02is in my ClickUp, I'm going to get the

5:10:04API key. So, I'm going to go into my

5:10:06settings and I have to just find

5:10:08somewhere right here, ClickUp API. And

5:10:10now I can copy this key and paste that

5:10:12in. So, pretty much whatever platform

5:10:13you need, it's always going to be in

5:10:15your settings. and you might have to

5:10:16look for developer settings or somewhere

5:10:18you'll have to find the API

5:10:18documentation or sorry the API key area

5:10:22but if your software has API

5:10:24documentation then you should be able to

5:10:26find your API key in the settings okay

5:10:28and this is pretty cool as I was adding

5:10:30those keys cloud code was actually

5:10:32seeing that and it started testing

5:10:34things out so I didn't even tell it by

5:10:35the way that I was going to switch from

5:10:36enthropic API to open router it just saw

5:10:38that and it used it so tavly is working

5:10:41open router's working and clickup I just

5:10:43added so hopefully it will test that in

5:10:44just a check or I might have to prompt

5:10:46it to but it looks like right now it's

5:10:48building the actual automation. So you

5:10:49can see it created this Python file

5:10:52which says AI daily brief a modal

5:10:54automation every morning central time.

5:10:56You gather fresh AI news with Tavi. You

5:10:58write a concise scannable brief with

5:10:59Opus via open router and then you

5:11:01deliver the brief to Nate as a ClickUp

5:11:02DM selfdm by default. Okay, so there we

5:11:05go. It says the code is written. Before

5:11:07we touch modal, let me prove that this

5:11:09works and show you the output quality.

5:11:11So I can run the research and then Opus

5:11:13will write and then we will skip the

5:11:15clickup send for now because it hasn't

5:11:17seen my token yet. But we'll just

5:11:18basically see the output that we will be

5:11:20getting inside of our ClickUp when this

5:11:23automation is ultimately done. And the

5:11:25other thing to think about here is what

5:11:27is our risk with this automation? That's

5:11:28a really important thing to think about

5:11:30is what is your risk? In this case, our

5:11:32risk is basically that it spends too

5:11:34much money, right? Our risk is that this

5:11:35somehow starts firing off a lot or it

5:11:37gets somehow stuck in a research loop

5:11:39with Tavi and we spend a lot of credits.

5:11:41So maybe we could mitigate that risk by

5:11:43scoping in those API keys so that they

5:11:45can only spend like a dollar a day.

5:11:47Another risk is that open router is down

5:11:49or tavly is down and in that case what

5:11:51do we do? Maybe we route from Tavly to

5:11:54like perplexity to do research if Tavi

5:11:56is down and maybe if open router is down

5:11:58then we would route to Enthropic. So,

5:12:00those are some of the other like what if

5:12:02edge case scenarios to be thinking about

5:12:04and to be protecting against. Anyways,

5:12:06here is what the brief would look like.

5:12:07This would be our chance to give

5:12:08feedback and iterate if we don't like

5:12:10how it's how it's formatted. But this

5:12:11one looks good. It gathered 30 stories.

5:12:13It dduped. It grouped and it's sourced.

5:12:15And we have it said it's written in my

5:12:17tone of voice as well. So, here is our

5:12:19daily brief for Friday, July 10th. Here

5:12:21are new models. So, GBD 5.6. Space X

5:12:23releases Grock 4.5. We're also going to

5:12:25get a clickable link with the actual

5:12:27source and an AI dominated H1 venture

5:12:30blah blah blah blah blah. Okay, cool. So

5:12:32now it's asking for my ClickUp token

5:12:34which I have pasted. So I'll say hey go

5:12:35ahead and test it out and then we'll set

5:12:37up modal. So awesome. So I've given you

5:12:39the ClickUp API key. Now one thing I

5:12:42noticed is in ClickUp I wasn't able to

5:12:44set up like a scoped API key. It seemed

5:12:46pretty general. So, I want you to help

5:12:48me figure out how do we make sure that

5:12:51this automation can only send to my

5:12:54ClickUp channel or my personal Nate Herk

5:12:57DM. I don't want it to ever be able to

5:12:58accidentally send into like the general

5:13:00channel or any public channels. It

5:13:02should only send to this one specific

5:13:04place. How can you prove that to me? And

5:13:06in this case, it's going to be pretty

5:13:07simple because the Python script is

5:13:09going to basically hardcode the endpoint

5:13:11to hit. We're not going to give modal

5:13:13the ability to change where it gets

5:13:15sent. So, we're going to send it to my

5:13:17ClickUp DM once and then it will never

5:13:19change because that step of the process

5:13:21is fully deterministic. This is where if

5:13:24we made this step non-deterministic and

5:13:26we let the agent choose where to send

5:13:27it, that's where you can get

5:13:28variability. But because we're writing

5:13:30an actual Python script, it's not going

5:13:32to change. So, boring is beautiful.

5:13:34Predictability is beautiful when it

5:13:36comes to self-firing automations. Okay,

5:13:39so it hardened up the code. Basically,

5:13:41what it did is it made sure that it's

5:13:43only able to send to this specific DM,

5:13:45which is perfect. It's blocking out all

5:13:47these public channels and blocking out

5:13:49all the other channel paths. And you can

5:13:51see here, this is the test delivery that

5:13:53it sent. This is a one-time test

5:13:54confirming the automation can post to

5:13:56this private DM. If you can read this,

5:13:57then delivery works. So, let's go ahead

5:13:59and get this pushed to modal. So, after

5:14:01all that, it wants us to run these four

5:14:03commands in our terminal, which we could

5:14:04easily just copy and paste in and it

5:14:06would not be difficult at all. But, I

5:14:07said, can't you just run all these for

5:14:08me? can't you just set everything up?

5:14:10And it said, "Yeah, mostly I can. I can

5:14:12set it all up, but you're still going to

5:14:14have to authenticate in." So, do you

5:14:15remember earlier when I was showing you

5:14:17how like sometimes it'll give you a link

5:14:19and you click on the link and then you

5:14:20log in to modal or to claude or to

5:14:22notion or whatever it is, and that's how

5:14:24it authenticates. That's what it needs

5:14:26to do. And it's going to basically kick

5:14:27that off. Now, we'll sign into modal and

5:14:29then claude code will come back here and

5:14:31say, "Okay, cool. I got your modal

5:14:32information. I got that modal token or

5:14:34cookie. And now I can set everything up

5:14:36for you." pretty much the same exact way

5:14:37that I use GitHub. You know, when I have

5:14:39Cloud Code doing things for me inside of

5:14:41GitHub, it can do everything. It can

5:14:43push commits, it can create repos, it

5:14:44can do everything. But I just needed to

5:14:46authenticate once and now Claude Code

5:14:49can do everything. So, as you saw, this

5:14:51page opened. I just have to authorize

5:14:52Cloud Code to use my workspace right

5:14:55here. And then it says, "Your client has

5:14:56been granted an API token and ready to

5:14:58use modal." And now Claude, if we switch

5:15:00back in here, is going to be able to

5:15:02actually make all that stuff. Okay, look

5:15:04at this. In my modal, we can now see

5:15:05that we have this AI news brief and it

5:15:08just got taken away because Claude is

5:15:10right now running a test. So, it tested

5:15:12it out and now maybe it found a problem

5:15:14or maybe it needs to refresh. But

5:15:16anyways, it looks like it's deploying it

5:15:18again. So, I'll go back into modal.

5:15:19We'll hit a refresh. We see if we get

5:15:21anything. This should pop up in a sec.

5:15:23But also, what I realized is I got a

5:15:24ClickUp message. So, this ClickUp

5:15:26message just came in 11:42. And this was

5:15:28our daily brief. So we saw the new

5:15:29models, we saw new tools, we see Google

5:15:32photo ads video remix, we got meta rolls

5:15:34out AI room visualization, we got

5:15:36funding, we have business adoption, and

5:15:38we have some failures and controversies.

5:15:40So this is an example output. If we

5:15:42wanted to change this, we easily could

5:15:43instruct Cloud Code to change up the

5:15:45script a little bit, but right now I'm

5:15:47happy with that. And it looks like in

5:15:48here, we just got our AI news brief

5:15:50back. Let's see what Claude is saying.

5:15:52It says that it's live. It says that

5:15:53this is the app name, and this is the

5:15:54link. Every day at 6:00 a.m. Central, it

5:15:56will go ahead and write that. And take a

5:15:58look at this. So as far as managing it

5:16:00later on modal, we can see everything.

5:16:02We can see the runs, the logs, and the

5:16:03errors. We can trigger it on demand. And

5:16:05we can also rotate keys. So what happens

5:16:07is remember how our secret keys, our API

5:16:11keys live inside of thev file in this

5:16:13project. Modal needed to access those

5:16:15somehow. And what it does is it stores

5:16:17those in modal as secrets right here. AI

5:16:20news brief secrets. You can see that

5:16:21it's able to run this script and that's

5:16:23how it's able to grab different

5:16:24environment variables that we need and

5:16:27it stores them securely in here. Right

5:16:29here, if I click on edit, you can see we

5:16:30have the ClickUp token. Here's the

5:16:32token. Open router and Tavi. All of

5:16:34those tokens are in here. And if we

5:16:35needed to change them, we could change

5:16:37them. And if we wanted to add more, we

5:16:38could add more. So that's where modal

5:16:40stores our secrets. Now, as far as the

5:16:42app, let's take a look in here. So you

5:16:44can see next run is in 18 hours, which

5:16:46would be 6:00 a.m. tomorrow morning. But

5:16:48we could also hit run now. And when I

5:16:49click run now, it schedules the run

5:16:51right now. That doesn't mess with any of

5:16:52the scheduled ones. But what I wanted to

5:16:54show you guys is what it looks like when

5:16:56something is actually running and how we

5:16:58are able to use modal here for our sort

5:17:00of like visibility. And that's really

5:17:02really important observability and

5:17:04visibility. So right now you can see

5:17:05it's running. I'll click into it and we

5:17:07can see in the execution that we're

5:17:09actually seeing what it's doing in real

5:17:11time. So gathering news for Friday, July

5:17:1310th, collected 30 unique stories,

5:17:15writing brief with Opus 4.8. You can

5:17:17look at the execution and you can look

5:17:18at the call graph if you really want to

5:17:20see like the timing of what's going on,

5:17:21which is pretty cool. But there you go.

5:17:23This one just finished up and it only

5:17:25took about 30.36 seconds. You can see if

5:17:28I go to the log, everything here was

5:17:30good. It delivered to ClickUp, sent

5:17:31brief to ClickUp to a private DM

5:17:33channel. If I open up ClickUp, you can

5:17:34see we once again just got another one,

5:17:36which is obviously very similar to the

5:17:37one that it just ran up here. But that's

5:17:39just proving that end to end this thing

5:17:41worked. And now we have logging

5:17:43available inside of Modal. in case

5:17:45anything ever fails, we can figure out

5:17:47why. We have the ID number for each of

5:17:49our executions. So, we can feed it back

5:17:50into cloud code later and say, "Hey, so

5:17:53these 10 runs were good, but if you look

5:17:54at run number 12 or you know, whatever

5:17:57number, this errored right here and

5:17:59figure out why and figure out what we

5:18:01can do to fix this so that this sort of

5:18:03error doesn't ever happen again. All

5:18:04right, so that is like a modal

5:18:06deployment that is cronbased." Cron just

5:18:09basically meaning it is on some sort of

5:18:11schedule. Now, what happens if we wanted

5:18:13to have something that's more web hook

5:18:15based? If you guys don't know what a web

5:18:16hook is, very simple concept. It's

5:18:19basically just think about it like a

5:18:20doorork knob. So, right now, what we're

5:18:22doing is we are scheduling off these

5:18:24automations based on time. So, 6 a.m.

5:18:27central, right? But what if we wanted to

5:18:29schedule an automation where I don't

5:18:31know, a good example would be every

5:18:32single time you get a new form

5:18:33submission. That would be a web hook

5:18:36trigger. Because if you're looking for

5:18:37an event, you can do something called

5:18:39polling, which is basically just

5:18:40constantly checking. It's basically just

5:18:42a loop of seeing, hey, is there a form?

5:18:45If yes, I will process it. If no, I will

5:18:47just wait 5 minutes and pull again or

5:18:49check again. And it's just this constant

5:18:51loop of polling every 5 minutes or every

5:18:5310 minutes or whatever interval you

5:18:55decide to pull. But instead of polling,

5:18:57what you can do is you can set up a web

5:18:59hook, which means basically if you think

5:19:01about it like a door, I did I say

5:19:03earlier doororknob? I did not mean to

5:19:04say doorork knob. I meant to say

5:19:05doorbell. If you think about it like a

5:19:07door, rather than saying, "Oh, I wonder

5:19:09if there's any guests at my door. I'm

5:19:10going to go open it every 10 minutes.

5:19:12And rather than checking every 10

5:19:13minutes, you could instead just say,

5:19:14"Oh, okay. I'm going to put this

5:19:16doorbell here so that whenever someone

5:19:18comes, they ring the doorbell and then I

5:19:19know to go open the door." So that's

5:19:21basically all a web hook is. It's one

5:19:23system sending a request to another

5:19:26system that tells it, "Hey, it's your

5:19:28turn to do some sort of work." So in the

5:19:30case of a form submission, as soon as

5:19:32someone fills out a form and hits the

5:19:33button submit, that should send an API

5:19:36call to our web hook. So, let me show

5:19:38you a super super simple example of what

5:19:40that could look like. So, I'm going to

5:19:41go ahead and do a session handoff here

5:19:43because I want it to sort of have the

5:19:45context of what we just did with modal,

5:19:46but I want to have a fresh context

5:19:48window because right now we are at 133.

5:19:51So, just a good place to sort of clear

5:19:53it out and restart because we're

5:19:54starting a new build. If we were still

5:19:57editing on this one and improving this

5:19:58one, I wouldn't have done this. But

5:20:00because we're starting a completely

5:20:01different like project, I'm going to go

5:20:04ahead and get a fresh session to work

5:20:05off of. Okay, so I'm going to copy this.

5:20:07I'm going to clear out this context,

5:20:09paste in the handoff message, and then

5:20:12I'll show you guys what we're about to

5:20:14do. Okay, so now I'm going to do a /goal

5:20:16just to make this more fun. And here's

5:20:17what I'm going to say. All right, so we

5:20:19just deployed a Python script to modal

5:20:22and that was a cronbased automation. Now

5:20:24what I'm trying to do is create a web

5:20:26hook based automation. So here's what

5:20:28I'm imagining. Create me an HTML

5:20:30document. Super super simple. That's a

5:20:32form submission. And when the user hits

5:20:35submit on that form, it's going to send

5:20:37that to our modal web hook. Now, all

5:20:40modal is going to do that Python script

5:20:43needs to read the form submission and

5:20:46then send me the business owner a

5:20:48notification saying, "Hey, you know,

5:20:50this user submitted a notification. Here

5:20:52is what his business does and here's

5:20:54what he's looking for." And then it will

5:20:56basically just send that to me once

5:20:57again in the exact same ClickUp private

5:21:00DM that the previous automation that we

5:21:02just built did. So you shouldn't really

5:21:04need anything new as far as API keys,

5:21:06but you do need to create me both of

5:21:08these deliverables, both of you know all

5:21:10these scripts and then go ahead and just

5:21:11do as much as you can here and then stop

5:21:14once you've tested and proven that this

5:21:16endtoend pipeline works and is deployed

5:21:19on modal. Okay, so that is my slash

5:21:21goal. I will basically just check in

5:21:23with you guys once this is done so I can

5:21:25show you what that web hook based

5:21:26automation looks like. All right, so

5:21:29this just finished up. That was insanely

5:21:31quick. If I go to my apps now, you can

5:21:33see that we have lead web hook as a

5:21:35separate app. You can see that there's

5:21:36two different functions. So this was a

5:21:38test submit which has zero calls and

5:21:39then we have the actual web function. If

5:21:41you look at this, you can see this isn't

5:21:44triggered on a schedule. If you guys

5:21:46remember in the other app, there was a

5:21:48timer right here and then there was a

5:21:49button to execute now. But the reason

5:21:51why that doesn't happen here is because

5:21:53when we send data over, it has to accept

5:21:55some sort of information, right? Because

5:21:57the form submitted data over to this web

5:21:59hook. So if I go back into the um cloud

5:22:02real quick, you can see that this is the

5:22:04form that it built. So if I put in my

5:22:06name, if I put in my email, and if I put

5:22:09in my business name, which is we'll just

5:22:11put in uppit. What does our business do?

5:22:13Sells shoes. And we're looking for AI

5:22:17implementation. And if I hit submit,

5:22:20let's see if this HTML is working

5:22:21properly. This should trigger a request

5:22:24to modal. So, thanks, your submission

5:22:26was received. If I go back in here, we

5:22:29see that we just got a submission to

5:22:31come through. We got an options and we

5:22:33got a post. So, if I click on this one,

5:22:35we should see sent lead notification to

5:22:37ClickUp. We can go to execution. We can

5:22:39see we got all of this. Now, let's make

5:22:41sure that it's actually capturing the

5:22:43right information. Boom. I go over to my

5:22:45ClickUp and we can see new lead Nate. We

5:22:47have the contact as nateest.com. Their

5:22:50business sells shoes and they're looking

5:22:52for AI implementation. Now, one thing I

5:22:54want you guys to take note of here, this

5:22:57has zero AI involved. It's literally as

5:23:00simple as whatever data is submitted in

5:23:03here. The modal script or the Python

5:23:06script uses a template and basically

5:23:09just fills out the information exactly

5:23:12as the user typed it. If this was AI, it

5:23:14probably would have fixed my typo. I

5:23:15didn't even realize that I put two A's

5:23:16in there and it probably would have just

5:23:18like formatted this a little bit

5:23:19different. But that would be a waste.

5:23:21Build the simplest solution that you

5:23:22actually need for the problem. And in

5:23:24this case, the problem was we want form

5:23:27submissions to instantly come to our

5:23:29ClickUp. And this is getting the job

5:23:31done. I don't really need AI here at

5:23:33all. All that would do is it would add a

5:23:34little bit of risk and it would increase

5:23:36our cost. So great example of a

5:23:38situation where a simple modal script,

5:23:41this took probably four minutes in

5:23:43total. And now anytime someone would

5:23:45submit a form on our website, we would

5:23:47instantly get their submission. All

5:23:49right. So now that we understand how to

5:23:51deploy stuff, I want to talk about

5:23:53another way that you can actually use

5:23:55your own cloud stuff. Because what

5:23:57happens is as we're building out these

5:23:58folders and files and skills and all

5:24:01these connections, it's really valuable.

5:24:03And I don't know about you guys, but I

5:24:04get in this situation where sometimes I

5:24:06get anxious about like leaving my house

5:24:08or not not leaving my house. That makes

5:24:09me sound like I'm a freak. I mean, like

5:24:12I get worried about how much work I'll

5:24:14be able to do if I'm maybe like on a

5:24:16vacation or if I'm away from my PC setup

5:24:18cuz I like my monitors, I like my

5:24:20standing desk, I like all this, right?

5:24:21But what we can do is we can use a thing

5:24:23called remote control, which basically

5:24:25lets us use our phones to actually

5:24:27continue to work on our sessions. And

5:24:29what I love about remote control is

5:24:30because it's it's so so easy where I can

5:24:33go down to the gym and before I do, I'll

5:24:34just start a remote control. So, as I'm,

5:24:36you know, working out, I can keep

5:24:37sending off prompts and I can keep

5:24:39building stuff. or if I know I'm going

5:24:40to go on a walk or if I know I'm going

5:24:41to go to lunch or even if I know that

5:24:43I'm going to be away from my home setup

5:24:44for a few days, obviously I bring my

5:24:46laptop and I'll still have my AIOS on my

5:24:48laptop, but I can still start a session

5:24:50from my phone and just check in on

5:24:51things. So, remote control, super cool

5:24:54and it's super easy because all you have

5:24:55to do here is you're on a certain

5:24:57account, right? So, pretend this is, you

5:24:59know, nateis.com

5:25:00is my email that I have this account on

5:25:02on my phone on the Claude app. I would

5:25:04also just need to be signed in

5:25:06nateis.com.

5:25:07And then let's say you see this session,

5:25:08right? This was our agent team debate

5:25:10session. All I have to do is come in

5:25:12here and do a slash remote control. And

5:25:14when I shoot that off, that basically

5:25:16just like exposes this session. It is

5:25:19local, but it exposes it for my phone to

5:25:21be able to control it. So, I'm going to

5:25:23open up my phone here and I'm going to

5:25:24go into the clawed app on my phone. Now,

5:25:26when I'm in here, what I can do is I can

5:25:28go to the code section. And now, you can

5:25:30see I have an idle session. So, you guys

5:25:32probably can't see this too well, but if

5:25:34I hold this up to the camera, this is

5:25:36our session, right? So you can see here

5:25:38it says like the verdict, the stats

5:25:40table, the round table. If you look

5:25:42really hard, you can actually see that's

5:25:43exactly what it says right here. The

5:25:45verdict, the stats table. Anyways, let

5:25:47me just prove it to you by shooting off

5:25:48a prompt. So on my phone, I'm saying,

5:25:50"Hi, this is from Nate's phone." And I

5:25:55will hit enter. And now you see that

5:25:56this is going to come through on our

5:25:58laptop right here, or sorry, not laptop,

5:26:00on the desktop. And it's processing that

5:26:01message. So it saw, hi, this is from

5:26:03Nate's phone, blah blah blah. And I'm

5:26:05getting all of this response on my phone

5:26:07as well. So basically the point is we

5:26:09now have two different ways to control

5:26:10this session. I can do it from my phone

5:26:12and I can also do it from right here. So

5:26:15what also is cool is I can come in here

5:26:17and I can do a slashclear. So I sent

5:26:19slash clear from my phone and what's

5:26:21going to happen is it's still able to

5:26:22recognize that that was a slash command

5:26:24and you can still have all that full

5:26:26functionality of what you typically are

5:26:28doing when you are driving this from

5:26:30your computer. Okay, you know what?

5:26:32That's actually really weird, but I'm

5:26:34glad that we found this out. So, I'm not

5:26:35sure if this is a bug because I have to

5:26:36relaunch or, you know, the desktop app

5:26:39is always being improved on, but both of

5:26:41my slashclear commands came through as

5:26:43no content, which is very strange

5:26:45because I do this a lot from my VS Code

5:26:47terminal and it works. So, that's just

5:26:49another quick example of some of the

5:26:51tiny tiny little things where the VS

5:26:53Code terminal gets you the full

5:26:55functionality. And for some reason, that

5:26:57didn't work when I did this here, but

5:26:58that does work when I'm using the

5:27:00terminal. But anyways, that is remote

5:27:02control. Like I said, it's super handy

5:27:03if you know you're just going to be

5:27:04stepping out for a bit, but you still

5:27:05want to keep being able to check in on

5:27:07something and keep working on something.

5:27:08So hopefully you guys are able to find

5:27:10some good use cases for that. Okay, so

5:27:11that was remote control. Now, token

Token Management & Prompt Caching

5:27:14management, such a big conversation,

5:27:17right? It's always going to be important

5:27:19even when we get into the future and

5:27:20models are getting cheaper potentially

5:27:22and you're able to run them locally, but

5:27:24token management is so so important

5:27:25because not only from a cost

5:27:27perspective, but from a performance

5:27:29perspective. We all know about context

5:27:30rot and we all know about things like

5:27:33confusion or bloating when it comes to

5:27:35the context window of your AI agents.

5:27:37So, we're going to spend some time here

5:27:39talking about tokens, what they really

5:27:41are, how they work, how Claude works

5:27:43with them, and how you can actually use

5:27:45these little tricks and use these things

5:27:46and keep them in mind to maximize your

5:27:49sessions and your tokens. In the past

5:27:51week or so, so many people have been

5:27:52complaining about hitting their claude

5:27:54code limit insanely fast. claims like

5:27:56one prompt that is about 1% of the limit

5:27:58is now around 10%. You could go through

5:28:00X and find tons and tons of threads

5:28:02about this topic. Even on a $200 per

5:28:04month plan, people are reaching the

5:28:06session limit way too fast. And then we

5:28:08got this post from an anthropic employee

5:28:10that basically said that they are

5:28:11working on a little change with peak

5:28:13hours and off peak hours. But even after

5:28:15that, some people were saying they were

5:28:17still hitting it really quick even

5:28:18during off- peak hours. So anyways, I've

5:28:20been playing around a ton, trying

5:28:21different things, doing research, and I

5:28:23have 18 token management hacks for you

5:28:25guys that I've organized from tier one

5:28:27all the way up to tier three, so they

5:28:28get more advanced as we go. I'm very

5:28:30confident that by the end of this video,

5:28:31you will feel like your Claude code

5:28:33usage has doubled, tripled, maybe even

5:28:355xed. So, let's not waste any time and

5:28:37just get straight into the video. So, as

5:28:39I've been optimizing my own token

5:28:40management, I think that what's really

5:28:42important to realize first is how tokens

5:28:45actually work. Because once you realize

5:28:46how Claude uses tokens, it makes it very

5:28:49clear how you should actually reverse

5:28:51engineer the way that you work in order

5:28:52to use less tokens. So a token is the

5:28:55smallest unit of text that an AI model

5:28:57reads and charges you for. It's roughly

5:28:59one token is one word, but that's not

5:29:01explicitly true. Kind of just a good

5:29:03baseline. So every time that you send a

5:29:04message, Claude rereads the entire

5:29:06conversation from the beginning. And all

5:29:08of those are tokens that it's charging

5:29:10you for. So, message one, it will read

5:29:12it, then it will read its reply, and

5:29:13then message two, and then the reply all

5:29:15the way up to your latest prompt. And it

5:29:17does that every single time. And I think

5:29:19that alone is a huge light bulb moment

5:29:21for a lot of people. This means as

5:29:23you're having a conversation with

5:29:24Claude, your cost is compounding, not

5:29:26just adding, it's exponentially growing.

5:29:29Meaning, message one might cost 500

5:29:30tokens, message 30 costs 15,000 because

5:29:33it's rereading everything before it. One

5:29:36developer actually tracked a 100 plus

5:29:38message chat and found that 98.5% of all

5:29:41the tokens were just spent rereading the

5:29:43old chat history in the session. Like

5:29:45that's a huge waste. Now yes, the

5:29:46argument has to be made that well it

5:29:48needs the context and it needs to

5:29:50understand what we're doing. But still

5:29:5198.5% is crazy. So take a quick look at

5:29:54this graphic here. Along the x-axis we

5:29:56have message number and as it increases

5:29:58you can see that we have our per message

5:30:00cost and our cumulative tokens

5:30:02increasing. But it's not linear. It's

5:30:04basically each message is rereading all

5:30:06of the past ones and it has to count

5:30:08that in. So message one could be 500,

5:30:10message 30 could be 15,500 which is 31

5:30:13times more. And then after 30 messages

5:30:14you might already be at almost a quarter

5:30:16million cumulative tokens. Now on top of

5:30:18all of your own messages, Claude will

5:30:20also reload your cloud.MD, your MCP

5:30:23servers, your system prompts, your

5:30:24skills, your files on every single turn.

5:30:26And this is invisible overhead, but it

5:30:28is constantly dripping into your context

5:30:30and your tokens. And a really important

5:30:32thing to realize is that bloated context

5:30:33doesn't just cost you more money, but it

5:30:35also produces worse output. So you're

5:30:37paying more and you're getting less.

5:30:38There's this phenomenon called loss in

5:30:40the middle, which basically says that

5:30:42models are paying the most attention in

5:30:44the beginning of your session and kind

5:30:45of at the end. So all that stuff in the

5:30:47middle of your session, kind of in this

5:30:48dip is getting ignored. All right, so

5:30:51now that we kind of understand a little

5:30:52bit more about how cloud code works and

5:30:53how tokens work, let's move into the

5:30:55hacks. We're going to start here with

5:30:56tier one hacks. These are the ones that

5:30:58are going to be super easy to implement

5:31:00and everyone should be able to

5:31:01understand. So, we've got nine of these.

5:31:03Number one is to start fresh

5:31:05conversations. Use slashclear between

5:31:08unrelated tasks. Don't carry context

5:31:10about topic A into a conversation about

5:31:12topic B. So, every single message in a

5:31:14long chat is exponentially more

5:31:16expensive than the same message in a

5:31:17fresh chat. So, this one habit is the

5:31:20number one thing that extends your

5:31:21session life. And it's pretty obvious

5:31:23based on what we just talked about. So,

5:31:25that's why this was number one. Okay,

5:31:27number two is to disconnect MCP servers.

5:31:30Every single connected MCP server loads

5:31:32all of its tool definitions into your

5:31:34context on every message. This is

5:31:36another source of completely invisible

5:31:38tokens that might just be eating up and

5:31:39eating away. So, one server alone might

5:31:42be something like 18,000 tokens per

5:31:44message. So, run MCP at the start of

5:31:47each session and disconnect the ones

5:31:48that you don't need. And better yet, if

5:31:50you're able to find CLIs for something,

5:31:52so for example, rather than having the

5:31:53Google Workspace or Google Calendar MCP

5:31:56server, which eats a lot of tokens, just

5:31:58use the Google Workspace CLI. It's

5:32:00faster, it's cheaper, and I think the

5:32:02future is moving towards having our

5:32:04agents use CLIs rather than MCPs. All

5:32:07right, number three, batch prompts into

5:32:09one message. Three separate messages

5:32:12cost three times what one combined

5:32:13message costs because of the way the

5:32:15tokens work, right? Instead of summarize

5:32:18this as one message and then now extract

5:32:20the issues, now suggest a fix, send it

5:32:22all in one prompt. If clog gets

5:32:24something slightly wrong, edit your

5:32:25original message and regenerate instead

5:32:27of sending a full follow-up correction.

5:32:29Follow-ups stack onto history

5:32:31permanently while edits replace the bad

5:32:33exchange entirely. Now, I will say there

5:32:35is an argument to be made here that

5:32:37potentially doing it this way where

5:32:39you're doing task one, task two, then

5:32:41task three might actually be better

5:32:43output quality. I think it depends on

5:32:45the actual use case. Basically, the idea

5:32:47would be if you can give AI one specific

5:32:49task at a time, it's going to do better

5:32:51because it's more specialized and it's

5:32:52more focused. But this is definitely

5:32:54something that you should be aware of.

5:32:55Okay, number four is to use plan mode

5:32:57before any real task. This lets Claude

5:32:59map out the approach, ask you the right

5:33:01questions, and it prevents the single

5:33:03biggest source of token waste, which is

5:33:04just having Claude go down the wrong

5:33:06path, writing code, and then basically

5:33:08everything that it just did, you have to

5:33:10basically like scrap and redo. It's just

5:33:11a huge waste of time and tokens. So, you

5:33:13can add something like this to your

5:33:14cloudmd. Do not make any changes until

5:33:16you have 95% confidence in what you need

5:33:18to build. Ask me follow-up questions

5:33:20until you reach that confidence level.

5:33:22This is something that I'm putting into

5:33:23all of my cloudmds when I am having it

5:33:26help me build things. Number five, we

5:33:28have run/context and /cost. /context

5:33:31shows you exactly what's eating your

5:33:32tokens right now. So, your conversation

5:33:34history, your MCP overhead, loaded

5:33:36files, stuff like that. And /cost shows

5:33:39you your actual token usage and

5:33:41estimated spend for that current

5:33:42session. Most people have no idea where

5:33:44their tokens are going. And these two

5:33:46commands make the invisible visible

5:33:48because if you don't actually know that

5:33:50you're bleeding because of MCPS, then

5:33:51how would you be able to fix that? So,

5:33:53when you run /context, this is what it

5:33:55will look like. It'll basically give you

5:33:56a screenshot of how many tokens you're

5:33:59at, what is the cap, and it will

5:34:01estimate based on the different

5:34:02categories. And what I did here is this

5:34:04was ran in a completely fresh session,

5:34:06no chats. So, what that tells me is,

5:34:08okay, before I even talk to Claude, I'm

5:34:10already down 51,000 tokens because of

5:34:13things like the system prompt, the

5:34:14system tools, my custom agents, my

5:34:16skills, memory files, and here I've

5:34:19actually cleared out all the MCPS, so

5:34:20there wasn't anything in there, but

5:34:22those can, like I said, completely blow

5:34:24up your tokens right from the get- go.

5:34:26Okay, number six is to set up a status

5:34:28line. This kind of goes handinhand with

5:34:30having more visibility. You only

5:34:32actually see this in your terminal,

5:34:33though, so you will have to do it there.

5:34:34Um, and it basically lets you see what's

5:34:37going on. So, right here, you can see in

5:34:38my terminal, I've got this set up so

5:34:39that I can see the model I'm using. I

5:34:41can see a visual kind of progress bar of

5:34:44my usage. And then I can see uh 5% of my

5:34:47whole 1 million context window. And I

5:34:50can see 52,000 tokens out of a,000,000,

5:34:53which is a million. And just to clarify,

5:34:54this isn't my session, like my 5 hour

5:34:56session. This is basically just

5:34:58indicating that I'm 5% of the way or 52K

5:35:01out of a,000K. So all you have to do is

5:35:03include code in the terminal do /st

5:35:05status line and explain that you want to

5:35:07replicate this setup. Number seven is

5:35:09just super simple but keep your

5:35:11dashboard open. Same thing with

5:35:12visibility. You might run into issues

5:35:14with your limit and just get hit out of

5:35:16nowhere. But if you have it pulled up

5:35:18next to you or you have it ready so that

5:35:19you can switch into that tab and you

5:35:20know check every 20 40 minutes then

5:35:23you're going to be able to pace yourself

5:35:24a little bit better. You could even set

5:35:26up a automation to basically check in on

5:35:28it every 30 minutes and send you like a

5:35:30text or a Slack message and say, "Hey,

5:35:32by the way, you're getting near your

5:35:35usage." All right, so number eight, we

5:35:37have be smart with pasting. Before you

5:35:39drop a document or a file or something

5:35:41large, just ask yourself, does Claude

5:35:44need to read this whole thing? Sometimes

5:35:45it does. Sometimes it needs that full

5:35:46context, but sometimes it just needs one

5:35:48section or one page. So if the bug is in

5:35:51one function, then paste just that

5:35:52function. or if it just needs the

5:35:54context of one little paragraph, just

5:35:55paste that. Claude needs to be precise

5:35:57about what it reads, but you also need

5:35:58to be precise about what you feed it.

5:36:00And number nine, our last tier one hack

5:36:02is to actually watch Claude code work.

5:36:05Don't just fire off a prompt and walk

5:36:06away or switch tabs. Watch what Claude

5:36:08is doing, especially on longer tasks.

5:36:10And this is because if you actually sit

5:36:12and watch it, sometimes you'll realize

5:36:13it's going down the wrong path.

5:36:14Sometimes it gets stuck in its own

5:36:16loops, rereads the same files, things

5:36:18like that. So, if it's doing that, you

5:36:20might as well just stop it right there.

5:36:22Kind of the same idea as plan mode. Why

5:36:24would you let it go down the wrong path,

5:36:25waste all your tokens, and then just

5:36:27have to scrap it all in a bad loop? 80%

5:36:29of the tokens are being used, producing

5:36:32zero value. So, if you're able to just

5:36:34watch your session run until you know

5:36:36it's going down the right path, it could

5:36:37save you thousands of tokens. All right,

5:36:39let's kick it up a little bit. Let's

5:36:40move into our tier 2 hacks. And for

5:36:42these ones, we have five of them. So,

5:36:44number one is to keep your claw.md file

5:36:47lean. Place it in your project route,

5:36:49whether that is globally or in in local

5:36:51project. Claude auto reads it at the

5:36:53start of every single chat as system

5:36:55context. So keep it under 200 lines.

5:36:58Include things like your text stack,

5:36:59your coding conventions, your build

5:37:00commands, the 95% confidence rule, only

5:37:03the most important things. And you need

5:37:05to treat this like an index route to

5:37:07where more data lives. And it's a

5:37:09complete mindset shift. This file

5:37:10basically just tells Cloud Code where is

5:37:12everything that it needs and what to do

5:37:14every single time. So it can point to

5:37:16files that are huge, but that way it

5:37:17just says, "Okay, I don't need this

5:37:18right now, but if I do need this, I know

5:37:20exactly where to look." And because it

5:37:22knows exactly where to look, it's not

5:37:23going to waste time or tokens searching

5:37:25through and reading other files. It's

5:37:26just able to grab it right there by the

5:37:28file name. And the reason I say this is

5:37:29a mindset shift because you should be

5:37:31doing this with other things, not just

5:37:32your cloudmd, with your skills or with

5:37:34your um, you know, master reference

5:37:36guide sheets. I saw someone talking

5:37:38about how they created an index that's

5:37:39super super lean and it shows cloud code

5:37:42exactly where to go in the cloud code

5:37:44documentation. So if it needs help with

5:37:46something related to cloud code, it

5:37:47doesn't have to search through the whole

5:37:48database. It can just say, "Okay, here's

5:37:50my index file. I know exactly which URL

5:37:52to look up at." Super simple. You want

5:37:54to keep this lean and trim it all the

5:37:55time. It's always a work in progress

5:37:57because every single chat, not just like

5:37:59your session, every single message,

5:38:00CloudMD gets read. So if your CloudMD

5:38:03file is a thousand lines, every single

5:38:05time you shoot off a message, even if

5:38:07you just say hi, the whole thing's going

5:38:09to get read. Okay. Number two here is to

5:38:11be surgical with file references. Don't

5:38:13just say something like here's my whole

5:38:14repo, go find the bug. Say something

5:38:16more like check the verify user function

5:38:18inside the off.js file. Or you can also

5:38:22use at file name to point at specific

5:38:24files instead of once again letting

5:38:26claude explore freely. The whole idea of

5:38:28being specific and routing. All right.

5:38:30So number three, I'm saying to compact

5:38:32at around 60% capacity. Autocompact

5:38:35triggers at like 95% by which point your

5:38:37context is already pretty degraded. So

5:38:39run /context to check your capacity

5:38:41percentage or you should have the status

5:38:42line set up and at about 60% just run

5:38:45the slash compact with specific

5:38:47instructions on what it should actually

5:38:48be preserving. After three to four

5:38:50compacts in a row the quality does start

5:38:52to degrade. So at that point once you've

5:38:54done three or four just get a session

5:38:56summary/clear

5:38:58give the session summary back and then

5:38:59keep going. All right so number four

5:39:01short breaks are actually costing you.

5:39:04Cloud code uses prompt chaining to avoid

5:39:06reprocessing unchanged context, but the

5:39:08cache has a fiveminute timeout. So if

5:39:10you step away and you come back and it's

5:39:12been longer than 5 minutes, your next

5:39:14message reprocesses everything from

5:39:15scratch at full cost. And that is why

5:39:18some people feel like their usage just

5:39:19randomly spikes if they might have, you

5:39:21know, stepped away and came back. So if

5:39:23you're going to do that, just consider

5:39:24doing a /compact or a sl before you step

5:39:27away. All right, number five, command

5:39:29output bloat. When Claude runs shell

5:39:32commands, the full output enters your

5:39:33context window. So if you have a command

5:39:36that it comes back with 200 commits or

5:39:38you know just tons and tons of data,

5:39:40then all of that is tokens that gets

5:39:43sent to your model. So really the

5:39:45takeaway here is to be intentional about

5:39:46what you let Claude run. If you know in

5:39:48a certain project that it doesn't need

5:39:50to use certain commands, then you can go

5:39:51ahead and in that project deny those

5:39:54permissions. And this is another one

5:39:56that seems like it's invisible because

5:39:57when it runs like a bash or, you know,

5:39:59certain commands, it basically just has

5:40:01like one line and you don't actually see

5:40:03all the tokens that it has, you know,

5:40:05sent there. All right, so I'm sitting

5:40:07here editing this video and there's just

5:40:09one more thing that I wanted to get off

5:40:10my chest and it's basically about

5:40:13hitting your limit. And you know, the

5:40:15goal of this video and your goal should

5:40:16be to optimize so that you don't hit

5:40:18your limit. But I don't think that you

5:40:20should associate hitting your limit with

5:40:21like it shouldn't be a negative

5:40:23connotation because ultimately if you're

5:40:25doing a lot of these hacks and you are

5:40:28not just like being wasteful with tokens

5:40:31then hitting your limit is actually a

5:40:32good thing if you think about it because

5:40:33it means that you are using this tool so

5:40:36much and I think that's what you want to

5:40:37be. I think you want to be a power user

5:40:40of this tool to the point where it's

5:40:41like got to wait again and you know

5:40:44waiting sucks but people that are using

5:40:47it so much are going to be so much more

5:40:49productive and so much farther ahead

5:40:51than people who are never hitting their

5:40:53limits you know not make not getting

5:40:55their their money's worth and not truly

5:40:59getting the leverage that you are now

5:41:00getting. So anyways, quick little raw

5:41:02rant there, but I think it's an

5:41:04important mindset shift to have. You

5:41:05know, just something to think about. All

5:41:07right, so we're moving on to tier three

5:41:09now. I hope you guys feel like you

5:41:11already have a lot of things that you

5:41:12want to implement and these ones are

5:41:14getting a little crazier as well. So

5:41:15we've got four of these here and I've

5:41:16got a few bonus ones also, but number

5:41:18one is to pick the right model. So

5:41:20sonnet for your default most coding

5:41:22work, haiku for sub aents, formatting,

5:41:24simple tasks, opus for deep

5:41:26architectural planning, and only when

5:41:27sonnet wasn't enough. Try to keep this

5:41:29under 20% of usage or unless you just

5:41:31really really need it for that project.

5:41:33Now, a little tip here is when you have

5:41:34a huge code base and you want to do

5:41:36certain things like maybe a review, then

5:41:38try bringing in codecs. There is an

5:41:40official plugin now and I made a video

5:41:41about this. I'll tag that right up here.

5:41:43But you could basically have, you know,

5:41:44Opus and Sonnet working together to

5:41:46build you, you know, a project or a

5:41:48codebase and then you could just bring

5:41:49in codeex to actually review everything

5:41:50and that way you're saving yourself on

5:41:53the clawed tokens. The next one, number

5:41:55two here, is the cost of sub agents.

5:41:58Agent workflows use roughly seven to 10

5:42:00times more tokens than a standard single

5:42:01agent session. Now, why is that? Because

5:42:04they wake up with their own full context

5:42:06and it's a separate instance. So, they

5:42:08basically have to reload everything when

5:42:10you start up the new session. All of

5:42:12those files, all of the system tools,

5:42:14like everything like that. Now, what you

5:42:15can do though, which is helpful, is to

5:42:17delegate to sub agents for one-off

5:42:18tasks, especially if you want that

5:42:20one-off task to use Haiku. So maybe you

5:42:22need to process a lot of information or

5:42:24maybe you need to do a ton of research

5:42:25and get just like a summary back. Now

5:42:27yes, tokens are still tokens no matter

5:42:29what at the end of the day, but if you

5:42:31can make 80% of your tokens a cheaper

5:42:33model rather than 80% of your tokens an

5:42:35expensive model, then you're going to be

5:42:37saving money. And then of course agent

5:42:39teams are cool. Um sometimes I really do

5:42:41actually like them and it helps me get

5:42:43more higher quality outputs, but they're

5:42:46very very expensive. So try to use them

5:42:48very sparingly. All right, so number

5:42:50three is to understand peak hours. So we

5:42:53just talked about at the beginning how

5:42:54they've adjusted how fast your 5 hour

5:42:56session window drains based on demand

5:42:58during the peak hours, which are 8:00

5:43:00a.m. to 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on

5:43:02weekdays. But off peak, this is when

5:43:05your usage is kind of either normal or

5:43:07it lasts a little longer. And these are

5:43:09afternoons, evenings, weekends. So, if

5:43:11you actually think about this

5:43:12strategically, maybe you want to make

5:43:14sure that you're running big refactors

5:43:16or multi- aent sessions or big projects

5:43:18during off- peak hours only. Otherwise,

5:43:20you're going to, you know, drain right

5:43:22through that peak session. And on top of

5:43:24this, we'll call this a little hack 3.5,

5:43:27which is the one I kind of alluded to

5:43:28earlier when I said, hey, just keep open

5:43:30your clot account so you can see your

5:43:31usage at all times. If you're near a

5:43:33reset and you have room left in your

5:43:35allocation, then go heavy. Try to hit

5:43:36that usage limit before it resets. Get

5:43:39your money's worth. Let your agents go

5:43:40loose at that point. And on the other

5:43:42side, if you're getting near your limit,

5:43:44but you still have lots of time, then

5:43:46step away. This is your time to take a

5:43:48break, take a walk, make some lunch,

5:43:50come back with a full budget instead of

5:43:52burning the last 5% on something small

5:43:54and getting stuck mid task and having to

5:43:56just kind of, you know, lose that flow

5:43:58state that you might have been in. Okay.

5:44:00Number four, your systems constitution,

5:44:03which is claw.md. This should contain

5:44:05stable decisions, architecture rules,

5:44:07and progress summaries. Think of it like

5:44:09the source of truth that makes every

5:44:10prompt shorter and shorter. Save

5:44:12decisions, not conversations. Every

5:44:14architectural call that you store there

5:44:16is a paragraph that you never have to

5:44:17type again. So, this builds on top of

5:44:19the way that you were thinking about it

5:44:20back in tier 1. You can add rules in

5:44:23there that basically tell it, "Hey, I

5:44:24want you to help me make sure I'm being

5:44:26smart about tokens. Use sub agents for

5:44:28any exploration or research. If a task

5:44:30needs three plus files or multi-file

5:44:32analysis, spawn a sub aent and only

5:44:34return summarized insights. Spawn that

5:44:36sub aent in Haiku. And here's a little

5:44:38prompt that I have at the bottom of

5:44:39mycloud.mmd. And I will say before I

5:44:42read this out, you have to be careful

5:44:43because when you make a file like this,

5:44:46um, kind of self-learning or

5:44:47self-evolving, you have to check on it

5:44:49frequently because you don't want it to

5:44:50accidentally get too bloated. But here I

5:44:52said applied learning. When something

5:44:54fails repeatedly, when Nate has to

5:44:56reexplain, or when a workaround is found

5:44:57for a platform tool or limitation, add a

5:45:00oneline bullet here. Keep each bullet

5:45:02under 15 words. No explanations. Only

5:45:04add things that will save time in future

5:45:05sessions. And then it's got some

5:45:06bullets. Now, I'm not saying this is the

5:45:08most optimal prompt, but I think this

5:45:10sort of system of having your Claudetm

5:45:13MD actually learn and continuously think

5:45:15about how it can save you time and

5:45:17tokens is a good idea to play with. All

5:45:19right, so I know that we just went

5:45:20through a ton of stuff. This whole slide

5:45:22deck will be available for download for

5:45:24free in my free school community. The

5:45:26link for that will be down in the

5:45:27description. But right now, what you

5:45:28should go do are these things. Go

5:45:30run/context, see what it looks like. Go

5:45:33to some of your active sessions.

5:45:34Run/cost status line. Make sure it's

5:45:36showing your model, your context

5:45:38percentage, and your token count. Make

5:45:39sure you pull up your clog usage

5:45:41dashboard so you can see your remaining

5:45:42allocation and what time it resets.

5:45:45Disconnect unused MCP servers. Start

5:45:47complex tasks in plan mode. Use/clear

5:45:50when you're switching to an unrelated

5:45:51task. Manually compact at 60% context.

5:45:55Batch your multi-step instructions into

5:45:57single messages. And schedule heavy

5:45:59sessions for off- peak hours. and really

5:46:01just be mindful about the actual timing.

5:46:03So, I wanted to kind of leave you guys

5:46:04with one maybe two messages. The first

5:46:06thing is just the idea that there is a

5:46:09balance between quality and cost. And

5:46:12so, that's kind of a game that you have

5:46:13to play a little bit. And sometimes you

5:46:14do have to go for the higher quality,

5:46:15which ultimately is going to cost you

5:46:16more money. And that's just the way it

5:46:18works. But the other thing is just to

5:46:19keep it simple and think about what we

5:46:22talked about at the beginning of this

5:46:23video, how tokens actually work, how

5:46:25Claude Code actually charges you. Most

5:46:27people don't need a bigger plan. they

5:46:28need to stop resending their entire

5:46:30conversation history 30 times when you

5:46:32could just send it, you know, five

5:46:33times. It's not a limits problem. It's a

5:46:35context hygiene problem. So, look at

5:46:37this. On this day, I saved 91 million

5:46:39tokens because of cache read. And in the

5:46:41past week, I've saved over 300 million

5:46:43tokens because of it. Now, don't freak

5:46:44out. This isn't anything that you have

5:46:46to go change. This is happening

5:46:47automatically if you are using Claude

5:46:49Code or Claude. And I know that the

5:46:50concept of prompt caching might seem a

5:46:52little bit overwhelming, but today I'm

5:46:53going to make it as simple as possible

5:46:54and only really tell you what you need

5:46:56to know in order to make sure that you

5:46:57are saving your session limits and

5:46:59saving tokens. I'll also give you guys

5:47:00this entire token dashboard for free so

5:47:02you can actually start tracking your

5:47:03tokens a little bit better. Anyways, so

5:47:04let's talk about prompt caching, why

5:47:06your sessions burn out, and how to stop

5:47:08it. So what does caching actually cost

5:47:10you? Well, cached tokens only cost you

5:47:1210% of normal input. So all the tokens

5:47:15that are getting cached are saving you a

5:47:16ton of money. So, if we go back to this

5:47:18example, on this day when I had 91

5:47:20million tokens cached, that costed me

5:47:23only as if I was processing about 9

5:47:25million of those tokens. The cache

5:47:26window on a cloud subscription is an

5:47:28hour. Meaning, if you're working with

5:47:30cloud code and you don't touch it for an

5:47:31hour and then you send another message,

5:47:33everything in that session gets

5:47:35uncashed. So, if you leave a session

5:47:37sitting for an hour or longer, then

5:47:39you're going to pay more for it. And if

5:47:40you're using Claude via API or sub

5:47:42agents, then the TTL or the time to live

5:47:44is only 5 minutes. You can change that,

5:47:46but it's just a little bit more

5:47:47expensive. You can bump it up to an hour

5:47:48if you want. But for claude code inside

5:47:50of your terminal or your extension,

5:47:51whatever it is, that's an hour. And now

5:47:53here's a quote from Thoric from

5:47:54Enthropic. He said that we actually run

5:47:56alerts on our prompt cache hit rate and

5:47:58declare SUVs if they're too low. So

5:48:00basically them saying, "We take this

5:48:01stuff really, really seriously and if we

5:48:03see that the hit rate isn't very high

5:48:05for users cloud code caching, then we do

5:48:08something about it immediately." And

5:48:09that's very nice of them. But also, of

5:48:11course, it benefits themselves because

5:48:13with a high cash hit rate, cloud code

5:48:15feels faster. Their serving cost is

5:48:17lower. Subscription limits feel more

5:48:19generous, you know, because you're using

5:48:20less. And long coding sessions stay

5:48:23practical. And then if you have low cash

5:48:25hit rate, this is what happens. And

5:48:26obviously, it's just a lose-lose for

5:48:28everybody. And that's why I said like

5:48:30prompt caching can get very, very

5:48:32complex. And if you want to check out

5:48:34more, then I'll link this article right

5:48:35here, which Thor really goes into some

5:48:38depth here. But if you read this, at

5:48:39least when I did, I was like, "Okay,

5:48:40this is a little bit overwhelming." I

5:48:42have a feeling I don't actually need to

5:48:43know all of this, but I do need to know

5:48:45at least a little bit, at least, you

5:48:46know, the 8020 of prompt caching so that

5:48:48I can get the most out of my session

5:48:50limits. And that's what I'm going to

5:48:51break down today. So, let's take a look

5:48:53at an example of how this actually

5:48:55grows. So, by default, when you shoot

5:48:58off a message to Claude, there's going

5:49:00to be some information that needs to be

5:49:01cached right away. And actually, let me

5:49:02just switch back to one of Thor's

5:49:04graphics real quick. You can see here

5:49:05that we have the base system

5:49:07instructions get globally cached. We

5:49:09have tools like read, write, bash, grap,

5:49:11glob globally cached. We have per memory

5:49:13or sorry per project things like

5:49:15cloud.mmd in memory and that gets cached

5:49:17per project. We've got session state and

5:49:19then we have user messages which grow

5:49:21each turn. So now that we take this into

5:49:25context and we flip back over here, this

5:49:26is what it looks like. This is an

5:49:28example where we have four turns. So on

5:49:30turn one there's no cache. Basically

5:49:31we're matching on a prefix. So don't

5:49:33really have to worry about what that

5:49:35means, but I might mention that later.

5:49:37So anyways, on turn one, there's

5:49:39nothing, right? We're opening up a fresh

5:49:40session. We load in the system prompt,

5:49:42the project context, and we shoot off

5:49:44our first message. And all of this is

5:49:46kind of in this like brown highlight

5:49:48border, which means that this is new,

5:49:50and it has to be fully processed, and

5:49:52it's being written to the cache here. So

5:49:55before I continue down this graphic in

5:49:57this dashboard, you can see that we have

5:49:59the difference between cache create and

5:50:01cache read. So on these days you can see

5:50:03what are my input tokens, my output

5:50:05tokens and my cash create. And then over

5:50:07here you can see my daily cash reads.

5:50:08And just a quick explanation a cash

5:50:10create is writing something into cache

5:50:13for the first time. It's a one-time cost

5:50:15and it pays off the next turn unless of

5:50:17course everything gets uncashed. And the

5:50:18cash read is tokens that claude reused

5:50:20from a cache like your claw.mmd or some

5:50:23of the files or some of the global

5:50:24system instructions. And these are the

5:50:26things that are 10 times cheaper than

5:50:28fresh input. So anyways, on turn two,

5:50:31given that we're within that 1 hour TTL

5:50:33window, everything here is already in

5:50:36context. So it's cached and then all

5:50:37that Claude actually has to process for

5:50:39the first time is reply one and message

5:50:42two and it caches that. So then down

5:50:44here in turn three, all of that's cached

5:50:46and we are bumping up a reply and a

5:50:48message and those are the things that

5:50:49only get processed each time. But if we

5:50:51waited an hour and then we sent another

5:50:53message or if we change the system

5:50:55prompt then everything from the very

5:50:57beginning has to get fully reached. So

5:51:00imagine if you were on message like you

5:51:02know 16 and you're way way way over here

5:51:04on the right and you change the system

5:51:05prompt or you wait an hour then

5:51:07everything getting reached is going to

5:51:10be a pretty expensive move that you just

5:51:11made. So anyways once again we have the

5:51:13system layer, the project layer and the

5:51:15conversation layer. The system layer has

5:51:16instructions, tool definitions, output

5:51:18style, and here's where it might break.

5:51:21The project level or the project layer

5:51:23has cloudmd, memory, and rules, and then

5:51:25here's when that might break. And then

5:51:27we have, of course, the conversation,

5:51:28which is just like the replies and the

5:51:30messages, which gets reached every time,

5:51:32but that's how it should be. So, here's

5:51:34where there's been some confusion among

5:51:36the community. So, how long does the

5:51:39cache snapshot live, which is kind of

5:51:41called the TTL, the time to live. So on

5:51:43your cloud subscription, you have an

5:51:46hour by default because it uses your

5:51:47subscription. But if you go over that

5:51:49weekly limit and you are now playing in

5:51:51your extra usage territory where you are

5:51:53paying per token API, then by default

5:51:56that will be 5 minutes, which is very

5:51:58dangerous. If you're managing multiple

5:52:00sessions and you're constantly reaching

5:52:01everything because five minutes is

5:52:03passing, you got to be careful about

5:52:05that. And people were kind of

5:52:06suspicious. I don't know if you remember

5:52:07like a month or so ago when everyone was

5:52:09complaining about their Clawude uh

5:52:10subscriptions how quick they were eating

5:52:12it up. People thought maybe that they

5:52:14switched the cash TTL from an hour to 5

5:52:17minutes without like saying anything to

5:52:18anybody. It turns out they didn't. So it

5:52:21is an hour but that's just like you know

5:52:23there was a lot of confusion around that

5:52:24and I get why because honestly it's not

5:52:26super clear. Like if you're on an API,

5:52:28you have 5 minutes by default, but you

5:52:30can increase the cost and you can do an

5:52:33hour and then your sub agents on any

5:52:34plan are going to be 5 minutes. And for

5:52:36some reason, all of this is documented

5:52:37about cloud code and the API, which are

5:52:39two very different things. But the

5:52:41claw.ai like on the web, we don't know

5:52:44exactly how that works. At least I

5:52:45haven't found documentation on that

5:52:47exact. I'm assuming it's the same as

5:52:49your subscription, but I don't know 100%

5:52:51for for fact. Anyways, three habits that

5:52:54cover 95% of people. Don't pause too

5:52:56long. So if you've gone over an hour on

5:52:59a session, just hand it off to a new

5:53:01session. Obviously, start fresh when you

5:53:03switch tasks. So do a slash compact,

5:53:05which will break the cache, or do a

5:53:07slash clear. Or you can also use my

5:53:08session handoff skill, which I will

5:53:10include as well for free. So both the

5:53:13token dashboard, GitHub repo, and the

5:53:14skill will be in my free school

5:53:16community. The link for that down in the

5:53:17description. But basically what that

5:53:18means is, let's say right here, I've got

5:53:20this project which helps me build this

5:53:21HTML file you guys are looking at. It's

5:53:23got 205,000 tokens in here. And if I

5:53:25come in here and just do a session

5:53:26handoff, this basically summarizes

5:53:28everything we've done, all the important

5:53:30files that we've built, all of the open

5:53:31decisions, exactly where to pick back

5:53:33up. And then I basically am able to just

5:53:35copy that summary, do a slash clear, and

5:53:38then keep going. And it feels like I

5:53:39haven't actually lost anything. So that

5:53:41has been basically my replacement for

5:53:42doing /compact. I've just enjoyed doing

5:53:44this better. And sometimes the compact

5:53:46takes a long time. This typically

5:53:47doesn't take anywhere over a minute.

5:53:49There you go. So that is my session

5:53:51handoff. I do a /copy and then I just go

5:53:53ahead and clear that. Paste it in, hit

5:53:55enter, and now I'm basically right back

5:53:56where I was. And then this last one is

5:53:58for if you're using Claude chat

5:54:00specifically. If you're going to be

5:54:01pasting big documents in there, you're

5:54:03probably better off doing a project

5:54:04because like I said, I don't know

5:54:05exactly how the caching works in Cloud

5:54:07Chat. But we do have some confidence in

5:54:10saying that projects, those files are

5:54:13cached a little bit differently and

5:54:14probably more optimized for storing a

5:54:16bunch of documents compared to just

5:54:17dropping them into your cloud chat. So

5:54:19keep it alive, keep it focused, and

5:54:21start fresh when you switch. Now,

5:54:23there's a few other things that were a

5:54:24little bit confusing to me as far as

5:54:26like what breaks the cache. So the first

5:54:28one is if you switch the model. So you

5:54:31know, if you're in here and you're

5:54:32talking to Claude, hello, hello, hello.

5:54:34And then you go in here and you do a

5:54:36/model and you actually switch the

5:54:37model, that's going to reach everything.

5:54:39Because if you remember earlier, I said

5:54:40it's prefix matching, which I'm not

5:54:42going to dive into right now. But if you

5:54:44switch the model, then you are switching

5:54:46essentially the prefix and it can't

5:54:47match on that same cache. So if you

5:54:49switch the model, you are reaching

5:54:51everything. Now I do want to apologize

5:54:53for something here because if you do

5:54:54model opus plan, which is something that

5:54:57I've shown before in like token hacks

5:54:59videos, this basically means it uses

5:55:01opus for plan mode and then it switches

5:55:03to sonnet for the execution. But if you

5:55:06do that, just keep in mind that's

5:55:07actually going to break the cache

5:55:08because you're switching model halfway

5:55:10through. So right here you can see each

5:55:12model has its own cache. Switching with

5:55:13model means the next request reads the

5:55:15entire conversation history with no

5:55:17cache hits even though the context is

5:55:18identical. The opus plan model setting

5:55:20resolves to opus during plan mode and

5:55:22sonnet during execution. So each plan

5:55:24toggle is a model switch and starts a

5:55:26fresh cache. So it's very interesting

5:55:28because typically the point of that is

5:55:30to save your session limit and I think

5:55:31ultimately long run it does but it is

5:55:33important to understand that doing that

5:55:34does reset the cache. Now what you can

5:55:37do is you can edit your cloud. MD and

5:55:40you can do that mid session because the

5:55:41edit actually doesn't apply until you

5:55:43restart that session. So the cache stays

5:55:45safe. And then of course the cloud.AI

5:55:47projects caching. It's not exactly

5:55:48documented but pretty confident that it

5:55:51does help to drop docs in projects

5:55:52rather than in the chat. But anyways

5:55:54this token dashboard like I said is very

5:55:56helpful to just be able to understand

5:55:59get a little bit more visibility into

5:56:00your tokens. This does track your tokens

5:56:03on a local device. So, if you switch

5:56:05over to a laptop, then your dashboard is

5:56:07going to look different than on your

5:56:09main like PC or whatever you use, but

5:56:11it's very, very simple. It is a GitHub

5:56:12repo. You will go to my free school

5:56:13community. The link is in the

5:56:14description. You'll click on classroom.

5:56:16You'll click on all YouTube resources,

5:56:17and then you'll be able to find it right

5:56:19in there. And once you get that GitHub

5:56:20repo, all you have to do is give the

5:56:21link to cloud code and say, "Hey, this

5:56:23is a token dashboard. Set this up on a

5:56:25local host." Boom. You've got it open.

5:56:27And it will pull in all of your past

5:56:29sessions. So, it's not like you're going

5:56:30to start fresh. As soon as you uh, you

5:56:33know, link in this repo, it will read

5:56:35your past files and it will pull in your

5:56:36tokens. And then, of course, I will also

5:56:38include that session handoff skill that

5:56:40I just mentioned to you guys. So, I know

5:56:41this one was super quick. Hopefully,

5:56:42this one was helpful, though. Um, it's

5:56:44just important. Like I said, when I hear

5:56:47about stuff like this, I love to

5:56:48understand it to the point where I know

5:56:49how to use it and I know what's going on

5:56:51under the hood. But truthfully, if I

5:56:53looked at some of these other articles,

5:56:55like how in-depth they go and how much

5:56:57nuance there is, most of the stuff right

5:56:59now, I just don't need to know because

5:57:01I'm not using the the API in this way

5:57:03super heavily. So, the reason I wanted

5:57:04to throw that out there is because it's

5:57:06important to stay updated and follow

5:57:07things, but just understand what do you

5:57:09really need to know at its core. Okay.

5:57:13So, we've covered a lot in this course

5:57:14and I hope that you guys are kind of

5:57:16proud of how far you've come since the

5:57:18beginning where maybe you didn't even

5:57:19know what cloud code was up at the

5:57:21front. We've covered a lot of

5:57:22fundamentals. We've gone over a lot of

5:57:24different kind of skills and different

5:57:26things that you need to be aware of. And

5:57:27now we're really getting into the part

5:57:28where it's time to build your AI

5:57:30operating system. You've already kind of

5:57:32been building up your context and your

5:57:33second brain and your knowledge, but now

5:57:35you need to have an operating system

5:57:36where you actually are able to leverage

5:57:39all of that knowledge and become 10

5:57:41times more productive. And all of this

5:57:42is built on basically the four C's of

5:57:45building an AIOS as I like to call them.

5:57:47We have kind of these two, which is way

5:57:49more about the second brain element,

5:57:51context and connections. And then we

5:57:52have the capabilities and cadence. This

5:57:54is basically like the skills, the

5:57:56automations, the agents, and the

5:57:57routines and the deployments that

5:57:59actually make this thing work while you

5:58:00sleep. So, we've already spent multiple

5:58:02hours together in this course. So, I'm

5:58:03going to send you guys over to a

5:58:04different one. It's still completely

5:58:05free, and that is in my free school

5:58:07community. So, once you guys join this,

5:58:08or if you already have to grab all the

5:58:10skills and stuff, you're going to go to

5:58:11the classroom, and you're going to do

5:58:12the build your own AIOS course. It's a

5:58:152-hour course. It's going to walk you

5:58:17through the different mindsets around

5:58:19the AIOS and how you go from where you

Final Thoughts

5:58:20are right now to where you want to get

5:58:22to, which is probably something similar

5:58:24to me. But mine is still a work in

5:58:26progress. Every day, every week, every

5:58:27month, I'm adding so much stuff and I'm

5:58:29building it out. And this will never be

5:58:30a finished product. It's just going to

5:58:31be the way that I always work. And from

5:58:34there, if you guys enjoyed this course

5:58:36and you want to learn more and you want

5:58:37to connect with people who are building

5:58:39businesses or, you know, trying to get

5:58:40AI roles in companies, then definitely

5:58:42consider checking out our plus

5:58:44community. But anyways, that is going to

5:58:46do it for today. So, if you guys

5:58:48enjoyed, if you learned something new,

5:58:49please give it a like. It helps me out a

5:58:50ton. And I really, really appreciate you

5:58:51guys making it to the end of this course

5:58:53with me. And I hope to see you guys

5:58:54around in my communities or in future

5:58:56videos. Thanks so much, guys. Take care.

This transcript was generated from the captions YouTube publishes for this video. Get the transcript of any YouTube video atfreeyoutubetranscribe.com: free, unlimited, no sign-up.